close

Parking facilities

Parking facilities

Prologis plans an Arts District studio complex at 7th and Alameda

Prologis, best known for building logistics hubs, is looking to participate in the boom of the Los Angeles sound scene.

The San Francisco-based company announced today that it is filing an application with the LA Department of Planning to redevelop a nine-plus-acre property at 1716 E. 7th Street in the Arts District. The more than eight-acre site, which Prologis acquired last year for more than $90 million, has long been the headquarters of Greyhound’s Los Angeles bus station. doggy style recently moved its operations to a bay in the Union Patsaouras Transit Plaza station .

The 8.3 acre property recently purchased by PrologisGoogle Maps

Prologis intends to raze the now vacant intercity bus station, paving the way for a new production studio campus at the southeast corner of 7th and Alameda streets. The proposed project, named Alameda Crossings, would include 10 sound stages and 291,000 square feet of office and support space. The plans also call for a parking garage with a capacity of 941 vehicles and 136 bicycles.

Relativity Architects designs the proposed project, which is presented in a conceptual rendering as a series of contemporary low-rise structures clad in rust-colored paneling and wrapped in new street trees and landscaping.

Similarly, Prologis also has an alternative regime in its authorization application which would allow the construction of a logistics facility for companies in the field of research and development. In this concept, the property would also have commercial uses on the ground floor.


Rendering of Alameda Crossing built as a logistics facilityArchitects of Relativity

“We are excited about the opportunity to redevelop what was the Greyhound Bus Terminal in the Los Angeles Arts District,” Prologis Vice President Lauren Achtemeier said in a press release. “We will work with the city on our plans and engage with the community throughout the process. Prologis has been a longtime member of the Los Angeles business community. We own and operate 17 buildings in the City of Los Angeles , which creates more than 1,000 jobs and supports more than 60 customers.

The project, which has no announced timeline, is the third major studio complex planned along Alameda Street, which represents the western border of the Arts District. Atlas Capital Group has already secured approvals for a new campus with 11 sound stages and offices at the current site of the LA Times print shop, which has been dubbed 8th & Alameda Studios. A few blocks north, East End Capital earlier this year announced plans to build 16 sound stages and offices on a 15-acre property at Alameda and 6th Street.

Relativity Architects, the design firm attached to the project, is also working on similar production facilities in Boyle Heights and Glendale.

read more
Parking facilities

Cleveland state unveils $650 million master plan

CLEVELAND — Cleveland State University has unveiled a visionary new master plan proposal capitalizing on its location in the heart of Cleveland that will guide the development of the university’s physical campus over the next decade.

The estimated $650 million proposal is designed to support the university’s academic and research missions, improve the student experience, increase and elevate on-campus housing, expand partnerships and spur economic development.

“Our downtown Cleveland location is one of our greatest assets,” said CSU President Laura Bloomberg. “As an urban public research university, we have a special obligation to serve the public good. For CSU, this means providing accessible, quality education for everyone on our campus, while serving as a catalyst for growth for our city and region. Our master plan provides the necessary infrastructure to support this mission.

The plan calls for a compact, mixed-use campus core that reinforces hallways across campus and better connects the university to the surrounding city. It outlines a strategy for new and updated communities on campus that include the Academic Core, a Student Experience District, and a Partnership District.

Academic core

Plans for the Academic Core, an area bounded by Carnegie and Euclid Avenues between E.22 and E.18 Avenues, include a renovated Rhodes Tower, new student housing, a new academic building, and a new quadrangle of campus.

Rhodes Tower, now a classroom and office building housing the CSU Library, will be completely redesigned. Plans for the iconic CSU building include student life and social space around the library on the first four floors of the building and 13 floors of new housing for nearly 500 students.

“Bringing together living, learning, dining and recreation spaces in our iconic building is designed to activate and energize the heart of our campus,” said David Jewell, CSU’s senior vice president of business affairs and chief financial officer. . “Rhodes Tower will be the center of a vibrant, active, 24/7 community.”

The master plan is designed to provide a flexible framework for campus development. This adaptability is exemplified by two new university buildings to the west of Rhodes Tower. The buildings will house active learning classrooms, labs and collaborative spaces and will be designed to evolve with changing teaching and learning methods. One of the buildings will include on-campus housing.

A quadrangle of campus will be created between a new academic building and the music and communications building to the south. The new quad will connect to the existing student center plaza, significantly expanding the green spaces at the heart of the campus.

The Academic Core also includes plans for a Corporate Connector building east of Berkman Hall. The center will provide a “gateway” to the University for businesses and other partners connecting them to research, faculty experts, and a talented workforce of CSU graduates and students .

The design also improves pedestrian access and circulation in the area and includes key improvements at Chester and 21st, Chester and 22nd, Euclid and 21st, and Euclid and 22nd intersections.

read more
Parking facilities

PROPOSED DIALYSIS CENTER FOR YOSEMITE AND AIRPORT

Manteca will acquire a third kidney dialysis center

City Council, when it meets tonight at 7 p.m. in the Civic Center Council Chambers, 1001 W. Center St., is expected to approve an improvement agreement that will allow the project to proceed.

A big sticking point was the location-related improvements.

The Walnut Creek Company which builds dialysis centers for several clients chose to develop a 10,150 square foot medical office building designed as a dialysis center at the northeast corner of Airport Way and Yosemite Avenue.

Because this is a major intersection, off-site upgrades beyond typical facade upgrades are required, greatly increasing development costs.

The complex will include 16 hemodialysis stations, five home hemodialysis training stations for hypertensive heart disease and an ultrafiltration room.

Patients will be treated between 6 a.m. and 10 p.m. Monday through Saturday. There is a shift change of employees approximately every four hours throughout the day. The dialysis center will employ between 20 and 25 people.

The site is offered with 42 parking spaces, nine less than the zoning ordinance calls for for a medical practice of its size.

The cost of the improvements is estimated at $837,992, including $204,773 for moving and modifying the traffic lights.

The developer will receive credits from the city for the Public Facilities Improvement Plan Fee they pay as their share for major street improvements in a specific area.

If the cost of the intersection improvement when constructed exceeds the figure of $837,932, the developer will be reimbursed for the additional expense when the city collects PFIP fees from other projects.

To contact Dennis Wyatt, email [email protected]

read more
Parking facilities

Please don’t forget the horrors of COVID – Los Alamos Reporter

BY JODY BENSON
Los Alamos

Editor,

Duncan Hammon’s letter to the editor reminds us of the horrific isolation and lost months (and lives) suffered by those living in care facilities. We need to remember what happened and use this hard-won experience to make sure we are ready for the next outbreak. Let’s not forget:

On Friday, March 13, the nation shut down as deaths from the novel SARS CoV-19 virus ravaged the lungs and hearts of people around the world. Individuals, treated by exhausted healthcare workers dressed in hazmat suits, have died. Then our doctors and nurses began to die from the disease they had so valiantly tried to stop. We have to remember all those gruesome images of rows of wrapped bodies in New York, of all the overcrowded funeral homes and cemeteries. And remember the videos of Italian military trucks transporting bodies to warehouses as the living Italians sang opera to each other from their balconies. New Yorkers, too, clung to their windows to bang pans to honor their healthcare workers. Here at Los Alamos, we joined in with our quintessential sound (besides the LANL traffic and explosions), and howled like coyotes at 8:00 p.m. in support of each other.

On Friday, March 13, because Covid was sucking the lives of humans in every state, our NM care facilities, offices, and schools closed while hoarders stripped grocery store shelves, and Smiths had a (was it 19 customers? sort of) limit who could be inside to follow social distancing arrows to stop people breathing on top of each other. That Friday, we thought we would reopen in two weeks. But the SARS CoV-2 virus – a bunch of brainless molecules, not to mention the ability to replicate outside of a host – thwarted us because it convinced us we didn’t need to isolate , to move away, to hide or to put our own human community before the viral spread.

Back to Care Facilities: On Friday, March 13, LARC (Aspen Ridge Assisted Living and Sombrillo Nursing Home) closed to isolate residents in their rooms to prevent the spread of disease. The staff have become family to the residents and, as family, many have restricted their social activities outside opening hours to help reduce their own chances of contracting Covid. Families stood in front of windows with signs or waved their residents to look down or, more technologically, talk to each other on cell phones. Staff served meals with disposable plates and cutlery in rooms. Activity directors went from room to room with snacks or, for Aspen Ridge Happy Hour, their favorite wine or margarita in a plastic cup. The orderlies (AC) took the residents out one by one for a solitary walk through the hallways. Friends and families hosted virtual birthday parties outside buildings with drive-bys, sometimes accompanied by county emergency vehicles, through parking lots.

Before the vaccine, as Covid continued to devour the elderly across the country, as Governor Lujan Grisham continued to impose isolation on try To protect New Mexico’s most vulnerable from those less diligent or aware of dying from the disease, Jessica Hefner, at the request of the LARC Board of Directors, devised a way to allow family members to d come in and take care of their loved ones. The program, “We Are Family”, has been approved by the state. He trained friends/family as CAs, and paid that they take care More precisely for their beloved. Despite furious complaints that no one could visit their families, less than ten people trained for this program.

December 2020: Sombrillo had a Delta variant outbreak and lost a resident.

On January 2, 2021, nearly nine months after the lockdown, LARC acquired vaccines for staff and residents. After residents received the two Moderna vaccines, they were “released” from rooms where, masked and socially distanced, they could meet again for meals and activities. The heroic LARC staff continued to tend to their burdens while at the same time, temporary workers from health agencies came in to fill the gaps.

Finally, a few months later (June 2021, I believe?), Aspen and Sombrillo opened to vaccinated and masked family members and friends. LARC knew when staff or a resident caught Covid even if the person was asymptomatic, because everyone was getting tested frequently and randomly. Unsurprisingly, since its opening, LARC has had several cases of Omicron.

So yes, thank you Duncan Hammon for reminding us how hard, lonely and horrifying these nine months of isolation have been for people in care facilities. And our elders who have lived long and have even more to contribute are, like us, grateful that LARC is still vigilant in keeping Covid out of buildings. Once again, the Greatest Generation shows their greatness: it’s their resilience, their patience, their sense of humor and simply their will to carry on while making the most of whatever happens.

Please. Everybody. Remember. Tell the stories of pandemic heroism: caregivers, rescuers and medical workers, Zoom teachers, those who kept our stores and gas stations open, janitors, letter carriers, linemen, delivery people , pharmacists, workers on farms, in slaughterhouses, medical equipment factories, even howlers and pan-bangers…. All those who supported each other and made the nation live. And particularly? Those who stayed alive to the rest of us to quietly confirm the hope that Yes We Can Endure All Things.

Thank you, our heroes. Thank you, our elders: Yes You Did. You taught us: Yes We Can, and for you and those we love? Yes we will.

read more
Parking facilities

Kerala School Science Fair to kick off on Thursday – The New Indian Express

By Express press service

KOCHI: Schools in Kochi are preparing for the State School Science Festival. More than 5,000 students from across the state are expected to attend the competition at six venues. The fair will start at 9am on Thursday at Ernakulam SRV school. Education Minister V Sivankutty will inaugurate the fair at 10:30 am on Thursday at Ernakulam Town Hall.

The competitions cover 154 items divided into five categories such as science, social science, professional experience, computer science and mathematics. Ernakulam Government Girls Higher Secondary School, Thevara Sacred Heart HSS, SRV HSS, Darul Uloom HSS, St Anthony’s HSS and St Albert’s Higher Secondary School are the six sites.

St Albert Higher Secondary School is the venue for the science fair. The Concert Hall will be the venue for the Maths and Science Fair at St Anthony’s HSS and Darul Uloom HSS will host the Social Science Fair. The IT Fair will be held at the Government Girls Senior Secondary School, while the Work Experience Fair will be held at Sacred Heart HSS, Thevara. Ernakulam SRV will be the venue for HSS Professional Exhibition, Career Seminar and Job Fair.

Accommodation for girls has been arranged at Perumanur St Thomas School, Ernakulam St Teresa School, Ernakulam St Mary’s Higher Secondary School, St Mary’s School and Edappally Pius High School. Girls’ hostels have been set up at Perumanur CCPLM, Trikanarvattam SN School, Chathiath St Joseph High School, Chathiath LMCC School, Elamakara Government School, Edappally Government School and Kaloor St Augustine School.

About 200 employees of the education department manage the fair for which 17 committees have been formed. Apart from this, the students were also roped in to serve at the sites. The state government organized a facility to provide food for the students participating in the contest. A kitchen has been set up for this purpose at Government Girls High School. Also this time, the team led by Mohanan Namboothiri is in charge of preparing the food for the science festival.

Parking lots owned by GCDA and Kochi Corporation will be used to park vehicles arriving with competitors. The fair will take place in full compliance with green regulations. 200 workers from Kudumbashree will be delegated to clean up the garbage after the fair. The science fair will end on Saturday.

KOCHI: Schools in Kochi are preparing for the State School Science Festival. More than 5,000 students from across the state are expected to attend the competition at six venues. The fair will start at 9am on Thursday at Ernakulam SRV school. Education Minister V Sivankutty will inaugurate the fair at 10:30 am on Thursday at Ernakulam Town Hall. The competitions cover 154 items divided into five categories such as science, social science, professional experience, computer science and mathematics. Ernakulam Government Girls Higher Secondary School, Thevara Sacred Heart HSS, SRV HSS, Darul Uloom HSS, St Anthony’s HSS and St Albert’s Higher Secondary School are the six sites. St Albert Higher Secondary School is the venue for the science fair. The Concert Hall will be the venue for the Maths and Science Fair at St Anthony’s HSS and Darul Uloom HSS will host the Social Science Fair. The IT Fair will be held at the Government Girls Senior Secondary School, while the Work Experience Fair will be held at Sacred Heart HSS, Thevara. Ernakulam SRV will be the venue for HSS Professional Exhibition, Career Seminar and Job Fair. Accommodation for girls has been arranged at Perumanur St Thomas School, Ernakulam St Teresa School, Ernakulam St Mary’s Higher Secondary School, St Mary’s School and Edappally Pius High School. Girls’ hostels have been set up at Perumanur CCPLM, Trikanarvattam SN School, Chathiath St Joseph High School, Chathiath LMCC School, Elamakara Government School, Edappally Government School and Kaloor St Augustine School. About 200 employees of the education department manage the fair for which 17 committees have been formed. Apart from this, the students were also roped in to serve at the sites. The state government organized a facility to provide food for the students participating in the contest. A kitchen has been set up for this purpose at Government Girls High School. Also this time, the team led by Mohanan Namboothiri is in charge of preparing the food for the science festival. Parking lots owned by GCDA and Kochi Corporation will be used to park vehicles arriving with competitors. The fair will take place in full compliance with green regulations. 200 workers from Kudumbashree will be delegated to clean up the garbage after the fair. The science fair will end on Saturday.

read more
Parking facilities

Minimum wage for hotel workers, public votes on developments

Voters in Laguna Beach will decide whether major developments and hotel renovations should be put to a public vote for approval and to raise the minimum wage for hotel workers in the city in the Nov. 8 election.

Q-measurement

The measure would put major development proposals along the Coastal Highway and Laguna Canyon Road to a public vote for approval.

A row of shops faces Main Beach in Laguna Beach, Calif., on Nov. 18, 2020. (John Fredricks/The Epoch Times)

This would apply to proposals that go beyond the following:

  • 36 feet tall
  • 22,000 square feet on the ground
  • 200 additional daily trips by vehicle
  • Lots over 7,500 square feet

Proposals for single family homes, 100% affordable housing, K-12 schools, hospitals and churches would be exempt.

The initiative was put forward by Laguna Residents First, a grassroots political action committee, and qualified for the January ballot, according to the city clerk.

Proponents of the measure say it will prevent overdevelopment in the city, thereby preserving residents’ quality of life, and allow voters to be involved in decisions about projects taking place in their neighborhoods.

Those opposed, including the city’s mayor and police chief, say it would discourage development and updates to decades-old facilities and affect the renovation of small businesses, such as salons. , restaurants and cafes.

The Laguna Beach City Council in July voted 3-0 against the ballot measure, with Councilmen Toni Iseman and George Weiss abstaining.

Measure

The measure would require all new hotel developments and major renovations to existing hotels along the Coast Road and Laguna Canyon Road to be subject to density, parking and open space restrictions.

Any hotel development exceeding these restrictions would be subject to a public vote for approval.

Epoch Times Photo
Pacific Coast Highway in Laguna Beach, Calif., Oct. 15, 2020. (John Fredricks/The Epoch Times)

These standards are among the following for new hotels:

  • One hotel room per 800 square feet
  • 1.5 parking spaces for each room, plus one space for 15 rooms and two spaces for residences
  • 35% of the non-residential floor area of ​​the hotel must be accessible to the public, excluding parking and walkways

For existing hotels, renovations exceeding 15% of the following standards, over a 5-year period, would trigger a public vote:

  • Exterior walls
  • Roofs and floors, excluding eaves and terraces
  • 15 percent expansion of building area
  • Construction costs equivalent to 15% of existing buildings

The initiative was put forward by Unite Here 11 – a local union representing workers in hospitality, catering, transport and textile manufacturing – and qualified for the April ballot, according to the clerk of the city.

Proponents of the measure, including some residents and hotel workers, say it would allow for better regulation of hotel developments in the city and allow residents to get involved in what is happening in the city.

Those who oppose it, including the mayor, the president of the mayor’s interim chamber of commerce and hotel managers, say it subjects local hotel developments to an onerous process that could threaten property repairs and lead to dilapidated hotel complexes.

The city council voted in July 5-0 against the ballot measure.

Measures

The measure would raise the minimum wage for hospitality workers to $18 an hour, increasing by $1 a year through 2026.

That’s up from the current minimum wage, which is $14 for employers with 25 or fewer employees, or $15 an hour for those with more.

The measure, if approved, would also limit the amount of rooms workers can be asked to clean. In hotels with fewer than 40 rooms, workers would be required to clean more than 4,000 square feet of floor space per day and 3,500 square feet per day for larger hotels.

Epoch Times Photo
The Coast Inn in Laguna Beach, Calif., on Oct. 15, 2020. (John Fredricks/The Epoch Times)

It would also limit overtime to a maximum of 10 hours a day, unless the hotel worker agrees in writing.

The proposed measure also requires hotels to equip housekeepers with “panic buttons,” a device that can provide immediate help when someone feels threatened.

The measure was also put forward by Unite Here 11 and qualified for the ballot in April, according to the city clerk.

Supporters of the measure, including Councilman George Weiss and some hotel employees and residents, say that with the current salary, hotel employees are struggling to make ends meet and that most workers do not live in the city due to the inflated cost of living. .

They also say housekeepers need a panic button because they work alone in a room most of the time and are vulnerable to threats, such as sexual assault.

However, opponents of the measure – including the mayor, the acting mayor, the president of the chamber of commerce and hotel managers – say that the compensation workers currently receive already exceeds the minimum wage threshold required by the measure. They say the union is taking this opportunity to collect new union dues.

Additionally, they say that hotels in the city are already providing workers with panic devices.

City Council in July voted 4-0 against the ballot measure, with Councilman Weiss abstaining.

Sophie Li

Follow

read more
Parking facilities

Workshop renovations clearing the way for a restaurant, cafe, brasserie

A cafe or restaurant at the Workhouse Arts Center?

Lorton Craft Destination says construction work to add these amenities has begun with two campus buildings, W13 and W15. Once completed, the Fairfax County government will lease these buildings to commercial entities. Workhouse officials also say a brewery could be located in one of the new buildings.

Over the years, the Workhouse has become a community center for residents of South Fairfax and Eastern Prince William Counties. In addition to visual and performing arts, the Workhouse will host the final weekend of its Haunt: Nightmare Harvest Halloween run this weekend, Friday, November 4 and Saturday, November 5, from 7-11 p.m.

The Workhouse Arts Foundation, Inc. is working with Fairfax County on a master campus planning process to ensure the original vision for the entire arts center is still viable. This initial plan was considered in addition to the currently occupied visual art and interpretive components. This artistic complex would include a amphitheaterprofessional theatre, events and education center.

The Workhouse sits on land that once housed a prison run by Washington, D.C. In 2004, the Fairfax County Board of Supervisors rezoned the campus, allowing the Lorton Arts Foundation to reuse the area through adaptive reuse of structures existing historic buildings and the construction of new buildings with a combination of uses, including theatres, artists’ studios, an events centre, museums, a music barn, other similar facilities, restaurants, commercial recreation and housing for resident artists/performers to establish the campus as a unique arts, cultural and recreational resource for the community.

Eleven historic buildings located on the Workhouse Arts Campus have been restored. The campus was originally intended to include: artist studios, a prison museum and community heritage center, an art gallery, and an event center for weddings, receptions, and conferences.

With up to 600 seats, a 300-seat performing arts center consisting of a black box or flexible space that can also be used for an event center uses a 450-seat theater, music hall 300 indoor seating and up to 500 outdoor lawn seating, an outdoor horticultural display area with a 2,424 square foot indoor exhibit/greenhouse area, and adaptive reuse of other historic structures to support the arts center, such as offices and warehouses.

Also located on campus is an 82,500 square foot green space known as the Quad and nearly 1,000 parking spaces. The Workhouse Arts Center is located at 9518 Workhouse Way in Lorton.

read more
Parking facilities

Doors Open: What more can be done to solve the problem of parking in residential areas : The Tribune India

With the increase in family size, the parking problem is going from bad to worse in the city. Parking on the side of the road leads to hitches as well as accidents. The need of the hour is underground or multi-level car parks. It will also earn the MC a good income.

Col TBS Bedi (retired), Mohali


Collect fees for community parking

An investigation should be conducted and residents, who have more cars than they can park on their lot, should be charged for the use of the community parking space, whether they use it or not. The area around a house should be designated as “residents parking”, which will solve so many problems. related to parking.

Sapna Sharda, Chandigarh


Build underground car parks

Parking problems are significant in public places, markets and southern sectors. The administration can authorize people to park their vehicles in the alleys. However, underground parking will be best suited to the city, especially in markets. Users can be charged.

NPS Sohal, Chandigarh


Charge Rs 1K per month for “parking anywhere”

Many residents park their vehicles in front of their homes despite the parking spaces available on their land. At least Rs 1,000 per month should be levied for parking vehicles outside houses (“parking anywhere”). Community parking spaces should be allocated through auctions on an annual basis.

Ashok Kumar Goyal, Panchkula


Remove encroachments in front of houses

The growing population and deep pockets of residents have caused parking problems in the city. The culture of PG accommodation has multiplied parking problems. Both sides of the inner roads have been invaded by residents developing small gardens. These areas can be used as parking. Common parking lots should be designed only for vehicles other than those that can be parked on site. Parking of vehicles in parks and other public places should be stopped to avoid inconveniencing others.

Wg Cdr JS Minhas (retired), Mohali


Make a good plan

Community parking is a good initiative to be taken by the administration, but who will pay for guards and maintenance. To make this initiative a success, the administration needs to build residents’ confidence and come up with a good plan before spending taxpayer dollars, as we have seen multi-level parking lots in Sector 17 largely vacant.

Savita Kuthiala


Reduce park size to create more space

Most residents have planted vegetable gardens in front of their homes. These should be removed. Each house can have about 2 feet of space along the yard walls to develop small gardens and the rest should be used for parking. The size of parks in residential areas should be reduced by 2 to 2.5 feet on each side to make room for parking. Non-compliance with parking standards must be dealt with severely. Each household would have to pay a fee for having more than two or three vehicles, as many owners use taxis from their residence.

PO Longia, Chandigarh


Opt for multi-level parking

The arrival of vehicles from other states in the city has multiplied. The administration should use the spaces in schools, community centers and other buildings. Multi-level parking will also be useful. Head tax for foreign vehicles will be a good option.

Avinash Goyal, Chandigarh


Associate the purchase of a car with a parking space

It is heartening that the administration thought of launching a community parking pilot project in sector 35. Even if the project remains a success, it will take a few years to implement it throughout the city. The purchase of a car must be linked to the parking space available at the owner. There should be a fine for parking vehicles in parks or green belts. Indeed, the administration should build underground car parks in public parks. The public transport system should be made more user-friendly. Market welfare associations should be involved in car park maintenance.

Yash Khetarpal, Panchkula


Make the city’s public transport robust

Considering the ever growing population as well as vehicles, community parking is the need of the hour. While this won’t completely fix the problem, it will at least help reduce instances of parking fights. Levy hefty taxes for having more than one vehicle and impose restrictions on new car registration. Improving public transport, encouraging cycling and attracting people will go a long way to solving the parking problem.

Vidya Sagar Garg, Panchkula


“One-vehicle, one-floor policy”

The administration is expected to offer “one vehicle, one floor policy” and impose heavy penalties on those who encroach on public space in front of homes. The MC should mark parking spaces for people with reduced mobility and visitors.

Col Balbir Singh Mthauda (retired)


Improve cycling infrastructure

It was a great relief when the administration restricted the entry of heavy goods vehicles into the city during rush hours. Other measures such as strengthening the public transport system, improving cycling infrastructure and limiting the number of cars owned by individuals will help contain the problem. Residents should not be allowed to park vehicles on interior roads. The construction of underground car parks in the parks and the widening of the roads should begin immediately.

Sanjay Chopra, Mohali


Use the market area to park overnight

Paths along parks and market open spaces can be used for parking. People residing on the ground floor must park their vehicle on site. The administration should provide guards to monitor the parking areas of the markets at night. Educational facilities may be used for parking after school or college hours.

Abhilasha Gupta, Mohali


Trust the RWAs

As the number of four-wheeled vehicles increases day by day, parking disputes are commonplace these days. It is the need of the hour to start community parking in the areas. At the same time, RWAs should be considered before implementing such plans.

Mr. Bhateja, Nayagaon


Put restrictions on new purchases

Nearly one lakh new vehicles are registered in the city every year. The authorities should establish new standards for the purchase and registration of new vehicles. People who do not have a parking space should be denied permission to purchase one. The viability of the community parking lots should be studied before moving forward with the project, otherwise it could suffer the same fate as the multi-level parking lot in Sector 17. Feedback from residents should be sought to ensure proper implementation harmony of the project.

Bharat Bhushan Sharma


Link tenant registration to parking space

Parking has become a problem in all sectors. The estate office should make it compulsory to park vehicles only in the respective premises. The PCR should challan the offenders. Resident welfare associations should distribute parking stickers to residents and visitors. The entry and exit points of the sectors must be well guarded for a smooth implementation of the parking policy. The administration should allow tenant registration only to landlords who have enough parking space.

Sunny Dhaliwal, Chandigarh


Installation should be provided free of charge

The MC step will reduce disputes arising over parking space. It is the moral duty of government to provide such facilities to the public. The MC should not make it a profitable business and community parking should be free. All parking spaces must be easily accessible. Security guards should be deployed there.

Sumesh Kumar Badhwar, Mohali


Smart parking need of the hour

The intelligent QR parking system can greatly help alleviate parking problems. The system works seamlessly with a variety of tools such as QR stickers, RFID cards, and UHF tags. It tracks the time and date of entry and exit. The technology is designed to minimize parking stress with smart directions for visitors throughout the parking process.

Anita K Tandon, Mundi Kharar


Educate vehicle owners

Community parking is a great idea. If dispensation is all about business, it should avoid tokenism and go the hard way to accomplish its mission of providing safe parking areas in a timely manner. Residents should be made aware of owning only a limited number of vehicles that could be parked in the available space. They should also be told not to park their vehicle outside the space allocated to them. A heavy fine and even confiscation of vehicles parked outside the designated space would act as a deterrent and help contain the threat.

Ramesh K Dhiman, Chandigarh


Issue challans for wrong parking

Concerted efforts by the relevant authorities and the public can help minimize the parking problem. Residents can click on photos of improperly parked vehicles and send them to challan authorities. Improving public transport is the need of the hour. The smart parking system would be a big relief. People won’t mind paying more as it would save time and minimize hassle over random parking. Families that opt ​​for more cars should pay more taxes, as many people see buying a car as a status symbol rather than a requirement. The purchase of a vehicle should be authorized depending on the parking space.

Charu Malhotra, Mohali


Use vacant space in settlements

The authorities must use the vacant spaces in the settlements. They should try to limit the number of cars a person can own. Heavy fines should be imposed on residents who encroach on public space near parks.

Saikrit Gulati, Chandigarh


Need to focus on implementation

Community parking is a welcome initiative, but its success will depend on its implementation. A SOP acceptable to all residents must be prepared. The MC can think of building more multi-level or underground parking lots in large areas and renting them out to earn revenue. Prior to registration of new vehicles, owners may be asked to produce proof of parking space for verification.

Dr. Anil Yadav, Chandigarh


QUESTION

Despite major fires in Chandigarh, a large number of commercial establishments have still not obtained a NOC fire from the Municipal Corporation. What needs to be done to ensure that all safety standards are met and that fire safety equipment is installed in commercial premises?

Suggestions not exceeding 70 words can be sent to [email protected]

read more
Parking facilities

Construction limits campus parking as campus security steps up enforcement efforts – The Colgate Maroon-News

Amid several ongoing construction projects, Colgate students who have cars on campus face reduced parking options. The few spaces available have become more limited with the closure of the lot behind Olin Hall and the partial closure of Lally Lane, disrupting parking and a major thoroughfare on campus.

Campus Safety Director Terri Stewart explained that the recent decrease in parking options is primarily due to two construction initiatives.

“We have two ongoing construction projects that have resulted in the loss of some parking spaces on campus, both for the renovation and expansion of Olin Hall, and now for work underway to build the Benton Center for Creativity and Innovation,” Stewart said.

Olin Hall’s renovation and expansion project resulted in the closure of the adjoining parking lot on Oak Drive, resulting in a greater scarcity of upper campus parking for faculty during the academic day. Down the hill, the more recent construction of the Benton Center for Creativity and Innovation means that a considerable part of the parking spaces on Lally Lane – particularly those closer to the intersection with College Street – will no longer be options viable for students or teachers. .

No changes in parking regulations have been introduced for the 2022-2023 academic year. Parking restrictions Monday through Friday 7 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. and Friday through Sunday 3 a.m. to 7 a.m. remain in place. As competition for parking spaces grows, Campus Safety is given greater responsibility to regulate the lots on campus.

To accommodate increased demand for parking in the general purpose lot adjacent to Community Memorial Hospital and the Reid Athletic Center, university officials announced in a Sept. 8 message that all students with registered vehicles by Colgate would be permitted to park in the 113 Broad Street lot. , a major change from the standard parking policy. As general parking pass holders can now park overnight in this parking lot, the spaces available during the college day have decreased.

At the time of this post, there is no additional parking reserved for off-campus parking pass holders who have previously reserved access to parking spaces at 113 Broad Street Lot during the college day. With the partial closure of Lally Lane and recent changes to this lot, some students are noticing that finding a space is increasingly difficult for off-campus parking pass holders. They also note safety issues caused by traffic changes without notice or proper signage.

“As an off-campus student, the new construction on Lally Lane is an extreme nuisance. It’s brutal trying to find a parking spot to get to class,” said Brynn Kauffman, senior and off-campus resident.

Senior Director, Communications and Media Relations, Daniel DeVries, notes that the University has, since Wednesday, October 27, added traffic signs to deal with changing traffic.

“As well as the existing road barriers, you may notice that additional signs have been added to alert drivers to Lally Lane being partially closed as new steam lines are laid in preparation for the construction of the Benton Center for Creativity and Innovation. “said DeVries. “While we understand that navigating the partial road closure is an inconvenience, it was decided to keep sections of the lane open in an effort to save as much parking space as possible during construction. We thank the community for their patience and understanding as the University strives to build one of the anchors of the Intermediate Campus Plan for Arts, Creativity and Innovation.

Students with already limited parking options are feeling discouraged by these changes, sophomore Meghan Subak explained.

“The lack of options has definitely created competition for students,” Subak said. “Last semester I didn’t have to think much about finding a weekend parking spot, but now I have fewer options and from those few spots I can never really find one. parking space.”

Sophomore Elisabeth Hoerle also expressed dissatisfaction with on-campus options for students with parking permits, saying it’s much more difficult to access her car on weekends compared to last semester.

“I brought my car here to speed up the process of getting off campus and running errands, but I end up spending so much extra time walking to my car that it feels more like a burden,” Hoerle said.

In addition to the effects of construction, students say they have also felt an increase in the number of parking tickets issued compared to previous semesters. The Colgate Maroon-News could not verify any change in the frequency of offenses issued.

Hoerle said she felt unclear about the regulations and that she and many of her peers had been fined since returning from summer vacation for not knowing the correct restrictions.

“Last year I never got a ticket for keeping my car up the hill on Fridays and Saturdays because they made it look like it was allowed, but the first time I got it did this year, I got a ticket for parking overnight,” Hoerle said. “Now on weekends I park down the hill because I’m afraid I’ll get another ticket.”

Campus Safety is aware of this complaint. Stewart pointed out that overnight parking regulations for on-campus lots have always been the same, but enforcement and citation efforts have been increased due to more complaints and violations and changes in the availability of parking spaces.

“Recent enforcement efforts in this area have been intensified due to the large number of complaints and violations that have come to the attention of Campus Safety,” Stewart said. “Campus security conducts continuous patrols and issues citations for infractions either on sight or upon receipt of a parking complaint by a community member.”

Stewart added that campus security continues to exercise caution when enforcing traffic rules on campus.

“We understand the challenges created by the ongoing construction and campus security officers have been instructed to exercise considerable care in issuing citations, while maintaining order around parking and traffic control. traffic,” she said.

However, Stewart noted that Colgate is currently in the process of adding another option for up-hill parking, one that will hopefully alleviate some of the issues currently being experienced.

“The good news is that two new parking lots with more than 30 spaces have been built behind the Saperstein Jewish Center and Human Resources to help make up for some of those spaces lost due to construction,” Stewart said.

These new parking spaces would help compensate for some of the spaces lost due to construction and create more options for non-night parking up the hill on weekends. While this will not solve all parking issues, Campus Safety would like to point out that this is a temporary setback for students during the process of major campus improvements.

“We think this temporary inconvenience will ultimately be very helpful,” Stewart said. “The resulting new facilities will bring many new opportunities, as outlined in the 3rd century plan.

read more
Parking facilities

Cleveland Heights smoothes school compensation deal for Cedar-Lee-Meadowbrook project ‘shovel ready’

CLEVELAND HEIGHTS, Ohio — The “shovel-ready” Cedar-Lee-Meadowbrook project still needs official blessing from the Cleveland Heights-University Heights City Council and School Board on a proposed school district tax offset agreement .

Cleveland Heights Mayor Kahlil Seren introduced the Tax Increase Financing (TIF) project at the Oct. 17 council meeting, followed by an open letter to council and school district officials on Friday.

“It’s a much better deal than Top of the Hill,” Seren said of TIF’s proposal for a $50 million Cedar-Lee-Meadowbrook mixed-use development, in terms of “how better to get it.” ensure that (the project) benefits the whole community.”

The CH-UH school board saw to that after initially receiving a TIF package that mirrored Top of the Hill, the $80 million project from the same developer, Flaherty & Collins, which is nearing completion further west. on Cedar Road.

In a Sept. 20 meeting with Seren and other Cleveland Heights officials, the school board first discussed using the city parking lot on Edgewood Road during construction, not just for teacher parking. and students during the school day, but also for district sports. and other special events.

But the school board also presented district treasurer and chief financial officer Scott Gainer and attorneys working on the TIF with a list of half a dozen wanted items in the final package.

A final ‘sticking point’ remained as a special school board meeting anticipated the quarterly joint session with the two city councils and Heights Library trustees scheduled for Wednesday, October 26, which was ‘pushed back’ at the end November, CH-UH said Malia Lewis, Chair of the Board of Education.

As for the rest of the deal, Seren outlined some of the key elements of the October 22 city news update sent online to subscribers and posted on the city’s website.

After presenting the proposed 30-year TIF package on October 3, Seren said last week that he hoped the board would follow suit with a second reading and final vote on November 7 after the school board’s planned adoption. of its own resolution on November 1 or at some time after the discussion at the special meeting.

Not so fast, Lewis said.

“After not hearing anything from the city for months, things suddenly became more emergent,” Lewis said Monday. “This has all been surprisingly recent, in terms of coming back to us with a revised school compensation agreement.”

The biggest difference is in the proposed split of payments in lieu of taxes (“PILOTS”) between the developer and the school district, with F&C receiving just over 66% and the schools guaranteeing almost 34% – possibly more if the project’s evaluation exceeds expectations, noted Lewis.

This formula is about 9% more for the school district than the existing Top of the Hill deal, where the developer keeps 75% of the PILOTS and the schools get 25% — the original offer this time around as well.

Lewis noted that while school district tax attorney David Seed, Cleveland Heights outside legal counsel Eugene Killeen, Gainer and the developer have been working behind the scenes on a deal, the school board has yet to receive a request or request. formal presentation on the proposed TIF. from the city.

Seren said final adjustments are still being made on the revised school compensation agreement. At the same time, “all necessary revisions have taken place, and all permits have been issued” by the city, he noted.

“Completing a project on this site has been a challenge for more than twenty years,” Seren said in the city’s statement. “The Cedar-Lee parking garage (built in 2007) is a monument to the many attempts to develop this area; it was built in anticipation of a project that did not materialize.

With the revised agreement, the school district is expected to earn an additional $300,000 a year from the pilots, going from $109,000 (most of that collected in taxes on underutilized parking) a year to about $409,000 a year. , good for $9 million. over the duration of the 30-year TIF.

In addition to nearly quadrupling the school district’s annual recurring revenue there, the city would also share the nearly $325,000 in local income taxes generated by the 257 construction jobs on the project, or more than $162,000 each for the city and the school district.

The mixed-use development with 206 apartments and approximately 8,200 square feet of proposed retail space will create 25 permanent jobs and accommodate over 300 residents.

An estimated two-thirds of newcomers to Cleveland Heights generate an additional $200,000 a year in city income tax revenue, based on economic projections.

“We are so close to the finish line, which is also the starting line for construction,” Seren told the board last week. “But we can’t start without the school board.

‘Glue point’

Of the list of items presented by the school board to CLM’s development legal team, Lewis said the only outstanding issue remains the city’s practice of charging the district for the use of some of its recreational facilities, namely the baseball and softball fields at Forest Hill Park. , Denison Park Football Ground and Cain Park Tennis Courts.

Although the city does not charge for ice time at the Cleveland Heights Community Center, the school board received a proposal early in the school year for the use of city land and courts for $50 from the hour – after the athletic department budget has been Positioned.

“It sticks by the throats of several school board members, especially since it appeared just before school started,” Lewis said Monday.

The going rate has fluctuated since the high school’s renovation project closed baseball and softball fields for several years after voters approved a $135 million bond issue in 2013.

Most of these funds were spent on refurbishing Heights High, completed in time for the 2017-18 school year, although the fields along Goodnor Road still need resurfacing.

The city charged the school district up to $75 per hour for the use of its pitches and courts totaling $32,400 in the 2017-18 school year and $22,000 in 2018- 19.

That came down to a “COVID rate” of $35 an hour during the 2020-21 and 21-22 school years, costing the district about $9,000 a year.

Lewis believes that the city assessing the fee at a given rate to the school district is “charging the community twice, since the facilities were already funded the first time by taxpayers.”

The issue of “facility sharing” was also raised at joint meetings of the school district board, city councils and Heights Library trustees, with a committee formed to address it as one of their “areas of common interest”.

Although Seren mentioned a closer look at the school district’s ongoing fee assessment, “that doesn’t mean it shouldn’t be written,” Lewis said.

As a “topic for another day,” Lewis said the school district is “looking forward to putting it in place so the community can get back to the indoor pool (at Heights High) and officially declare the end of the pandemic.” .

Learn more about the Sun Press.

read more
Parking facilities

Local Assembly Member Gets $3 Million for Future EG Library | New

Assemblyman Jim Cooper, D-Elk Grove, announced Oct. 12 to Elk Grove City Council that he had secured $3 million in state funding for the new Elk Grove Library. .

The new library will be located in a 17,000 square foot building that previously housed a Rite Aid Pharmacy on the southwest corner of Elk Grove Boulevard and Waterman Road in Old Town.

This project will replace the existing 13,000 square foot Elk Grove Library at the southeast corner of Elk Grove Boulevard and Elk Grove-Florin Road. This facility opened in 2008.

Cooper’s announcement came during his own recognition by the council, in which he received a proclamation from the city for his long-time service which also includes his time on the Elk Grove City Council. He is currently the elected Sacramento County Sheriff.

Elk Grove Mayor Bobbie Singh-Allen recognized Cooper’s longtime dedication to Elk Grove.

“It is a great honor for us to recognize you, as we know how hard you work for our city – not only here as a member of council, but as a member of the assembly and now as a sheriff,” she said.

Cooper’s announcement of state funding for the library came as a surprise.

“Before you come down (to present the proclamation), I have something for you; I come to bring gifts,” he said.

Cooper briefly left the boardroom podium, then returned with an oversized check bearing the words: Elk Grove Library, three million dollars.

“We have $3 million for you to help grow this library,” he said. “Libraries are important, reading is important. Obviously, we are here because of teachers and educators. And the mayor (Singh-Allen), you served on the school board, so you know how important that is.

“And think about this fact: In the (main Sacramento County) jail, there are about 2,500 inmates downtown, and most of them are reading at the third-grade level. So education is important.

Cooper then spoke with the Citizen about the need for a larger library.

“A new library and a bigger library are needed,” he said. “Obviously being bigger you can serve more of the community.

“(The current library is) very well located, but every time I went there, the library was always crowded, due to high usage. People use it for a variety of resources, and it really needed a new home. And the city was a good steward and found a new home, and the $3 million ($3 million) will help pay for that, and that’s really what it was all about.

Recalling the efforts to secure the $3 million in public funds, Cooper noted that it was an “arduous process.”

“I was competing with 120 other members (who were trying) to get resources for their communities,” he said. “It’s not an easy process. It’s a difficult process, but my capital staff, my budget staff have been instrumental in making it happen. So it was really a team effort. You never do anything alone.

Cooper expressed his excitement about the $3 million he secured for the library.

“I’m thrilled for Elk Grove, for the Elk Grove City Council, the (Sacramento Public) Library Authority and, most importantly, the citizens of Elk Grove,” he said. “They get a modern, state-of-the-art library that is much bigger.”

He added that he hopes the new library will also accommodate new growth.

Approval for the purchase of the old pharmacy building for the new library was given by unanimous decision of the city council in January 2021.

Following negotiations by city staff, the city paid just over $3 million for the old pharmacy building. This cost was paid for by issuing tax-exempt bonds and capital charges, which are development fees the city charges on new construction. The property was sold by Thomas A. Gaebe, a trustee of the Joyce Traynor Revocable Trust.

A city representative talks about the library opening plan and costs

Christopher Jordan, the city’s director of strategic planning and innovation, told the Citizen last week that the new library in Elk Grove is currently on track to open in 2025.

At a public rally hosted by the City of Elk Grove and the Sacramento Public Library (SPL) in October 2021, SPL Deputy Director Jarrid Keller said the target date for opening the library was September 2023.

Jordan noted that there really isn’t a delay in opening the library.

“No, I think we’ve been pretty flexible on the timeline, because it’s about getting (funding),” he said.

The current construction cost to complete the library project is about $13 million, Jordan added.

“We don’t have all the funds in place for the project,” he said. “We are looking for some grants. Cooper’s work on the state budget is one of them. So Cooper did a great job of negotiating through the legislature for the state’s final year budget, and (he) was able to get $3 million.

Jordan mentioned that the city has requested a state grant for the rehabilitation and relocation of libraries throughout California.

“Our goal is to cover at least half, if not the majority of funds, between these two grant programs, and then the balance of funds would come from local sources,” he said.

Jordan described the construction project as a “complete space rehab”.

“(The project is to) completely empty it of the old Rite Aid,” he said. “It’s pretty empty at this point, but there’s still the old flooring and some internal operations. (It’s) really building this thing as a new, modern library for the Elk Grove community.

Among the novelties of the building are a new entrance, an adult space, a teen space, spaces for young people and young readers, several meeting rooms and an incubator space for working with equipment and technology.

The library will also include the “market”, which is the main collection area of ​​the library, and a meeting room that will allow existing library programs to continue.

With parking availability being an ongoing issue at the existing Elk Grove Library, the new library will increase the number of parking spaces from approximately 40 spaces to approximately 90 spaces.

Another improvement of the new library will be the lack of a second floor, Jordan noted.

“Being on a single floor (as opposed to the current two-floor library) dramatically improves library operations,” he said. “You don’t have to regularly carry materials and equipment up the elevator or up the stairs.

“There’s more study room space than we can accommodate, a larger space for kids, a more formal teen space, and (a) larger meeting room, and with the most square footage in square feet, a larger collection can be there. All in all, this will be a great setup once it’s complete.

read more
Parking facilities

Building Tracks – October 19

MIXED USE and NON-RESIDENTIAL

Applicant: Cherrybank Dental Spa

Planning Authority: Edinburgh

Details: The development includes renovation and alterations, with new signage proposals for the basement street facade and existing entrance areas at 94 Hanover Street, as well as alterations to the existing facade of Thistle Street North West Lane and internal alterations to a Grade B listed building in the New Town Conservation Area.

Location: 94 Hanover Street Edinburgh



Agent: Little Black Box Collective. CAM: Ami Black 11 Locksley Crescent Cumbernauld

Reference: 22/04636/LBC

Application link



Claimant: Aviagen Ltd

Planning Authority: Edinburgh

Details: Construction of a new storage facility to the north of Aviagen’s head office at 11 Lochend Road, Newbridge, with associated land for vehicle movement and parking facilities.

Location: 11 Lochend Road, Newbridge



Agent: Watson Burnett Architects CAM: Thomas Proctor Unit 6B Carmichael Place Edinburgh

Reference: 22/04599/FUL

Application link



Claimant: Aldi Stores Limited and Dawn Developments Limited

Planning Authority: Edinburgh

Details: Construction of a business (Class 1) with parking, access, landscaping and associated works

Location: Site adjacent to the railway line on Boghall Road Glasgow



Agent: Avison Young (UK) Ltd. 40 Torphichen Street Edinburgh

Reference: 22/02409/FUL

Application link

CALLS FOR TENDERS

Contracting Authority: Aberdeen City Council

Details: Central Library, Staff Restroom Renovation and DDA Improvements

Location: Aberdeen

Contact: [email protected]

Publication date: 10/17/2022

Contracting Authority: The Highland Council

Details: New housing and associated infrastructure in Balloch/Chapleton, Inverness.

Location: Inverness.

Contact: [email protected]

Publication date: 10/17/2022

read more
Parking facilities

Yellowstone’s flooded roads will reopen — and gateway towns reconnect — after reconstruction

Mammoth, Wyo., is normally one of the most populated parts of Yellowstone. It’s home to the park’s headquarters, several hotels and restaurants, and a massive bubbling hot springs complex with pools tinged with blue, red, green, and orange.

But on a recent Friday, there were almost more elk than tourists in the area. That’s largely because the six-mile road from Mammoth to the gateway town of Gardiner, Montana was washed out during historic floods in June. For local residents, their community is split in two.

Sarah Ondrus, vice president of the Gardiner Chamber of Commerce, said she hasn’t been able to get into Yellowstone all season.

“My son usually goes to pre-K at Mammoth, but he won’t be there then,” she said.

While the flooding largely spared Gardiner’s infrastructure, the economic fallout this summer has been brutal. The chamber surveyed area business owners and found that the city saw only about 30% of his normal seasonal activity.

“I have a good friend who is a provider. She goes to the park with horses. She was in tears about how she was going to feed her cattle through the winter,” Ondrus said. “I’ve definitely seen heartaches.”

Ondrus owns and operates a business that offers rafting, horseback riding, and other adventures, and she rents out several vacation homes. She said she had to cut her staff from around 30 employees to 13.

“We actually had our first lunchtime cancellation on the day of the flood,” she said. “That’s how people were eager to cancel.”

The park replaces the washed-out road from Mammoth to Gardiner by redeveloping an old stagecoach road built in the 1880s. It is currently open to licensed guides and other locals. But because the windows to go through are only early morning and evening on school days now last 11 hours for some students.

But that route will be open to full-time travel in the coming weeks, according to Yellowstone Superintendent Cam Sholly. Construction crews are currently in a race against the weather.

“In October in Yellowstone, we regularly have snow storms. We regularly have very cold temperatures,” he said. “Our goal is to have this road paved and the right safety measures in place, like guardrails. We have over five thousand feet of guardrails coming.

They are targeting Nov. 1 for the opening of the revamped two-lane road. Sholly calls it a near-miracle that the project is on track to wrap up this year.

“There is no playbook here. Nobody did that, at least in the park service, that quickly,” he said.

Sholly said federal funding is a big reason for the rebuilding success. The National Park Service used $50 million in emergency relief dollars and partnered with the Federal Highway Administration to find construction crews.

Greg Jackson runs Oftedal Construction based in Casper, Wyo. The company is rebuilding the northeast entrance road, which connects the park to Cooke City, Montana. This section will reopen on Saturday October 15, which means that 99% of all roads will be accessible to vehicles.

“All of our guys are working six, seven days a week, 12 hours a day to try to achieve that,” Jackson said. “All of our crews are very passionate about the park and they want to do what’s good for the park and the people.”

Helicopter pictures the park released last month shows the amount of work needed to rebuild. Jackson said his company moved the equivalent of 50,000 truckloads of dirt to fill the washes. The new roads would be 100 times stronger than the old ones.

Supt. Sholly said next summer he hopes to focus his resources on other parts of the park that haven’t been rebuilt in over a hundred years. He worries about these facilities will not withstand the increasingly extreme weather conditions caused by climate change.

“I don’t really know what a 500-year flood really means anymore,” he said. “There’s no reason why a flood of the same situation shouldn’t happen next year, or at least in the next few years.”

Still, Sholly said the entire park is on track to be accessible in time for next year’s summer tourists, which last year numbered more than a million in July alone. Backcountry trails are also being rebuilt and are being prioritized based on what attracts the most traffic.

Tourists can still drive through the northern sections of Yellowstone right now to see fall colors and hundreds of bison. Jim Farfsing from Cincinnati is a recent visitor who sought solitude and wildlife in the area.

“Today we had a pretty good hike. We hiked to the top of Mount Washburn and I said, ‘You know what, as we get older, we might not be able to do this,'” a- “It’s so nice to get in a car and go to these lookouts and stuff and you can just see nature right there.”

On the way to the park, Farfsing passed through Red Lodge, Montana, one of the towns hardest hit by the floods, both structurally and economically.

“One end was still pretty devastated. I mean, kind of boulders in parking lots and washed away building facades,” he said. “We stayed at a hotel and he said their basement was still a bit moldy – I guess flood water got in and they pumped it out.”

For many businesses in Yellowstone’s gateway communities, the next year is a watershed one. They hope visitors will flock to experience what they weren’t able to do last summer in the world’s oldest national park – and frequent hotels, gift shops and rafting companies while they’re there. are.

This story was produced by the Mountain West News Bureau, a collaboration between Wyoming Public Media, Nevada Public Radio, Boise State Public Radio in Idaho, KUNR in Nevada, the O’Connor Center for the Rocky Mountain West in Montana , KUNC in Colorado, KUNM in New Mexico, with support from affiliate stations throughout the region. Funding for the Mountain West News Bureau is provided in part by the Corporation for Public Broadcasting.

read more
Parking facilities

Aliso Viejo to enforce new e-bike regulations

Aliso Viejo approved new regulations to control the use of motorized recreational transport like e-bikes in hopes of increasing public and cyclist safety.

City Council voted unanimously in September to give final approval to the ordinance that will amend the existing city code on regulating pedestrians, bicycles and skateboards as well as motorized recreational transportation. This amendment will now allow law enforcement officials to cite electronically powered modes of transportation that are gaining popularity in public spaces and private parks. The move follows widespread pressure from residents of Aliso Viejo for the city council to act.


Editor’s note: This dispatch is part of the Voice of OC Collegiate News Service, working with student journalists to cover public policy issues across Orange County. If you would like to submit your own student media project related to Orange County civics or have a response to this work, contact Vik Jolly, Editor of the Collegiate News Service, at [email protected] .org.


“It’s a really explosive event,” City Manager David Doyle said at the council meeting. “I don’t think I’ve seen more emails on a certain topic in a short period of time.”

Capt. Scott Merrill, the city’s police chief, also said motorized bicycles, scooters and boards have been the subject of one of the biggest complaints the department has seen in recent months. .

Other towns in Orange County also saw the popularization of motorized recreational vehicles. In January, San Clemente banned the use of e-bikes on the pier, beaches and some trails after debating the issue since 2018. The California Department of Parks and Recreation banned the use of e-bikes in parks in San Clemente. state last year, limiting their use of designated areas and public roads.

Aliso Viejo’s new ordinance will prohibit motorized vehicles from sidewalks in densely populated areas, especially shopping complexes or sidewalks near school buildings, churches or recreation centers while using these facilities. All forms of motorized transportation are also prohibited in parking lots or city-owned and/or operated properties, according to a city staff report.

On sidewalks where traffic is permitted, a 5 mph speed limit will be enforced for all vehicles. The City’s director of public works must post and maintain signs adjacent to the sidewalks indicating the limits and prohibitions of the sector.

Motorized boards and scooters are not permitted in public parks except in designated areas established by the Director of Public Works or for private parks by the owner of the park. E-bikes are only permitted on designated trails or roads. In these areas, the speed limit for e-bikes is 10 mph. There are three different classes of e-bikes that set age requirements and other rules for riders. This regulation applies to all, according to the ordinance.

Mayor Ross Chun emphasized that all of these conditions are established to prioritize the reduction of collisions and injuries.

“Public safety and rider safety are considered and targeted,” Chun said.

Aliso Viejo resident Brad Trevethan owns an electric scooter, motorized board and electric toddler bike. Trevethan has witnessed the risks associated with reckless driving of these motorized vehicles.

“I’m okay with the sidewalk speed limit,” Trevethan said in a recent park interview.

He said he saw a child riding too fast on an electric bike almost collide with a woman and her dog.

The proposed ordinance gives “law enforcement the ability (to) issue citations in public and private parks, provided appropriate signs are posted,” according to the city staff report.

Merrill, the police chief, said often a warning comes first.

City manager David Doyle told the council meeting that the city wants users to understand the impacts of their activity.

“Our focus has always been education,” he said.

Merrill explained that citations become necessary when the educational approach does not work.

City says primary focus of new ordinance is to ensure that everyone who drives these vehicles does so in a safe manner and, therefore, to reduce the number of traffic collisions involving these vehicles.

This order will come into effect on October 21.

read more
Parking facilities

More than half of 1,000 EV charging stations in apartments: data

More than half of the 1,000 electric vehicle charging points installed in Delhi under the government’s one-stop shop in less than a year are in apartment complexes, data shared by the Delhi government states.

Of the 1,000 charging points installed, 59% were installed by RWAs, 15% were set up in office premises and 13% in electric rickshaw parking lots. The officials said the government would spend Rs 60 lakh as a subsidy for those 1,000 points.

The one-stop-shop system was set up last November exclusively for the installation of EV chargers in private and semi-public spaces such as collective housing corporations, institutional buildings such as hospitals and commercial spaces such as stores and shopping malls. “The facility enables any Delhi resident to choose, order, install and pay (net of subsidy) for EV chargers from approved vendors through their electricity supplier’s portal (Discom). Delhi has 3 electricity providers, BRPL, BYPL and TPDDL. Delhi EV policy provides a subsidy of Rs 6,000 per charging point for the first 30,000 trickle charging points. The net cost paid by the user after deduction of Rs 6,000 includes EV charger, installation and maintenance costs for 3 years. The net cost of these EV chargers, after subsidy, is as low as Rs 2,500,” says a statement released by the Delhi government.

Explain

Ease

Through the one-stop-shop, any resident of Delhi can request installation of a charger from approved vendors at their premises, either through DISCOM’s online portal or by making a phone call. Consumers can also request a separate power connection with a special EV tariff.

The government has been pushing for rapid adoption of electric vehicles in the city, pushing the delivery and public transport industry towards rapid adoption. According to Department of Transportation data, more than 72,000 electric vehicles have been sold since August 2020, when the policy was launched. More than 41,000 electric vehicles were sold in 2022 alone, officials said. This represents nearly 10% of all vehicles sold in the city. Delhi also hit a 12.5% ​​monthly contribution to electric vehicles in March this year, the highest in India among any state, officials said.

“Delhi is committed to strengthening electric vehicle charging infrastructure by providing a network of private and public charging facilities within 3 km of anywhere in Delhi. This is just the beginning as Delhi plans to install 18,000 charging stations in the next 3 years which will make it easier for citizens to opt for an electric vehicle…” Transport Minister Kailash Gahlot said.

read more
Parking facilities

Chapel Hill City Council shares feedback on potential Splash Pad spaces

For years, some members of the Chapel Hill community have lobbied for the city’s park system to add a wading pool. Aquatic recreation areas have grown in popularity as inclusive and accessible ways to cool off and have fun.

On Monday, the City Council heard the results of a feasibility study on where to add a paddling pool and helped take steps to advance planning to bring one to Chapel Hill.

Chapel Hill Parks and Recreation Director Phillip Fleischmann said the wading pools are the buzz of the parks community.

“The wading pool in particular is an amenity that pops up all over park systems,” he told 97.9 The Hill. “There are some nearby in Mebane and Pittsboro, for example, so we would really like to have one here.”

After a petition from more than 800 members of the Chapel Hill community was delivered to the city last summer in favor of a wading pool, the Parks, Greenways and Recreation Commission voted unanimously in favor of adding one. The move helped the city officially start its planning process, with the first step being where a wading pool might make sense.

Mebane has recently added a paddling pool to its park system in recent years. (Photo via the city of Mebane)

The feasibility study presented to Chapel Hill City Council on Monday shared data from six of the city’s parks and two social housing communities where potential playgrounds could work. The assessment looked at areas with the right size, infrastructure, parking and availability of utilities for a possible wading pool, as well as details such as access, age of facilities and socio-economic data. to help inform fair decision-making.

City council members shared that they were broadly in favor of a medium-sized paddling pool – navigating the cost of building facilities at the destination level, but a space larger than a pocket park. Many elected officials also loudly supported the recirculation model for paddling pools, meaning water would be collected, treated and reused on the same site.

Corresponding to what the feasibility study suggested, Council member Amy Ryan said these two elements of a wading pool led her to believe it would make sense to be near Chapel Hill’s existing aquatic centers .

“I think collocation, where possible, with swimming pools is really smart, especially if we have existing sanitary facilities,” Ryan said. “One of those things that really drives up the price is when we have to add parking, these toilets, changing rooms. So as we look at sites, that kind of colocation would be important to me.”

This option narrows the wading pool to three locations: Community Center Park, Hargraves Park, and Homestead Park. Council member Paris Miller-Foushee said of the three, Hargraves Park stood out as the most attractive option for her.

“I think it ticks all the boxes. In terms of proximity to a trail, greenway, downtown, [higher] population, our social housing, being able to improve the playing field, all of that. So for me, Hargraves definitely rises to the top.

Many others agree, adding that Homestead Park also presents itself as a good option based on the location of existing water and sewer infrastructure and parking availability.

Council member Adam Searing took his approval of the locations one step further. He said he felt Chapel Hill lagged other cities of a similar size in building such park attractions as wading pools. He argued for building more than one, if the city had identified multiple locations that fit their criteria.

“I would say we’re going to expand, try to catch up a bit with other communities,” Searing said. “We’ve been talking about this for a long time and absolutely let’s go ask what the community wants. But when I look at the work you’ve done, I think it’s two destinations: Hargraves [for the] most people, Homestead [for the] most parking lots.

Photos from the 14th Annual Orange County Dog Swim at the AD Clark Pool at Hargraves Park and Community Center. The park has space near the swimming pool which Chapel Hill City Council says might be better for a future paddling pool. (Photo via City of Chapel Hill.)

However, any construction of a paddling pool is far from being revolutionary. The parks and planning departments will now step up their community engagement efforts to see where residents would prefer water space.

Fleischmann said another major thing remains to be determined: where the city will get the money to pay for the playgrounds.

“At present, the projects are not funded,” said the director of parks. “So really, this exploration is a good start to see what it would take to bring one here. And then later on there will be conversations that will take place around the funding element of this [study].”

From the city council and hundreds of community members, however, there is clear interest in a new way to cool off.

Featured photo via City of Chapel Hill.


Chapelboro.com does not charge subscription fees, and you can directly support our local journalism efforts here. Want more of what you see on Chapelboro? Let us bring you free local news and community information by signing up to our bi-weekly newsletter.

read more
Parking facilities

Plans for a tent city on Randall’s Island draw familiar criticism

On Monday night, Mayor Eric Adams’ administration announced it would rotate a tent city planned to house migrants from Orchard Beach to Randall’s Island, citing a lower flood risk at the latter location. But this risk is not zero.

Photos taken on Tuesday of the parking lot around Icahn Stadium, where the emergency shelter is to be placed, show a buildup of rainwater, as well as a sign placed near the parking lot warning that the roads may be flooded.

“If the roads are flooded – and we’re seeing flooding inside the parking lot – I just don’t see how that’s going to be feasible,” said New York City Council member Diana Ayala, who represents Randall’s Island and shared the photos to the site on Tuesday, City & State said.

On Tuesday, housing advocates and immigrant advocacy groups also raised concerns about the Randall’s Island site. “Many of the concerns we and others have expressed about the original location of Orchard Beach also apply to Randall’s Island,” read a joint statement from the Legal Aid Society and the Coalition for the Homeless. “The city must look to alternatives instead of tent cities, where our customers will be isolated, vulnerable to extreme weather conditions and far from public transport and other essential services.”

Although she saw water pooling on Tuesday and signs warning of flood risk, Ayala said she hadn’t recently heard of flooding as a major issue in the area, and Assemblyman Eddie Gibbs, who also represents Randall’s Island, said the same. (Several people, however, referenced the chaotic evacuation of Governors Ball on the island in 2019 during heavy rain and thunder.)

The parking lots near Icahn Stadium on Randall’s Island are in a Zone 3 hurricane evacuation zone designation, compared to the planned site for Orchard Beach, which had a higher risk Zone 1 designation. Parts of the coast around Randall’s Island are designated as Zone 1. A City Hall spokesperson noted that they expected fewer pond issues at the Randall’s Island site and said that they would use 3 foot slopes, but did not elaborate further on what this means specifically for building tent installations. The town hall also said it was working on providing additional transport to and from Randall Island, which is mainly accessible by public transport via the M35 bus.

“This new location is less prone to flooding, is closer to public transportation and will provide temporary respite for 500 asylum seekers,” said the town hall statement late Monday announcing the pivot to Randall’s Island. City Hall spokespersons later clarified that there would be space to expand capacity beyond 500 people, as the originally planned site on Orchard Beach was to accommodate 1,000 people. On Tuesday, Gov. Kathy Hochul’s office announced it was activating the National Guard to help run the center on Randall’s Island.

At an unrelated press conference Tuesday, Adams said while the administration was confident in its ability to alleviate concerns about flooding in Orchard Beach, Randall’s Island was being touted as a better alternative due to its “higher peak raised”. “(It’s) a constant pivot and change to find a good solution to this humanitarian crisis that was created by human hands,” Adams said. “We made the decision to move to Randall’s Island. And that’s what we’ve done.

Gibbs told City & State on Tuesday that he supports the plan to house the tents on Randall’s Island. “Where else?” Gibbs said, adding that it’s important for the city to provide coats, blankets and ensure adequate heating in tents as cold weather approaches. “I really hope this works out,” Gibbs said. “It gives these people the opportunity to just beginning.”

Randall’s Island, located between northern Manhattan, the southern Bronx and western Queens, is more central than Orchard Beach, located in the heart of an urban park in the eastern Bronx. Because it’s not that far away and there are (although limited) accessibility to public transport, Ayala said Randall’s Island is a comparatively better site for setting up tents – which is intended for voluntary use for the influx of migrants into New York, for no more than 96 hours. – than Orchard Beach would have been. But she said brick-and-mortar alternatives would still be preferable to tents, especially as winter approaches. In addition to using vacant hotel space — a solution housing advocates have advocated not just for migrants but other homeless New Yorkers — Ayala has raised the possibility of using the Javits Center in Midtown Manhattan as emergency shelter space, while State Senator Jessica Ramos lifted the idea of ​​using vacant commercial office space.

Placing shelter was a difficult logistical situation, but it was also a political challenge. The town hall criticized politicians for being quick to criticize the placement of emergency rescue centers rather than cooperating. “The far right is doing the wrong thing. The far left is not doing anything,” Adams said at an independent news conference on Monday, possibly referring to Rep. Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez, who said she was looking for a “better solution” than the Orchard Beach tents in her district. “I don’t believe in the silence I hear. These are people who need services. And I don’t hear both ends of the spectrum. … (the administration) shouldn’t do it on our own.

Adams, who likes to portray himself as a solution-oriented centrist, was right that he’s also been criticized by New York’s far-right. Rep. Nicole Malliotakis and other Staten Island Republicans released a statement on Tuesday calling on Adams to drop plans to dock a cruise ship in the borough to house asylum seekers, arguing that the city should not be obliged to shelter immigrants. The city’s right to shelter doesn’t require U.S. citizenship, and Adams was careful to say everyone is welcome in the city — even while publicly lamenting the cost and lack of coordination from state and federal governments. .

New York City Public Advocate Jumaane Williams acknowledged that city officials must make tough decisions given the scale of the crisis affecting the city, but, he said, this fact should not replace the city’s responsibility to respect its right to shelter. law and provide the “most human responses” possible.

“We have to make sure that if we use the type of structures that are on offer now, it’s an absolute last measure, and we’ve exhausted things like some of the open spaces, armories and hotels,” Williams said. to reporters at an afternoon press conference. “None of this can be a circumvention of our right to shelter in the city.”

Jacquelyn Simone, policy director at the Coalition for the Homeless, said the solutions presented amid this humanitarian crisis shine a light on the city’s longer-term housing needs. “I think the larger question is why is the city spending resources building tents instead of building high-quality accommodation capacity in places like hotels?” said Simone. “And also why haven’t they made the necessary investments in permanent accommodation which could thus free up the existing accommodation capacity?”

read more
Parking facilities

Danbury’s Immaculate High honors 60 years with $4 million campaign

DANBURY — As it celebrates its 60th anniversary, Immaculate High School is embarking on a strategic fundraising campaign to raise $4 million to improve campus facilities and provide scholarships.

Immaculate’s Board of Directors will launch the campaign in October. The money will be used to upgrade facilities, sports fields and infrastructure at the school, and provide scholarships to students in need.

The 60th anniversary celebration throughout the year will also honor the legacy and successes of the Catholic school. The official kickoff of the anniversary celebration began with a Mass led by Bishop Frank Caggiano of the Diocese of Bridgeport at Immaculate on September 9. All faculty and students were in attendance, along with special guests, parents, and alumni.

“Catholic education is a precious gift,” Bishop Caggiano said in a prepared statement. “It opens students’ minds and provides a compass, a moral direction for their lives. We need to celebrate and support that future.”

“This anniversary and the fundraising campaign reflect more of the young people who are being formed here than the bricks and mortar that the school will modernize. These young students are the living stones, the living bricks of the house that Immaculée is building. to build”,

Fundraiser

The $4 million fundraising campaign will be split into three, including $2 million for infrastructure improvements, $1 million for scholarships and $1 million for sports upgrades, said Michael Macari, director of the marketing and branding of Immaculate.

“Our building here is in good shape and our sports complex is in good shape,” Macari said. “We just need to replace some things like windows and improve our parking lots. Hosting 20 varsity sports is taking its toll on the pitches and courts. For sports the main thing is to add lights and a race track.”

Part of the $4 million campaign goal will be to establish the Robert E. Gerwien, Sr. Endowment Fund, named after the school’s beloved principal who served as both a teacher and school principal. long-standing from 1968 to 1995. The Gerwien Scholarships will enable dozens of qualified students each year to apply for and receive financial assistance to attend Immaculate. The fund will be launched after graduation in June, which Gerwien will celebrate his 90th birthday in June, Macari said.

Immaculate’s tuition is $16,750, according to information provided by Macari. He said that compares favorably to the average tuition for Catholic schools in Connecticut, which is $25,000, and for private schools, which is $50,000 per year.

Macari believes affordable tuition is one of the many reasons for the school’s longevity.

“Parents today have a choice when choosing the right school for their children,” Macari said. “It’s very competitive there. The motto here is ‘Your Dreams, Our Mission’. Academically, it’s exceptional here. We work with local colleges like Fairfield University and UConn to offer students an advanced education.

As for the $4 million fundraising campaign, a portion of the funds will be raised by the school’s Leadership Society and Mustangs on the Road, an alumni group that will arrange meetings with potential donors. They will bring campaign details to supporters, alumni and donors in the area, New York and Boston.

The one-year anniversary celebration will conclude with an “all alumni reunion” and celebratory weekend from June 2-4, 2023.

“Become the best version of yourself”

Immaculate attracts students from nearly 30 cities in the Danbury area and eastern New York.

“Kids here always praise their teachers,” Macari said. “I think a big reason is that these teachers care about our students, showing support that goes beyond the classroom. All of these reasons are why there are over 7,300 alumni and growing .”

As for the legacy, every freshman class includes children and grandchildren of former students.

“The teachers here are amazing,” said sophomore Clara Rodriguez. “They make you completely comfortable asking for help. They challenge you to be the best version of yourself.”

Macari said participating in Immaculate provides a good return on investment. The Class of 2022 has received more than $33 million in scholarships and awards at the 243 colleges and universities to which they have been accepted. Colleges included Yale, Georgetown, and Notre Dame.

read more
Parking facilities

Transformation of Darby Street outdoor restaurants begins

Newcastle’s famous ‘Eat Street’ area on Darby Street in Cooks Hill will come to life in a six-month trial with expanded outdoor dining facilities, community-focused events and improved pedestrian and cycling infrastructure as part of the Streets as Shared Spaces initiative.

The start of the transformation of Darby Street was officially launched today by Deputy Mayor of Newcastle, Declan Clausen.

The trial will calm traffic and bring diners to the streets as the extended trail restoration areas begin.

Newcastle ord Mayor Nuatali Nelmes said the Darby Street trial was part of the Streets as Shared Spaces initiative and aimed to test and build innovative ideas that bring people to public spaces, in a safer way .

“Novocastrians are changing the way they explore and connect. Residents are walking and cycling more, which means we need to focus more on providing safe, green, welcoming and accessible spaces,” said Cr Nelmes.

Deputy Mayor Declan Clausen said the temporary nature of the works allowed the City of Newcastle to test these pilot projects with support and feedback from the local community and businesses.

“By implementing this trial, we hope to gain valuable insights that will allow us to plan for long-term positive change as part of the city’s Local Centers Renewal Program, which provides attractive, vibrant and healthy open spaces. ”

A large 120m2 temporary catering platform, constructed from recycled materials, has been placed in several parking lots between the Sanctum and Goldbergs restaurants. The new catering platform allows businesses to more than double their outdoor dining space and frees up the sidewalk for pedestrians, giving local cafes and restaurants an immediate boost.

Further along Darby Street, a new pedestrian crossing safely leads visitors to the reactivated Courtyard of Darby Earphones. New street furniture, lighting, cladding and public art in the courtyard encourage people to visit, stay and connect.

A condition of the NSW government grant required the speed of Darby St to be reduced. Transport for NSW has approved a temporary speed reduction of 30km/h for around 400m of Darby St, between the Newcastle Art Gallery and 188 Darby St.

Co-owner of Three Monkeys cafe on Darby Street, Anthony Strachan said he hoped the trial would attract more people to the precinct and help showcase all that Darby Street has to offer.

“The past two years have been extremely difficult for all small businesses. We are already seeing people coming back to the city and we hope this trial will lead to more excitement and an improved Darby Street experience,” Mr Strachan said.

To help with the availability of short-term free parking in the area, temporary drop-off and pick-up areas will be set up near Council Street and parking spaces at the rear of Newcastle Library will be converted into free 2P spaces for the duration of the trial, compensating for the car parks impacted by the temporary catering platform.

The trial will celebrate Darby Street’s connection to culture, art, music and food through a series of events including temporary pavement murals and a pavement art competition by Chalk the Walk as part of the new annual festival and a day of free activities at Darby Street, Street Party on the corner of Council Street, Saturday 15th October 2022.

Further details of the Darby Street, Streets as Shared Spaces trial events can be found at whatson.newcastle.nsw.gov.au

The trial was made possible by a $500,000 grant from the NSW Government through the Streets as Shared Spaces (Round 2) scheme and funding from the City of Newcastle’s Urban Centers Revitalization Scheme.

read more
Parking facilities

Schofield hears two proposals for ownership of City Hall | WSAU News/Talk 550 AM 99.9 FM

SC Swiderski representatives give a presentation to Schofield town leaders. MWC photo by Mike Leischner

SCHOFIELD, WI (WSAU) — Two developers made presentations to Schofield executives on Monday, seeking to win the city for the rights to redevelop the land they occupied at the time of the presentation.

SC Swiderski and Lokre both spent about 15 minutes presenting to a joint session of the city’s economic development committee and community development authority. Mayor Kregg Hoehn said the two companies make sense for what the city is looking for in the area.

“Both proposals fit very well with what the city is looking for,” Hoehn said. “We have more questions and more work on our end, and we hope to find one of the developers in the coming weeks.”

Lokre plans call for 30 condo units and 100 apartments. SC Swiderski offers 100 apartments. Both plans include landscaping and parking facilities, and also call for a level of city involvement in the project

Hoehn adds that by waiting a few weeks, they can also delay their impending move from the current City Hall building and into new space at the city garage on Alderson Street. This means residents should not expect any changes to where they conduct their business until the New Year. “We will organize our elections normally. By the spring of next year, we will probably leave depending on the development agreement that we reach.

“It’s about perfect for us,” added Hoehn.

A third group, Commonwealth Development, based in Middleton, also submitted a proposal for around 50 apartments, but no representative from the group was present at Monday’s meeting. Hoehn stopped short of saying their group was out of the running for the pitch, but said they were leaning towards Swiderski and Lokre.

“These are the two proposals that fit our plans for the region, and they are the two that have come forward today to give us a little more detail. [discussion,] said Hoehn.

RELATED: Schofield Receives Three Proposals for City Hall Ownership

Hoehn says they plan to return in the next 2-3 weeks to recommend one of the proposals to the full board.

read more
Parking facilities

The hospital’s new campus near Copper Sky Park is being rezoned moving forward

This rendering shows the planned S3 BioTech development medical campus for Copper Sky. The project also includes an innovation campus in the south. The project could bring up to 3,000 full-time medical and professional jobs to Maricopa. [City of Maricopa)

City Council this week unanimously approved rezoning land surrounding Copper Sky Regional Park for two proposed campuses – one for a hospital and one for innovation – totaling 1.6 million square feet anad 26.3 acres of developed land.

As InMaricopa has previously reported the campuses, which would consist of two phases, would be near the southeastern corner of North John Wayne Parkway and West Bowlin Road.

The medical campus, which would include the hospital, medical office space, apartments, condominiums, hotel and sports academy, would be approximately 559,000 square feet on 14.3 acres near the southeastern corner of North John Wayne Parkway and West Bowlin Road.

The innovation campus would be at the northeastern corner of North John Wayne Parkway and Martin Luther King Jr. Boulevard. It would cover 12 acres and have more than 1 million square feet of building space.

The council this week moved the project forward by rezoning the land from general mixed use and transitional to planned area development.

If completed as envisioned, the campus would be home to the tallest buildings in the city, including a high-end hotel and a condominium building/extended stay hotel, each proposed for seven stories at 100 feet.

According to Rudy Lopez, Maricopa development services director, the area development plan zoning sets parameters to ensure the development provides exceptional standards and creativity for the community, including:

  • Setbacks.
  • Restricted permitted use table.
  • Parking ratio standards.
  • Conceptual land-use plan.
  • Conceptual open-space and connectivity plan.
  • Conceptual circulation plan.
  • Architectural design guidelines.

Nathan Steele, Maricopa director of economic development and legislative affairs, said the project could have more of an impact on the city’s economic development than a hospital-only project.

“This project is expected to contribute to Maricopa’s economy in a variety of ways, not only creating construction jobs, but health-care jobs once the construction is complete,” Steele said. “Then, there are the ancillary jobs and development that follow, from restaurants, to hotels or anything else that serves the area. We celebrate this project and all others that are progressing.”

The medical campus (in pink) planned for Copper Sky will bring the city its second hospital plus other development totaling more than 1.6 million square feet of space on more than 26 acres. The project also will feature an innovation campus (in pink), and will have hotels, condominiums, medical office space and entertainment. [City of Maricopa]

Plans call for 13 buildings across both campuses, including two smart parking structures. Johnson estimated that completion of the full project would take four to five years.

The proposed development would include related site improvements for parking, vehicular and pedestrian circulation, and medical helicopter transport services.

According to S3 BioTech board member Ed Johnson, the campus would create up to 11,500 construction jobs and 3,000 permanent jobs in the medical industry. The project’s 30-year tax benefit to the city is estimated at $4.5 billion.

The city’s second hospital, to be operated by Houston-based Nutex Health, is being developed by S3 BioTech as an emergency specialty hospital of at least 100,000 square feet and 25 beds. The project would include medical services facilities, an ambulatory surgery center, a catheterization laboratory and offices to house medical practices and other medical services.

Johnson said he hoped the hospital could be operational by the end of 2023.

Nutex Health was founded in 2011 and has micro-hospitals in Chandler and Tucson. It primarily operates in its home state of Texas, where it owns 15 of its 24 hospitals. It also has facilities in Arkansas, Indiana, Kansas, Louisiana, New Mexico and Oklahoma, and four more are in development.

See the full presentation here. http://cityofmaricopa.granicus.com/player/clip/1153?&redirect=true&h=833d296bf604fe967ed21e0e8e556373

read more
Parking facilities

How Raley’s is trying to make e-commerce profitable

LAS VEGAS — Delivering products to customers online profitably is a challenge for California-based Raley’s, Zachary Wilson, the grocery company’s e-commerce manager, said Wednesday. Grocery session.

But the company relies on a variety of efforts — what Wilson called an “e-commerce flywheel” — to aim for e-commerce profitability, and it urged other regional and independent grocers to also focus on strengthening their omnichannel strategies.

Raley’s has been working to develop its own line of speed and fulfillment services, Wilson said. Some of its facilities may fulfill orders faster, but faster service doesn’t always equal profitability, Wilson noted.

Shoppers often face “sticker shock” with fees in third-party marketplaces, Wilson said, noting that Raley’s uses its own e-commerce offering to offer lower fees to online customers, albeit with time. longer wait. This longer lead time allowed Raley to focus on more efficient execution through steps such as optimizing last-mile delivery, Wilson said.

During the pandemic, Raley’s implemented different manual fulfillment concepts, including a dark store and a split store concept where 10,000 square feet of an oversized location was converted to e-commerce fulfillment for the most popular SKUs. sold, Wilson said.

The split store concept has allowed the grocery company to reduce turnaround times from around 30 minutes to around 20 minutes for a 40-item basket: being able to provide a more cost effective solution without passing on costs on the consumer,” Wilson said.

Raley’s has a lot of stores that are oversized based on SKU count, and reducing the store footprint for order picking makes the customer experience more intimate and removes the traffic clogging the aisles, Wilson said. He didn’t say if Raley’s still uses the split store model at any of its stores.

Zachary Wilson, head of e-commerce at The Raley’s Companies, (right) speaks during a Groceryshop session on September 21, 2022 in Las Vegas.

Catherine Douglas Moran / Grocery Dive

The biggest challenge to e-commerce profitability is building volume, Wilson repeated throughout the session. by Raley has not yet reached the volume needed to implement automation of its e-commerce fulfillment – ​​a capability it is striving to achieve.

“When we looked at this split store concept, we designed it with the understanding that we were able to expand and automate the same building,” Wilson said. “And then we look at each of our regions to see how we can potentially set it up to be scalable when the time is right, because we’ve seen that you can drive the manual execution process and slow down with some of these concepts. .”

Raley’s has his eye on star fulfillment — a model that Kroger and Ocado are developing across the United States — and Wilson noted that it’s a model that could potentially work in the Phoenix area for Bashas’, l Arizona-based grocery store Raley’s bought late last year.

“As we look to launch our e-commerce offerings there and take it a little bit further than what we have today with marketplaces, this could be a concept we open with right away rather than going through the traditional in-store fulfillment process,” says Wilson.

Other ways Raley’s has worked to improve e-commerce include Radius Networks’ use of Flybuy’s geofencing technology to improve pickup wait times for customers in parking lots in select locations, and consolidating fast-moving items at the front and back ends of store aisles for ease of fulfillment.

It’s something more than loyalty The program also provides Raley’s advanced analytics to help him better understand buying behavior, Wilson said.

Wilson ended the session by urging grocers not to shy away from engaging with omnichannel customers in the coming months as headwinds continue and instead focus on their three- to five-year plans.

“With the inflationary pressures that exist in the economy and some of the other economic challenges that are going to come up, going to the consumer and making sure they engage them and do what you need to do to keep them as multi-channel shopper, this unified commerce shopper will be imperative to continue growing your business,” Wilson said.

read more
Parking facilities

The OIB group will inaugurate Alea Residence in September

OIB (Oriental Interest Bhd) Group has stayed true to its goal of designing and manufacturing products for genuine home buyers, according to its managing director of business development Wendy Lim.

“That might be why we’ve barely been hit by Covid-19 in the last couple of years,” she says.

Lim tells City Country that the group recorded its highest turnover in five years during the financial year 2021 (FY2021) ending in August 2021. “We close our FY2022 this month [August] …and our revenues and profits continue to grow.

While the pandemic has affected OIB’s construction progress and halted new project launches like any other player in the industry, Lim points out that housing demand does not appear to have faltered, as evidenced by the good commercial performance of the group’s ongoing projects in the past. a few years.

“Covid-19 has actually been kind to us,” she says. “It gave us the opportunity to demonstrate the strengths of our ongoing projects, including our land holdings, as everyone was looking for a bigger space during the lockdown.

“We take pride in every project we launch, as we invest a lot of time and effort in designing for the local market. Alea Resi-

MacFarlaine and Lim (Photo by Suhaimi Yusuf/The Edge)

la dence is another project we designed for Puncak Alam, which is dominated by landed houses.

Alea Residence is an uncommon laminate apartment project as the 7-storey, low-rise, low-density development offers an equal level parking concept design, similar to living in a house. Situated on 5.92 acres of leasehold land in the Myra Alam township development in Puncak Alam, Alea Residence consists of five free-standing, interconnected low-rise buildings: four are residential blocks and one is a parking podium. The five buildings have seven floors.

Alea Residence offers only 364 apartments distributed equally over the four residential blocks. Each floor of the four blocks is connected to the parking podium via a suspension bridge. Each unit comes with two side-by-side parking lots, which are allocated on the same level as the unit.

Builds range from 861 to 1,055 square feet, and there are four layout designs to choose from. Prices start from RM394,000. The development has a Gross Development Value (GDV) of RM138 million.

“Buyers from Puncak Alam and surrounding areas such as Rawang and Ijok mostly stay in [houses] and they are used to the way of life. The last plot of land in Myra Alam is not very large and the rectangle shaped land has a plot ratio of 60 units per acre.

“We thought about [building] townhouses, as most of our target buyers live in single-family homes and prefer to stay in single-family homes for reasons such as space, parking at their doorstep, low density, etc. And townhouses could offer something similar to land ownership.

“However, we eventually opted for low-rise apartments. Taking inspiration from Australia’s low-rise courtyard apartment, we decided to have something similar, but localized.

“In Malaysia, we definitely need more parking lots. This is where the 7-storey freestanding parking podium comes in and it actually serves as a focal point when planning the entire project. Every decision we make, such as number of units per floor, layout and size of units, always brings us back to the parking lot podium. That’s the heart of the whole project,” Lim shares.

For example, she says, to keep the walking distance between the car park podium and the furthest unit within 100m, or about a three-minute walk, each floor has only 13 units, or six or seven units on each side of a block.

Also, with the car parks on the same level, it reduces the use of passenger elevators, so each block only has one passenger elevator.

Alea Residence has a full suite of facilities. Each unit is allocated two side-by-side parking spaces that are on the same level as the unit. (Photo OIB)

court life

Alea Residence offers three themed courtyards located between the residential blocks: Gala, Serene and Kinetic.

“Having three courses means buyers have different views to choose from. Those who are more active can opt for Block B or Block C, with the Serene Courtyard in between. The courtyard houses a gym, swimming pool and paddling pool. Meanwhile, families might prefer a unit in Block C or D as Kinetic Court offers a children’s play area, daycare, reading room, and badminton court. The Gala Courtyard, which is located between blocks A and B, has facilities such as a laundry bar, barbecue pavilion and a function room,” says Keith MacFarlaine, general manager of guest experience at the OIB.

Other facilities such as a futsal court, jogging track, landscaped pond and lawn are located on the open ground next to the inner road of Alea Residence, opposite Block A. The three courts are connected by covered walkways at ground level, as well as from the car park podium. Residents share all facilities. Maintenance costs including sinking fund will be 25-30 sen psf.

“The distance between each block is 80 feet [24.38m], and the balcony of each unit is partially covered with a brick wall to provide some privacy as most units face other units due to the courtyard design. However, we have a few units that face major roads if buyers prefer a more open view. We make sure there’s something for everyone,” MacFarlaine shares.

He adds that there are ground floor units with parking lots right next to them for those who want both the convenience of living on land and a wide range of facilities. “We also have four units designed for wheelchair users. These units are designed with wider doors, floor drops have been replaced with ramps and there is a handle in the toilet. These are wheelchair and elderly friendly units.

Alea Residence opened in August and the response has been encouraging. The group is looking to officially launch the project this month.

“You don’t see this kind of project every day and everywhere. I think our target buyers are happy with the concept. Some know our business as we have been here [in Puncak Alam] a few years. The most asked question [about Alea Residence] that’s when it’s finished,” MacFarlaine says with a smile. “It will be ready in 2025.”

Prepare for more launches

Lim shares that the first phase of Myra Alam, with an occupancy rate of around 80%, has been handed over to buyers. The remaining units will be ready for delivery by the end of next year.

With the launch of Alea Residence, OIB’s total launch GDV for FY 2022 is close to RM900 million.

“For the remainder of calendar year 2022, we hope to launch a new phase of our Kundang project, as well as projects in Sepang, Nilai, Bandar Baru Salak Tinggi, Subang Bestari, Cyberjaya, Desa Pinggiran Putra in Putrajaya and Sungai Merab. in Bangi. .”

The OIB is optimistic about the overall real estate market, as housing demand has always been strong, regardless of the circumstances.

“Now the biggest challenge we face in getting a deal is final financing. We have to go the extra mile to help our buyers get the loan. Our booking conversion [to sales] the rate is around 70%, which is still manageable. Otherwise, I think the market is bullish. We plan to launch more projects or new phases in the coming years,” Lim shares.

Currently, the developer has a portfolio of 1,060 acres with an estimated GDV of RM5 billion, which could be sustained until 2025.

An enthusiastic Lim says, “We are always looking for more land, especially in the Klang Valley and the northern region. So watch this space because the OIB will soon announce new projects! »

read more
Parking facilities

Minister directs UDA to take swift action to resolve issues at Peliyagoda Manning shopping complex

*
Minister directs UDA to take swift action to resolve issues at Peliyagoda Manning shopping complex

Sun, September 18, 2022, 10:59 a.m. SL time, ColomboPage News Desk, Sri Lanka.




September 18, Colombo: Prasanna Ranatunga, Minister of Urban Development and Housing, advised the Urban Development Authority to take immediate action to resolve the problems at the Peliyagoda Manning Trade Complex.

The Minister further instructed the Urban Development Authority to report to him on the steps taken in conjunction with trade unions, police and other government agencies to resolve the issues.

The minister said he has received reports that the Peliyagoda Manning shopping complex is being used by third parties for various acts of misconduct and advised the police to strictly enforce the law against those who engage in such misconduct.

Urban Development and Housing Minister Prasanna Ranatunga made the remarks during a Friday (16) discussion with officials from the Urban Development Authority and the Peliyagoda Trade Association regarding the main issues of the complex. commercial of Peliyagoda.

Several issues, including major issues relating to the provision of facilities such as shops, parking, toilets, electricity, water, etc. in the shopping complex were discussed at the meeting.

The Minister also advised officials to take necessary steps to make Peliyagoda Manning Market a place that generates more revenue and said he would defend traders at every possible opportunity.

Minister Ranatunga said the Peliyagoda market should be maintained in a way that does not burden traders or consumers. In addition, the minister stressed the need to maintain the shopping complex so that it is not a burden on the institution and advised to implement a new program with short, medium and long term solutions.

The minister further pointed out that Peliyagoda Manning shopping complex should be developed as a shopping complex with modern technology and for this the full support of traders using the shopping complex is needed.

The decision to move the market from Pettah Manning to Peliyagoda was taken in 2013 as a measure to ease traffic congestion in Pettah and around Colombo city.

The other main reason is that since Peliyagoda Interchange connects with all expressways including Airport Expressway, Southern Expressway, Central Expressway and Northern Expressway, which facilitates transportation of goods throughout the country.

Peliyagoda Manning Market built at a cost of Rs. 6.5 billion, is a fully equipped wholesale complex spread over 13.5 acres and consisting of 1,169 shops.

The Paliagoda Manning shopping complex, which consists of four floors, has been constructed in such a way that vegetable transport trucks can reach every store up to the 03rd floor.

It also has many facilities, including employee lounges, restaurants, cold storage and a car park with space for approximately 600 vehicles.

On this occasion, Chairman of Urban Development Authority Nimesh Herath, its Managing Director Prasad Ranaweera, DIG Rohan Premaratne, Chairman of Peliyagoda Business Association Manning MM M. Upasena and a group of officers attended.

read more
Parking facilities

‘Progress’ celebration planned for downtown Naperville; DuPage County Board approves $5 million for food pantries; Pelican Watch event planned at Four Rivers Center – Chicago Tribune

A Progress in Progress celebration in downtown Naperville will take place from 11 a.m. to 3 p.m. on Saturday, September 24, featuring live music, a stilt walker, face painting and other entertainment.

Sponsored by the Downtown Naperville Alliance, the event will celebrate the impending completion of several construction projects intended to support pedestrian mobility, accessibility, infrastructure and safety.

Downtown work included road reconstruction, streetscape work, and utility and pavement improvements for Jefferson Avenue between Main and Webster Streets as well as Main Street between Jackson and Jefferson Avenues .

The family event includes free activities from 11 a.m. to 1 p.m. on Jefferson Avenue, such as a princess story, face painting, balloon artist, cartoonist and magician.

From 1 to 3 p.m. there will be a stilt walker and juggler, and the band Motown Nature will perform on the Riverwalk lot. Allegory’s $5 food truck will sell food in the Dean’s Clothing lot on Main Street.

For a calendar of events, visit www.downtownnaperville.com.

A $5 million allocation for food pantries was approved this week by DuPage County Council.

Allocations include $1.75 million to the Northern Illinois Food Bank to purchase fresh produce, diapers, personal hygiene items and cleaning supplies for DuPage County pantries.

The county also allocated $1 million to Northern Illinois Food Bank’s 46 partner agencies in DuPage County and $2.25 million for investments in distribution infrastructure, such as refrigerated vehicles, center facilities distribution, technology upgrades or future grant opportunities, according to a county news release. .

The program is funded through the US Federal Bailout Act to help pull the country out of the COVID-19 pandemic. The law provided DuPage County with more than $179 million for recovery efforts.

The county said in a news release that council members have received requests from local pantries citing an increase in customers needing food and a decrease in donations from food vendors.

The annual Pelican Watch will be held from 10 a.m. to 2 p.m. on Saturday, September 24 at the Four Rivers Environmental Education Center in the Will County Forest Preserve District in Channahon.

American white pelicans flock to the area during spring and fall migrations, drawn to the area where the DuPage, Des Plaines, and Kankakee rivers join to form the Illinois River.

Pelican Watch will include guided hikes, family activities and a live pelican presentation from 11 a.m. to 12:30 p.m.

The event will also feature a brand new interactive exhibit gallery.

Attendees can experience a 2,000 gallon aquarium filled with river fish, mussel exhibit, stream table, watershed sandbox, oversized outdoor bird feeder and birdbath and more. Lil’ Deb’s Mobile Eats will be selling food.

For more information, visit www.reconnectwithnature.org.

Maintenance work at the Central Parking Facility, 75 E. Chicago Ave., will require the top floor to close beginning Monday, September 19.

The improvements are expected to be complete by the end of the day on Friday, September 23, when the floor will reopen to drivers.

The work is part of the downtown parking lot maintenance program, city officials said. The upper level of the car park will be closed during the works.

J. Gill and Company will be carrying out traffic siding and sealant repairs and touch-up work to the upper level of the garage to prevent water from leaking to the lower decks.

For more information on parking, go to www.naperville.il.us/downtownparking.

read more
Parking facilities

Diamond District redevelopment cost set at $2.4 billion

City leaders, Flying Squirrels staff and others gathered outside the Diamond to announce the selection of a development team for the Diamond District project. (Jonathan Spiers photos)

With a development team selected for Richmond’s Diamond District project, city leaders on Tuesday celebrated the start of what is expected to be a 15-year effort with an investment totaling $2.4 billion.

At an event in The Diamond parking lot, speakers from the city, VCU and the Richmond Flying Squirrels hailed the selection of development team RVA Diamond Partners, with whom the city plans to work to replace the aging stadium and redevelop the surrounding 67-acre area. .

Among those who spoke were Flying Squirrels President Lou DiBella and COO Todd “Parney” Parnell, both of whom expressed emotion as they arrived at this point after more than a decade of promise of a new playing field.

“If you had told me when we moved here that 13 years later we would still be playing in this wonderful fun monstrosity, I would have told you you were crazy,” DiBella told the crowd.

“We’ve never felt anything but love for this city,” said Flying Squirrels President Lou DiBella.

“I’m not going to tell you that I had no doubts that we arrived here, but they left with time, because we never felt anything but love for this city.”

Choking, DiBella added, “We weren’t willing to go anywhere else.”

“It’s an emotional day for us. We’ve been dreaming of this moment for a long time,” Parnell added. “Thank you all for being here for what I feel is a truly historic day. We are incredibly grateful to everyone.

The event officially kicked off work on the first phase of the project, which is centered on replacing the 37-year-old Diamond with a new 10,000-seater stadium by the start of the 2025 season. the deadline set by Major League Baseball for all professional baseball facilities – major and minor leagues – to meet the new facility standards, which The Diamond does not.

“There’s nothing minor about any of this,” Richmond Mayor Levar Stoney told the crowd.

While the Flying Squirrels are the Double-A affiliate of MLB’s San Francisco Giants, Richmond Mayor Levar Stoney said at the event, “There’s nothing minor about this. This is a major investment in the league for the people of Richmond.

Other speakers included representatives from RVA Diamond Partners, Jason Guillot of Richmond-based Thalhimer Realty Partners and Rufus Williams of Chicago-based investment bank Loop Capital.

They lead the team with DC-based Republic Properties Corp., whose mixed-use projects include the Port of Washington on the Georgetown waterfront. Republic’s Jordan Kramer also attended but did not comment.

“We look forward to a partnership with the city, the Flying Squirrels and VCU,” Guillot said. “The city of Richmond is literally booming, and the opportunity to create a new 67-acre neighborhood where people can live, work and play, with the beloved Flying Squirrels as the anchor tenant, is a once in a lifetime experience. opportunity.”

Jason Guillot of Thalhimer Realty Partners is among those leading the RVA Diamond Partners team.

Williams added: “Richmond is a great place to raise a family, a great place to start a business, a great place to live. For us, it’s also a great place to invest in a multi-billion dollar mixed-use development.

Tuesday’s event took place less than 24 hours after the city announced the team selection over fellow finalists Richmond Community Development Partners, led by Houston-based Machete Group, San Francisco-based JMA Ventures, and New York-based Tryline Capital.

In a statement, David Carlock of Machete Group expressed the team’s appreciation for being considered.

“We want to thank the City of Richmond for including us in a well-managed and efficient process,” Carlock said. “Our team has enjoyed working closely with the city and engaging with the community over the past few months. We would also like to congratulate the RVA Diamond Partners team and wish them the best of luck in bringing the project to life in the years to come.

Detailed project phases

A site plan for the first phase of the project shows the new stadium in the southwest corner of the Diamond District. (Images courtesy of City Records)

The announcement of the selection was officially made through an introduction of ordinances that the city council could vote on at its September 26 meeting. The ordinances include a term sheet resulting from the city’s negotiations with RVA Diamond Partners that is expected to be approved later this year.

The term sheet sets out the proposed minimum commercial terms agreed between the parties. It also shows how the first phase of the project is expected to unfold, including the construction of the new stadium, which could accommodate 8,000 people with space for 2,000 standing spectators.

RVA Diamond Partners would pay the city $16 million for the phase one property, consisting of 21.8 acres at 2728 Hermitage Road and 2907 N. Arthur Ashe Blvd.

About 6 acres of the latter property would be leased by the Richmond Economic Development Authority, which would enter into lease agreements with the Flying Squirrels and VCU for the use of the new stadium. The stadium would rise in the southwest corner of the neighborhood at Arthur Ashe Boulevard and the train tracks.

The first phase would also include at least 1,134 residential units, 20% of which would be low-income with 184 units rented at 60% of the area’s median income, 39 units at 30% AMI and 20 units reserved for social housing residents with vouchers project based.

Ninety-two residential units for sale would also be built, including 20% ​​for low-income households, including 18 units at an AMI of between 60 and 70%.

The phase would also include 58,000 square feet of retail space, approximately 1,700 structured and 50 surface parking spaces, and a 180-room hotel totaling approximately 109,000 square feet. Talks between the parties indicated that the hotel brand, which must be approved by the city, would be modeled after a Curio by Hilton boutique hotel.

To complete the phase, a public park is modeled after the crescent-shaped park envisioned in the city’s Richmond 300 master plan.

A rendering of the Diamond District development as it would appear along Arthur Ashe Boulevard.

The minimum investment in the first phase is projected at $627.6 million, contributing to a total project development cost for the entire Diamond District area of ​​$2.4 billion.

The project would involve the creation of a Community Development Authority (CDA), a form of tax increment financing that local governments can use to help fund a project using tax revenue generated over time. This revenue – from real estate, entrance fees and BPOL taxes, as well as portions of meal tax and state sales tax – would be limited to those produced only in the 67 acres. that make up the project area.

According to the condition sheet: “The redevelopment of the Diamond District site is intended to be financially self-sustaining, which means that the new development in the Diamond District will generate sufficient tax revenue to pay the Development Authority’s debt service. community (“CDA”) bond financing and additional municipal services that may be required to support new development.

After repayment of CDA’s bond debt, the project is expected to generate $156.2 million in phase one general fund revenue over a 30-year period. The rents from the stadium leases and other revenue generated from the stadiums would be used to pay debt service on the bond financing.

The term sheet states that the bond financing “shall be without recourse to the City; therefore, requiring no moral or financial obligation on the part of the City. The funding would have a special appraisal requirement which, according to the document, “obligates the developer and other future landowners in the district to pay all debt service payment shortfalls in the event that revenue generated in the CDA district would not be enough to pay the debt service payments.

RVA Diamond Partners would purchase approximately $20 million of the first series of bonds for funding.

The document also lists purchase prices for three subsequent phases. Phase 2, consisting of 7.3 acres, would be purchased for $7.3 million and close in the fourth quarter of 2027. Phase 3 (12.9 acres) would be sold to RVA Diamond Partners for $16.4 million. dollars in 2030, and phase 4 (11.9 acres) would be purchased for $28.7 million in 2033.

A public meeting about the project and the selection process is scheduled for 6 p.m. tonight at the Bon Secours Training Center at 2401 W. Leigh St. The meeting will be broadcast live. A telephone town hall is also scheduled for Tuesday, September 20 at 6:30 p.m. Instructions for participation and more information are available on the project website.

read more
Parking facilities

Shull’s aspiration was to create “timeless beauty” with Deneuve Construction – BizWest







BOULDER – From retail to institutions to housing, Philip Shull’s company has built it all. She has specialized in recent years in projects that provide affordable housing, including housing that allows homeless people to find shelter and services.

Shull, the founder of Deneuve Construction Services, trading name of Deneuve Design Inc., will be among six individuals or groups to be inducted on September 15 at the Boulder County Business Hall of Fame. Lunch will be held at the Embassy Suites by Hilton in Boulder.

Shull, 75, came to Boulder in 1965 from Arvada to attend the University of Colorado where he earned a degree in psychology. He has lived in the community ever since, with his life partner Christine Kimura.

While his degree may have been in the social sciences – a science that links human behavior and the human mind to the natural sciences – construction and design were in his blood. Shull’s father was an architect, and young Shull had been fascinated by design and manufacturing processes, especially woodworking, since his teenage years. After a short stint as a carpenter, he founded Deneuve Construction Services in 1973 and has produced buildings ever since, including projects in 14 states.

He named his company after French actress Catherine Deneuve. “I saw her as representing classic European style and timeless beauty,” Shull told BizWest. Shull intended to design a line of distinctive furniture using this name, but did not. Instead, it became the name of his company and defined the quality of work he would do over the decades. [Catherine Deneuve has acted in films since 1957. In 1992, she was nominated for a Best Actress Academy Award for her role in Indochine.]

Deneuve Construction’s projects include more than 300 restaurants, grocery stores, medical clinics, custom homes, schools, churches, retail establishments, community centers, condominiums, and most recently, hundreds of affordable housing units throughout Colorado.

Affordable housing projects that provide alternatives for people experiencing homelessness and those that include access to useful services to combat veterans or homeless teenagers are part of the company’s portfolio. Energy efficiency has also become a hallmark of the company.

The Attention Homes project in Boulder received an Eagle Award in 2020 from Housing Colorado. Guadalupe Apartments in Greeley is another project recognized for the services it provides.

Shull sold a majority stake in his company to David Garabed in 2019 but remains engaged as an executive adviser.

His civic activity has also been wide-ranging, including the Boulder Urban Renewal Authority, which oversaw the redevelopment of the Crossroads Mall and the development of the St. Julien Hotel; CAGID, which operates the city center car parks; the Boulder Chamber and its Community Development Council; the Boulder Planning Board and the Chautauqua Association Board of Directors.

He and Christine ran their historic home as a bed and breakfast and ran the BookEnd Café and Riffs restaurant for 30 years at Pearl Street Mall. These efforts provided a home for his collection of architectural antiquities.

He loves classical music, jazz, crime mysteries, puzzles, their little apartment in Umbria, Italy, his electric bike, essays by Ann Patchett and David Sedaris, and all of Christine’s cooking.

read more
Parking facilities

Aberdeenshire Council offers a transport link to Balmoral Castle

Click here to sign up for our curated newsletters!

For those wishing to pay their respects to Her Majesty The Queen at Balmoral following her death, Park and Ride facilities will operate from Ballater and Braemar from 10am to 7pm daily for those wishing to leave floral tributes and pay their respects at the gates of the Balmoral Castle.

Access to the castle gates by road is not permitted, but parking spaces for disabled cars will be provided in the Crathie Bridge coach park.

Only floral tributes will be permitted – no other items such as candles, stuffed animals or photographs should be brought.

The Ballater Park and Ride will operate from Monaltrie Park from 10 a.m. to 7 p.m. daily.

The Braemar Park and Ride will start and end next to Braemar Castle from 10:00am to 7:00pm daily.

Many have already gone to the entrance of the castle to pay their respects. Photo: Lewis McBlane

Aberdeenshire Council also directed people to the online condolence book on the Royal Family’s website.

While people will be able to visit Balmoral to pay their respects to the Queen using a park and ride service set up by the council, other local sites are also accepting floral tributes –

Banff: Deveron Community Center, Bellevue Rd.

Fraserburgh: Fraserburgh Community Centre, Maconochie Place.

Peterhead: Buchan House, St. Peter’s Street.

Mintlaw: Coach House Visitor Centre, Aden National Park.

Ellon: Elon Regional Office, Neil Ross Square.

Turriff: Towie House.

Inverurie: Inverurie War Memorial.

Westhill: Denman Park.

Stonehaven: Viewmount, Arduthie Rd.

Stonehaven: Stonehaven Leisure Centre.

Alford: Community Garden, Alford Community Campus.

Banchory: George V Park.

Banchory: War Memorial.

Huntly: War Memorial.

Ballater: Parish Church of Glen Muick.


Do you want to react to this article ? If yes, click here to submit your thoughts and they may be published in print.

read more
Parking facilities

Oakhill Veterinary Center Set to Expand to Goosnargh Premises

Site location Photo: Google Maps

Plans have been submitted for the construction of a two storey veterinary building (use class E) which will support the current use of Oakhill Veterinary Center on Langley Road through the provision of new facilities and the reconfiguration and to the extension of the existing car park.












Advertising

The application site is in open countryside and in a split zone between Broughton and Goosnargh. Currently the site is used as a grass paddock in association with the veterinary centre.

The proposed development will support ongoing operations at the veterinary center by providing suitable accommodation for the team of farm vets.

The center continues to grow and invest due to nearby growth of new housing. Along with this expansion, additional and more functional parking is needed to support staff and visitors across the site.

Read more: Greenpeace Preston holds sale to tackle ‘industrial fishing frenzy’

Oakhill Veterinary Center at Goosnargh Pic: Google Maps
Oakhill Veterinary Center at Goosnargh Pic: Google Maps

To support the continued use of the center during the development works, porta-cabins were approved on site for a period of three years as part of a previous planning application.

A total of 61 new parking spaces will be provided, including three electric charging spaces and six spaces for people with reduced mobility

Existing vehicle access to Langley Lane would not be affected by the proposals.

Read more: City of Preston’s twinning partnership renewed

Cassidy and Ashton’s planning statement on behalf of Oakhill Veterinary Centre, said: ‘The design of the building seeks to complement its surroundings and make the most of the land available.

“The building will be two-storey with a maximum height of 9.8m.

“The length of the building would be 20.015m and the width 16.190m. The interior floor space on both floors amounts to 602.6 m².

“It is considered that the building would be seen in the context of the surrounding buildings on the site and would not appear incongruous.”

Read more: See the latest news and headlines from Preston

read more
Parking facilities

Site identified to establish parking for passenger vehicles

Tiruchi Corporation has decided to set up a parking lot for passenger vehicles on Panchakarai Road on the banks of Kollidam River near Yatri Nivas in Srirangam here.

He will come on about six acres of land belonging to Sri Ranganathaswamy Temple. Part of the vacant site, located opposite Yatri Nivas, is already used by devotees, who travel by bus to Yatri Nivas.

According to the Company, which is struggling to identify a suitable place to create a parking lot for passenger vehicles due to the lack of a formidable site of its own in Srirangam, the proposed site opposite Yatri Nivas is the best for accommodate all vehicles. who come to Srirangam from different parts of the state and its neighbors.

Minister of Municipal Administration KN Nehru, Collector Mr. Pradeep Kumar, Mayor Mr. Corporation Commissioner R. Vaithinathan and senior officials inspected the proposed site a few days ago to formalize a development plan for the car park.

Mr. Anbazhagan said The Hindu that Yatri Nivas was built on the land owned by the Tiruchi Corporation. During the transfer of the site, the Hindu Religious and Charitable Endowment (HR&CE) agreed to transfer similar land in lieu of the Company’s land if required for development purposes. Based on this, the Society would soon send an official communication to HR&CE, requesting the transfer of the land belonging to the Sri Ranganathaswamy Temple to establish a parking lot.

“We are confident to get the land as it is basically to be used to park vehicles for tourists who come to Sri Ranganathaswamy Temple,” Mr Anbazhagan said.

He said the facility wouldn’t have a roof. It would be an open parking lot with a concrete floor. All other facilities, including toilets and bathrooms for drivers and tourists and shops, would be put in place. A retaining wall would be constructed along the banks of the Kollidam River, in addition to raising the height of the site by infilling with gravel.

read more
Parking facilities

Lagos parking tax illegal, should be removed

Human rights lawyer, Femi Falana SAN has lambasted the Lagos State government for implementing the setback parking tax in the state.

Falana on Sunday called the policy illegal and urged the state government to withdraw it without delay.

The Lagos State Parking Authority had, in a letter to the food and snacks company, said it had charged the company N290,000 for parking outside the business premises.

According to the letter, the food company was asked to pay N80,000 a year each for the three car parks, along with a non-refundable administrative processing fee of N50,000.

But the move drew a backlash from different individuals and groups, including the Peoples’ Democratic Party, who described it as a plot to milk locals to “fund the individual ambition of a man who had held the State and its people by the jugular”.

In a statement, the agency’s chief executive, Adebisi Adelabu, called the allegation reckless and playful, adding that the agency was set up under the 2019 transport reform act. of Lagos State and an Act of the State Assembly in 2019, to manage parking. activities and change the parking culture of the state by implementing policies in line with international parking standards.

But Falana said the Lagos State Parking Authority was illegal because the state government lacked the constitutional jurisdiction to create a park management body under the current democratic dispensation.

“Under Article 7 of the Constitution of the Federal Republic of Nigeria 1999, as amended, local governments are solely responsible for establishing and maintaining motor fleets in any of the states of the federation. Furthermore, it is the sole responsibility of local government authorities to build and maintain parks, gardens, open spaces or public facilities as prescribed by the House of Assembly,” he added. .

According to the human rights lawyer, instead of prescribing how parks and gardens were to be managed by local governments, the House of Assembly illegally created the Lagos State Parking Authority to manage parks and gardens in the State.

He said that since the Lagos State Parking Authority was an unlawful creation, it lacked the constitutional powers to set and collect a parking charge from residents of the state in “any way it would be”.

He added that the attention of the National Assembly in Lagos should have been drawn to the constitutional anomaly.

Falana added, “In particular, the House should be urged to start the engine for the immediate repeal of the Lagos State Parking Act, which was illegally enacted to consolidate ‘everything pertaining to the parking and its related purposes with powers and functions and which states that the Authority shall, among other things, be responsible for all forms of managed parking in the State”.

“The policy of the Babajide Sanwoolu administration aimed at moving Lagos State towards a 21st century economy must be consistent with the provisions of Article 7 of the Constitution and its Fourth Schedule.

“In Aitel Nigeria Limited v Attorney-General of Lagos State & Three Others (2019) 1 NCLR 1, the Lagos State High Court held that the by-law authorizing Eti Osa Local Government Area to levy a tax plaintiff’s parking lot was in order Unsatisfied with the judgment, the plaintiff appealed to the Court of Appeal.

“In dismissing the appeal and affirming the lower court’s decision, the Court of Appeal found that it was unable to agree with the appellant that the third defendant does not have power to legislate concerning private parking since there was nothing in the bye law inconsistent with article 7 and paragraph 1 of the fourth schedule of the constitution.

“The Lagos State Government and all other authorities and other persons are bound by the valid and effective judgment of the Court of Appeal on the exclusive power of local governments to regulate and collect the parking fee in Lagos State. To this extent, the alleged parking fee set by the Lagos State Parking Authority cannot be justified under Section 7 of the Constitution. It must be removed without delay.

read more
Parking facilities

Transportation program distributes $2.2 billion for projects, double last year’s amount

When it comes to repairing and replacing infrastructure, there is one clear priority for US city and county administrators: roads and transportation. In a recent survey of government leaders, more than 57% said roads in their communities needed the most improvement.

In the analysis, published by Cartegraph and Government Technology’s Center for Digital Government, 73% of respondents said funding is “an urgent need”. Behind roads, administrators ranked broadband (35%), bridges and tunnels (34%), stormwater (34%), buildings and facilities (34%) and public transport (32%) .

“Once in a generation, the funding comes to us. It is incumbent upon us not only to reimagine the future, but also to commit to rebuilding for that future,” Nick Kittle, government performance and innovation coach at Cartegraph said in a statement.

That road repairs have been ranked among the highest priorities for communities is no surprise – the sometimes dilapidated state of American roads has been well documented in communities across the country. The American Society of Civil Engineers’ annual report on America’s infrastructure gave the country’s roads a “D” grade this year. The report noted frequent underfunding as the main cause, concluding that “more than 40% of systems are in poor or poor condition”.

To address this national need, a substantial portion of the bipartisan $1.2 trillion Infrastructure and Jobs Act targets transportation infrastructure. In addition to setting up new programs, it strengthens the coffers of old ones. This year, for example, the Department of Transportation’s RAISE program, which helps urban and rural communities upgrade roads, bridges, transit stations, railroads, ports and other modes of transport , has distributed more than $2.2 billion to 166 projects in all 50 states. . The funding represents an increase of more than double the amount awarded last year under the same program.

This has a huge impact on local governments.

Among the programs that have received funding, for example, are an $11.3 million grant awarded to Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania to revitalize the Hill District neighborhood. The project will improve pedestrian infrastructure and make other improvements to safely connect low-income residents to transit hubs and employment opportunities. New electric vehicle charging options and improvements to stormwater infrastructure will contribute to environmental sustainability.

“For the Hill to rise and regain its former vibrancy as the center of black cultural and economic life in our city, we must heed the decisions of the past in order to right the wrong,” the mayor said. Pittsburgh, Ed Gainey, in a statement. . “This grant is not just an investment in critical infrastructure. It is an investment in a new path to equity and an investment in correcting these long standing damages.

Pittsburgh will receive another $25 million to improve seven high-collision corridors. Proposed improvements include traffic safety treatments, signal upgrades, ADA accessibility improvements, and various roadway improvements.

A fact sheet published by the Ministry of Transport documents projects like this, funded by the same program, now starting in counties, cities and tribes across the country.

Elsewhere in Alaska, the Qawalangin Tribe in Unalaska State is building a new wharf as part of the program to increase capacity at its terminal. The $22 million project will include a barge ramp, wharf, three mooring dolphins and develop over 5 acres of adjacent container storage area.

Stamford, Conn., received $2.1 million to improve safety at nine dangerous intersections by adding more visible crosswalks and shortening crossing distances. The need for upgrades is clear.

“There were 480 collisions and 101 injuries over a four-year period at the nine intersections in the project area. This area is ranked in the top three for total number of injury crashes in the city and first in pedestrian crashes, with an average of 5 pedestrian crashes per year,” the project description reads.

And in Colorado, the state Department of Transportation received $24 million to improve parking lots and bike and pedestrian paths in three mobility hubs: Grand Junction, Rifle and Glenwood Springs. The funding will also be used to improve roads along the I-70 business loop.

As communities benefit from the unprecedented amount of funding flowing into communities through competitive and non-competitive programs, federal agencies have been empowered to support more local projects”than ever before,” said US Transportation Secretary Pete Buttigieg. “We are proud to support so many outstanding infrastructure projects in communities large and small, modernizing America’s transportation systems to make them safer, more affordable, more accessible, and more sustainable.”

read more
Parking facilities

Orlando changes parking minimums in the central business district

Tucked away in a long list of revisions recently reviewed and passed by City Council is an item regarding required parking minimums for downtown developers, and here’s why it’s a big deal.

Parking minimums are ordinances put in place by a municipality that require buildings to provide a set number of parking spaces in order to be erected. The frowned upon side effects of parking minimums are that developments are often more expensive because they are needed to build a larger parking deck, and outside of big events most parking lots are already underutilized.

A more modern belief in urban planning circles is that parking minimums may actually undervalue our urban land by pushing away from more desirable uses like housing and retail and emphasizing the automobile over other means of transportation.

The Planning Division filed the suggestion to remove parking minimums in Orlando’s central business district in May 2022, where it was approved and then passed by City Council at the recent August 15 meeting.

“This is also an important aspect of our planning as the downtown becomes more of a multi-modal environment where walking and other modes of transportation are encouraged over automobiles. One of the potential opportunities of this change is that certain forms of housing that do not require parking (micro-units, shared housing, etc.) can potentially reduce the overall cost of housing in the central business district and allow renters to experience a car-free lifestyle. Additionally, tenants can use the City’s parking facilities if they really need to rent a space.

-ASHLEY PAPAGNI, PUBLIC INFORMATION OFFICER, OFFICE OF THE MAYOR, CITY OF ORLANDO

The City will also modify the boundaries of the downtown parking area by dividing it into two separate areas. They will also get rid of the requirement for developers to contribute to a fund when they provide more than the maximum allowed number of spaces.

Changes to standards for driveways, dimensions of parking spaces, design and screening requirements for parking garages are also being revised.

read more
Parking facilities

What’s New at the Katahdin Woods & Waters Monument in Maine

As the end of the peak summer holiday season approaches, fall adventures await those who enjoy cooler temperatures and fewer cars on the roads (and in the parking lots). Katahdin Woods and Waters National Monument has been bustling with activity this summer in a wonderful way. Read on for updates from Friends of Katahdin Woods and Waters, philanthropic partner of the National Park Service (NPS).

Incidentally, the Natural Resources Council of Maine (NRCM) is a sponsor of the 6e Katahdin Woods and Waters birthday celebration, and it’s not too late to get your ticket for the party on Saturday August 27 in Millinocket.

our latest Front line voice The podcast is about Katahdin Woods and Waters, as we speak with the Friends of Katahdin Woods and Waters Acting Executive Director, Sam Deeran. To agree:

Accessibility improvements

Officially gifted to the NPS by the Friends of Katahdin Woods and Waters late last summer, the five individual campsites and two group campsites at Lunksoos Historic Camps opened for their first full season this year.

The sites provide a camping experience that those familiar with national parks will recognize: bear-proof boxes and sturdy picnic tables at each site, smooth gravel paths for the short walk from the car to installation and ADA facilities (including one site).

Lunksoos tent sites are easy to book on recreation.govas well as several other campsites accessible by car, canoe or both!

Youth and Community Engagement

Enjoying a hike from Barnard Mountain to Katahdin Woods & Waters National Monument. Photo by E. Theberge/NRCM

At six years old, the National Monument is quite young in our national park system! However, in those few years, the benefits to communities in the Katahdin region have been significant and far-reaching.

This year, the place-based education program within Friends celebrates nearly 10,000 youth experiences in the Monument, classrooms and community since 2017. The field trips that take local school children into the woods and Katahdin waters are so popular that Friends have added new staff to meet growing demand.

Teachers and outdoor educators create additional impact by accessing programs just for them. Friends has partnered with local organizations to offer annual Leave No Trace trainer courses and teacher camps offering practical skills at low or no cost to participants.

Committed to learning together

The land we call Katahdin Woods and Waters is within the traditional territory of the Penobscot Nation and sits at a sacred crossroads for the Wabanaki people who have been stewards of this landscape for over 13,000 years.

Through a partnership with a Wabanaki Advisory Council, Friends has co-produced New Moon Teachings to center Wabanaki voices, stories and perspectives in shaping narratives about the national monument and related landscapes. The series ended in January this year, but the opportunity to learn more about cultural traditions and contemporary issues prompted Friends and NPS staff, as well as supporters and community members, to engage further in the “decolonization” of how stories about the Monument lands and waters are shared.

Follow Friends of Katahdin Woods and Waters on social media or subscribe to their enews they will again offer the Wabanaki REACH Training Interact with Wabanaki-Maine history up to 150 people free of charge in 2023.

New Superintendent and NPS Growth

Join Katahdin Woods & WatersThe Katahdin Woods and Waters community welcomed Superintendent Sheldon “Mark” Wimmer to the area in January! Mark most recently served as Monument Manager for the Grand Canyon-Parashant National Monument, where he led the improvement and creation of infrastructure and facilities to enhance the visitor experience.

Mark joined talented and dedicated staff at KAWW (the official acronym for NPS) who developed interpretive resources, built and improved trails, collected scientific data, and cared for park facilities and visitors.

Friends staff are proud of recent achievements in the growing relationship with partners; they recently purchased a new CAT excavator for trail work and have been developing lesson plans with NPS interpretive staff to begin a new year of Monument field trips. As visitation and support increases, expect great improvements in access, wayfinding and resource protection at the Monument.

Stay up to date on live news from the NPS at https://www.nps.gov/kaww/index.htm

Legislation introduced to expand access

Supporters of the national monument hailed the August 2022 introduction of the Katahdin Woods and Waters National Monument Access Act (Senate Bill 4784), legislation introduced by Maine Senator Angus King and co-sponsored by Senator Susan Collins.

We thank Senator Collins and Senator King for their leadership. They have worked together to create bipartisan legislation that is good for the national monument, surrounding communities and the visiting public.

The bill would adjust the southern boundary of the monument to allow for the acquisition of land from a willing and interested vendor or donor, with a focus on improving access to Katahdin Woods National Monument and Waters from the south, including from the communities of Millinocket, East Millinocket and Medway.

In addition, the NPS would be permitted to purchase or lease facilities for a park headquarters, staff offices, and visitor services outside the monument boundaries. NRCM, Friends of Katahdin Woods and Waters and others look forward to opportunities to improve access from the Millinocket area.

As one of the groups that worked closely with the local community to establish KWW, NRCM is thrilled to see the Monument grow and improve so much in six years, which would not be possible without the exceptional work of Friends and NPS leadership. . We hope that after reading this update, you’ll be inspired to add a Monument trip to your fall weekend lineup!

by Melanie Sturm, MRNC Director of Forests and Wildlife

read more
Parking facilities

How suburban governments are switching to clean energy

While the spotlight is often on large-scale state and federal efforts to affect climate change, Chicago’s suburbs are also making changes to go zero emissions locally.

Municipal efforts to prepare for a transition from fossil fuels to clean energy have intensified over the past five years, with priorities on electric vehicle infrastructure, stricter building codes and energy alternatives such as ‘solar energy.

“That term ‘transition’ is often defined differently, depending on which communities you’re talking about,” said Mayor Kevin Burns of Geneva. “Some communities have a fairly rapid trajectory. For others, it’s a few decades, but we know where we’re going. We finally know where we’ll be and where we want to be.”

Burns leads the environment committee of the Metropolitan Mayors Caucus, an organization of members from 275 cities and towns that developed a climate action plan for the Chicago area last year. It is one of the country’s first regional climate plans.

In order to plan locally and act from there, municipalities can adapt ideas and other resources from the caucus to their own communities, said Brian Tomkins, project manager at the organization.

Electric vehicles

Comprised of more than 2,000 panels, the West Chicago Park District’s 4-acre solar farm sits southeast of the ARC Community Center. The project is one of the first ground-mounted solar arrays in DuPage County.
– Courtesy of West Chicago Park District


        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
        

Electric vehicle infrastructure is an area in which Tomkins said he has seen growing local interest.

In 2019, the caucus partnered with ComEd to create an Electric Vehicle Readiness Program to advise cities on actions such as developing zoning and planning policies, permitting processes and inspection and safety procedures.

“We’ve found that a lot more people are using these electric vehicles, and we don’t have a place to charge them. We’re missing the boat, as you will,” Burns said. “All of these communities are looking for opportunities to serve these consumers in a respectful, responsible and affordable way.”

Most recently, the caucus and ComEd awarded 21 grants totaling $171,000 for community infrastructure projects that promote public safety, including 13 for electric vehicle charging stations.

“It’s no surprise when we think about climate change and what our communities are focusing on. We’re seeing a trend in projects that are overwhelmingly focused on electric vehicle charging,” said Keisha Parker, vice-president. President of External Affairs at ComEd. “We know this is the need.”

The grant program, titled “Powering Safe Communities,” is in its eighth year and has funded public safety initiatives ranging from the purchase of speed warning signs to thermal imaging cameras that help locate victims caught in the trap in a fire.

The communities themselves identify the projects that need funding. Just three years ago, no electric vehicle projects were funded by the program.

“What we’re seeing is this evolution,” Parker said. “The Powering Safe Communities program aims to improve public safety and quality of life. We now see our communities reacting differently to this definition and to their quality of life needs.

A full list of this year’s grant recipients, along with project descriptions, can be found at tinyurl.com/PSCGrants2022.

Solar panels


The College of Lake County is a local institution that has turned to clean energy by installing a solar field in Grayslake.

The College of Lake County is a local institution that has turned to clean energy by installing a solar field in Grayslake.
-Paul Valade | Personal photographer

While a shared priority, the transition to clean energy will look different in Chicago-area municipalities, Burns said, spanning a range of alternative energy portfolios.

In Naperville, community rebate programs have spurred progress in one such alternative: solar panels.

The city’s renewable energy program offers residents solar installation rebates ranging from $1,000 to $3,000, depending on the size of the system. For non-residential installations, rebates are capped at $50,000.

Ben Mjolsness, Naperville’s sustainability coordinator, said when the program launched in 2014, it helped fund 23 solar projects. In 2021, it financed 530 bays, residential and non-residential.

Funding is facilitated by the city’s electricity provider, the Illinois Municipal Electric Agency, and comes directly from ratepayers who voluntarily contribute to the fund through their utility bills. To receive a rebate, participants must contribute to the fund for at least two years.

“Many residents and businesses choose to contribute because they simply believe in supporting the transition to renewable energy,” Mjolsness said. “Beyond access to financial incentives, there is also personal belief in the power of clean energy.”

Naperville itself has also installed solar panels in four of its municipal buildings, and it recently awarded a contract to install three solar projects on three of the city’s electrical substations.

In 2019, the city was recognized at Argonne National Laboratory in DuPage County for achieving a “SolSmart Silver Designation”.

SolSmart, a designation program funded by the federal Department of Energy, “recognizes cities, counties, and regional organizations for making the transition to solar power faster, easier, and more affordable.”

Energetic efficiency


In addition to its solar installation rebate program, Naperville has installed four solar projects, including the array of more than 3,000 panels at the Springbrook Water Treatment Facility.  The farm was installed in June 2021.

In addition to its solar installation rebate program, Naperville has installed four solar projects, including the array of more than 3,000 panels at the Springbrook Water Treatment Facility. The farm was installed in June 2021.
– Courtesy of the City of Naperville

Municipal clean energy considerations also include prioritizing more energy-efficient buildings.

“When it comes to energy efficiency, we actually know that the largest percentage of energy consumption in northeast Illinois comes from stationary energy in buildings,” Burns said.

Creating more energy-efficient buildings mainly involved changing a municipality’s building code, which establishes the minimum requirements for developments – including parking lots, residential homes and businesses – that each city or town sets for its community.

Although each municipality is required to adopt the Illinois Energy Code whenever it is updated by the state, cities and towns may also choose to adopt the International Energy Conservation Code. energy, which establishes minimum requirements for energy-efficient buildings. Once adopted, municipalities can modify the code to better suit their individual circumstances.

Scott Flanagan, the building manager for the village of Schaumburg, said the village is expected to adopt the latest version of the international code in December.

While building codes cover a wide range of regulations, energy-related changes will include requiring electric vehicle chargers for at least 4% of parking spaces in new parking garages.

“When you remove old technology from a building and install new technology, you must follow current building codes,” Flanagan said. “That’s how building codes improve the energy efficiency of buildings. Every time you do a project on a building, it’s subject to the new code.”

The updated code will recognize solar panel shingles as a new technology, making it easier for developers to install the panels. It will also require new basements to be insulated rather than left unfinished, which will help to conserve the energy of new homes and buildings.

Tomkins added that the ability to adopt more energy-efficient codes varies from city to city. Updating building codes is a complex process that requires resources, such as the presence of a building official, that not all municipalities have.

“Communities are all going green. You can see it with their street lighting projects. You can see it in their public works facilities. You can see it with their HVAC equipment upgrades or their lights being fabricated LEDs,” he said. “The main message would be that communities will genuinely take the greenest option they can afford, and what makes the most sense. They are very practical people.”

• Jenny Whidden is a member of the Report For America body that covers climate change and the environment for the Daily Herald. To help support his work with a tax-deductible donation, see www.reportforamerica.org/newsrooms/the-daily-herald-2/.

read more
Parking facilities

Death Valley National Park’s most popular sites will reopen

Clearance of a parking lot at Mesquite Sand Dunes in Death Valley on August 16, 2022, in preparation for the reopening of the popular site, Death Valley National Park / NPS

Death Valley National Park’s most popular sites will reopen to the public on Saturday, August 20 – just two weeks after a historic flood triggered massive, record-breaking rainfall and caused millions of dollars in damage to roads and highways. facilities. Several park roads remain closed, so visitors should plan ahead and not rely on GPS.

“We look forward to welcoming summer visitors back to Death Valley’s most popular sites, but at the same time, we want to warn people that many park roads will remain closed for months while repairs are being carried out,” said said Mike Reynolds, park superintendent. . “I am grateful to our work crews and partners at Caltrans who have worked tirelessly to reopen popular sites to visitors. This is an opportune time to visit the park and see firsthand the dramatic impacts of a 1 000 years.”

California Department of Transportation (Caltrans) maintenance crews have been working to reopen State Route 190, the main thoroughfare through the park. The National Park Service (NPS) is responsible for most other roads in the park and has worked hard to clean them up to make them safe for the public.

Visitors will be able to only be able to access the park via State Route 190 and Panamint Valley Road. All other paved roads including Badwater Road from CA-178, all access roads via NV-374 (Beatty Cutoff and Daylight Pass) and North Highway/Scotty’s Castle Road will remain closed for repairs.

All roads entering and passing through the park were closed to the public on Friday August 5 due to severe flooding. The park, which has approximately 1,400 miles of roads, including 200 miles of paved roadways, has been impacted by debris, loss of shoulder roads, undercutting and loss of pavement. Workers have assessed 600 miles of roads and 200 miles are deemed impassable. Park officials say there are still 800 miles of road to assess.

Crews from both agencies have spent the past two weeks assessing damage, making critical repairs and clearing tons of debris and dirt from the roads.

The park is vast. At around 3.4 million acres, it’s nearly the size of Connecticut. NPS officials advise visitors to return to the park, they should exercise extreme caution and respect the closures.

Some of the park’s most popular sites will reopen to visitors this weekend, including: Furnace Creek Visitor Center, Badwater Basin (open only from State Route 190 but closed south of Badwater at Mile 17), Golden Canyon, Artist Drive, Devils Golf Course, Natural Bridge, Zabriskie Point, Dantes View, Mesquite Sand Dunes, Twenty Mule Canyon and Harmony Borax Works.

Other attractions will remain closed indefinitely, and some park roads could remain closed for days or even months, depending on the severity of the damage, NPS officials said.

Motorists should also expect temporary delays and lower speed limits when traveling through the park. They may encounter one-way traffic control stops and limited parking on the shoulder. They should also watch out for loose gravel on the road which could impact windshields and tires.

Backcountry roads are still being evaluated and the park does not have information on conditions in many areas. The public should be aware of hazardous conditions, including missing shoulders, steep drop-offs and impassable areas on backcountry roads. Backcountry travel in Death Valley requires proper equipment (including a high-clearance vehicle and rugged backcountry tires), careful planning, and experience in extreme heat and harsh conditions. harsh desert conditions.

According to the National Weather Service, temperatures in Death Valley over the weekend are expected to be around 115°F (46°C). The NPS encourages park visitors to stay safe in the summer by not hiking at low altitudes after 10 a.m., staying within steps of air conditioning, drinking plenty of water, and eating salty snacks.

read more
Parking facilities

North Lebanon supervisors approve plan for Starbucks, Jersey Mike’s and Verizon

This article was funded by LebTown donors as part of our Civic Impact Reporting Project.

At Monday’s meeting, the North Lebanon Township Board of Supervisors unanimously approved a preliminary/final land development plan for 2203 W. Cumberland St.

The former Santander Bank location will be updated to accommodate three tenants: Jersey Mike’s, Starbucks and Verizon.

Read more: 2nd Starbucks to come to Lebanon; Opening of the Route 422 store in the fall of 2022

The land use plan presented at Monday’s meeting.

In addition to on-site parking, the owner of the property, Matrice LLC, has negotiated an easement for 25 parking spaces in the Lebanon Valley Mall lot. One of these spaces will be used for a new crosswalk for pedestrian safety.

The property will be accessible only from mall roads, and an agreement has been made with the mall allowing for a right of way.

Much of the area surrounding the building will be used for a drive-thru, containing up to 16 cars, for Starbucks.

Supervisors expressed concerns about traffic inside the property, as well as concerns that the mall parking lot might be difficult to identify.

President Ed Brensinger and Vice President Gary Heisey hear the development plan.

The supervisors present unanimously agreed to approve the plan and two waivers, subject to receipt of the signed promoter agreement and escrow, financial guarantee of $311,595.15 and security agreements. access and parking signed.

They also unanimously approved the sewerage planning module as recommended by the NLTMA.

Township engineer Steve Sherk and the Planning Commission recommended the plan be approved.

In other news, supervisors:

  • Unanimously agreed to donate $25,000 to Lebanon Valley Rails-to-Trails for the continuation of their trails through the township. This donation comes from the “Fees in Lieu” fund, which is exclusively devoted to the leisure activities of the municipality.
  • Heard a complaint about noise on Prescott Drive, which was raised at a previous meeting. Township Superintendent Cheri Grumbine said a notice of violation for working on the property had been sent and further action may be required, and Police Chief Tim Knight urged complainants to call the police to investigate while the noise is happening.
  • Unanimously approved the use of the Lion Lake parking lot for a fundraiser for the Ebenezer Beautification Committee BBQ on September 14 from 8:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m.
  • I heard that two items, a four person metal swing and an Epson Power Lite 1761W LCD projector, were sold on municibid for $410 and $122 respectively.
  • Schedule a public hearing Jan. 6 for a rezoning application from Escambia Properties LLC to have 1675 and 1677 Grace Avenue rezoned from rural residential to low-density residential.
  • Provided an update on the proposed Lenni Lenape Park Trail, indicating that the township now plans to pave it internally. They hope to finish it by winter, but the project could overflow next year.
  • Unanimously approved the submission of the 2023 Security Grant application to Benecon, requesting $1,500 in grants.
  • I learned that the Recycling Coordinator, Bonnie Grumbine, submitted the 904 Recycling Performance Grant for 2021.
  • Unanimously approved a tree dedication at Lenni Lenape Park.
  • Unanimously approved the minutes (PDF) of their July 18 meeting, as well as payroll, fund balances and payment of bills.
  • Heard the police report, which noted there were 592 calls in July and a total of 3,899 year-to-date through July.

Supervisors in North Lebanon meet at the canton’s municipal building on the third Monday of each month at 7 p.m. The next meeting will be on September 19. Meetings are open to the public and do not require prior registration.


Questions about this story? Suggestions for a future article on LebTown? Contact our newsroom using the contact form below and we’ll do our best to get back to you.

Do you support local news?
If you think Lebanon County needs high-quality, independent journalism, consider joining LebTown as a member. Your support will go directly to stories like this, and you’ll help ensure that our community has a trusted source of information for years to come.

Learn more about membership and join now here.

read more
Parking facilities

Parksville Council considering more parking spaces near City Hall

Parksville Council hopes to create more parking spaces near the Parksville Civic and Technology Center (PCTC).

Com. Mark Chandler said he brought the notice of motion because there was a shortage of spaces and he believed the location would work well for staff parking.

Chandler’s motion directs staff to begin the process of converting part of the land behind the building, next to Stanford Place, into an official parking lot. The motion also involves consideration of moving or replacing commemorative plaques and trees affected by the process.

“And therefore not having our building staff and people in that area having to move to other concentrated areas where other people are parking,” he said.

Com. Marilyn Wilson said she would prefer to have a staff assessment on the matter. She added that this could wait until the city’s transport plan is drawn up in 2023.

Com. Adam Fras said the parking issue is affecting nearby businesses and the council has received emails from people who work downtown and get parking tickets because they were forced to change where they parked. park.

A similar motion was defeated by the board in 2020.

“It’s a motion that needs to be reintroduced because we’re dealing with something that very few cities are dealing with,” Chandler said. “And that’s that city staff in most cities have parking right next to their facilities and we don’t.”

Several council members pointed out that the municipal staff is very busy and does not currently have time for additional projects.

Com. Doug O’Brien said he would rather see the shortage solved by introducing corner parking on Weld Street, Craig Street and Harrison Street, rather than removing green space.

Chandler’s motion passed with Wilson, O’Brien and Coun. Teresa Patterson opposed it.

@kevinf_1988_
[email protected]

Like us on Facebook and follow us on Twitter.

City CouncilparkingParksville

read more
Parking facilities

Manchester Airport and police crack down on rogue car parks

HOLIDAYS are being warned of ‘illegal’ parking scams at Manchester Airport during the busy summer season.

Passengers are urged to verify companies before handing over their car keys to fraudulent operators.

The new warning was issued after Cheshire Police teamed up with Greater Manchester Police in June to crack down on unscrupulous activity.

Operation Cicero was mounted as part of a multi-agency crackdown to crack down on rogue parking businesses.

Holidaymakers had reported incidents relating to car parks operating near the airport at Lode Hill, Styal and Moss Lane.

Cars illegally parked on Lode Hill after holidaymakers were told they would be safely stored

Problems included car theft and criminal damage to some drivers returning home to find their cars had traveled thousands of miles while on vacation.

Some companies left vehicles for long periods on residential streets, despite claiming they would be safely stored.

About 150 people returned home to find their car keys missing and their vehicles stuck in a swampy field in Styal.

Police continue to crack down on rogue businesses.

Chester and District Standard: A convoy of police vehicles leaving Wilmslow Police Station as part of Operation CiceroA convoy of police vehicles leaving Wilmslow Police Station as part of Operation Cicero

The airport is also taking steps to combat congestion caused by the increased number of taxis and private hire vehicles traveling to and from the airport.

A dedicated private hire waiting area is now available for drivers between jobs, so there is no need for vehicles to wait in nearby residential areas.

The cost of staying in this area has been halved during school holidays so drivers can wait up to three hours for just £1.

Private rental companies are contacted directly by the airport with details of the new arrangement.

The airport will consider renewing this program during subsequent peak periods if it proves successful.

A private driver, Zaheer Aslam, said: “This is great news. I didn’t know this place existed.

“Great to use the restroom. Kudos to everyone involved in fixing this issue.

Chris Woodroofe, Managing Director of Manchester Airport, said: “We understand that for taxi drivers, particularly those based some distance from the airport, it makes financial sense to wait in the area for a return fare rather than making the return trip without a passenger.

“However, when a high number of private rental vehicles are waiting in nearby residential areas, it can create traffic congestion and increase the risk of careless or illegal parking.

“This is why we have set up this system for the summer vacation period.

“We continue to take the issue of dishonest meet-and-greet companies very seriously.

“As well as our own official car park, there are a number of reliable and reputable third-party providers near the airport and we always urge passengers to do their research before handing over their keys.

“We encourage customers to use initiatives such as Park Mark and the government-backed Buy with Confidence program to find a supplier who has undergone a series of detailed checks and is committed to trading fairly.”

Park Mark is a police crime prevention initiative designed to combat crime in parking lots.

Buy With Confidence is a government program listing suppliers vetted and approved by trading standards to ensure they operate in a legal, honest and fair manner.

Inspector Andrew Baker, of Cheshire Police, said: ‘When booking airport car parks, people often go for the cheapest option – but sometimes that’s not the best choice.

“We have received a number of complaints from residents about rogue parking companies operating near Manchester Airport.

“These companies claim to be secure car parks that are affiliated with the airport. In reality, vehicles are often stored in unsecured muddy terrain.

“We have had reports of damaged vehicles or even stolen parts.

“In other cases, we have been contacted by people who have returned home to find that their vehicles have traveled thousands of miles while on vacation.

“While we are committed to working closely with our partners to address these issues, it is essential that holidaymakers play their part.

“I would urge anyone going on holiday and looking to book a parking space to do their research, choose a reputable company and always book through an official website and not settle for the cheapest option. .

“Otherwise your car can drive around the UK while you travel the world.”

To find out more about these programs, visit parkmark.co.uk or buywithconfidence.gov.uk.

read more
Parking facilities

New plans for iconic Gloucester Park

Gloucester Park Harness Racing (GPHR) has unveiled its plans for the revitalization of iconic and heritage-listed Gloucester Park as Australia’s premier harness racing hub, as well as its integration into the wider communities of East Perth and Perth.

GPHR has begun a formal process to seek the support and permission of its members for their executive committee to finalize the sale of 5.9ha of land to leading local real estate group Hesperia, subject to detailed due diligence.

Members received a detailed briefing on the future vision for Gloucester Park, with the membership referendum starting earlier in the week.

Independent advisors from GPHR have provided the Executive Committee with a market valuation of the land, which incorporates Hesperia’s commitment to redevelop racing and heritage infrastructure at the site.

An artist’s impression of Gloucester Park

Proposal :

  • Ensure that Gloucester Park remains the home of harness racing in WA;
  • Preserve and celebrate the existing heritage assets of the sites for future generations;
  • Establish various sources of revenue for a sustained financial future of GPHR; and
  • Make the most of this important inner city area, linking and integrating Gloucester Park into the wider East Perth community.

If completed, the sale of the land will trigger a redevelopment that will include the Gloucester Theatre, a new tourism, hospitality and community facility located on the east side of the track near the foot of the Matagarup Bridge. The Gloucester Theater and surrounding area will seat up to 4,000 spectators and offer dual views of the track and across the Swan River to Optus Stadium. It will also provide a members-only area and member parking facilities, as well as a range of entertainment and hospitality experiences that will activate the Swan River seven days a week and provide a key tourist focal point anchoring the bridge. Matagarup.

The renovation of the existing racecourse will result in exciting and highly engaging races, a rejuvenated experience for drivers, trainers and owners, and further improvements in animal welfare. The stables and parade ring will be moved to the east side of the course, giving Gloucester Park the most modern harness racing infrastructure in Australia.

Maintaining the rich history of harness racing is essential to realizing the vision of Totalizator Square, a host village neighborhood and future town center located next to the iconic heritage-listed entrance gates and scoreboard original. Several heritage buildings will be redeveloped for public use, and together Gloucester Theater and Totalizator Square will attract a new generation of people to the eastern end of the CBD, enhancing visitation and providing new, alternative long-term revenue streams for Gloucester Park as well as the creation of a new neighborhood center for East Perth.

Michael Radley, CEO of GPHR, said the proposal represents an exciting path forward for the club, its members and the wider local harness industry.

“While I don’t want to prejudge the outcome of our members’ vote, we are very excited about our future vision for Gloucester Park. This will provide a huge benefit to members and everyone involved in the harness racing industry whether as a trainer, owner or spectator.

“It is no secret that attendance at Gloucester Park has declined in recent years, and we have had to work hard to ensure we have the funds to keep the track and facilities in the required condition, without talk about preserving and adapting all heritage structures on place.”

“The vision we have presented to our members addresses all of our urgent infrastructure needs, preserves our rich heritage and, most importantly, provides new facilities and diversified long-term revenue streams to ensure that races harnessed remain at Gloucester Park.”

Importantly, under its agreement with Hesperia, harness racing will continue at Gloucester Park throughout the multi-year development period, allowing the harness industry to continue its regular and signature racing at the same location.

Another artist’s impression of Gloucester Park

Hesperia is well known for its heritage restoration projects including the State Buildings and Como The Treasury, Leederville Hotel Precinct, Victoria House and the recent acquisition of the Wool Stores in Fremantle. Hesperia recently announced the expansion of its heritage development consultancy services to support the continued adaptive reuse of Perth’s unique built heritage.

The underutilized areas of land on the west side of the property, which currently include existing stands, spectator areas and other structures, will form part of a future mixed-use vision for the venue. Hesperia’s long-term vision is to create a vibrant new community, linking the Gloucester Park area to other redevelopments in East Perth, ultimately creating an intra-urban lifestyle corridor that connects to the CBD of Perth.

Hesperia director Kyle Jeayants said the company’s track record of sensitive and complex heritage restorations as well as its deep expertise in built forms meant their team was in a unique position to help the GPHR develop a commercially feasible vision for the site, given the many challenges associated with integrating race and heritage works.

“This is a very exciting opportunity for Gloucester Park and Hesperia. We believe the vision we have collaborated on will bring real long-term benefits to members and the harness racing industry as a whole, while reinvigorating underutilized land and the entire precinct.

“The East Perth Corridor has long been referred to as the gateway to the city, connecting Optus Stadium and the Burswood Peninsula to the rest of Perth’s CBD. The proposal we are proposing will provide a connected and vibrant community in Perth’s east end and make a significant contribution to the city and to tourism in Western Australia.

Members wishing to obtain further information on the proposal can contact the Gloucester Park administration directly.

read more
Parking facilities

$74,000 federal grant to improve facilities at Bruce’s Mill Park

Improvements include new picnic shelters, accessible picnic tables, accessibility and safety improvements to Whitchurch-Stouffville Nature Preserve restrooms

Facility upgrades, including two new picnic shelters, are coming to Bruce’s Mill Conservation Park thanks to more than $740,000 in federal government funding.

Non-repayable funds provided through the Canadian Community Revitalization Fund to the Toronto and Region Conservation Authority will be used to make improvements to Whitchurch-Stouffville Park, including the addition of picnic tables picnics, improving the accessibility and safety of toilets and improving access roads and car parks, announced today Helena Jaczek, minister responsible for the Federal Economic Development Agency for Southern Ontario and MP for Markham-Stouffville.

“Our government is investing in community infrastructure to support the mental and physical health of Canadians by promoting social interaction and physical activity,” Jaczek said in a news release. “This revitalization will help attract visitors to Bruce’s Mill where they can gather, enjoy the outdoors and be active.

“The Toronto and Region Conservation Authority is pleased that FedDev Ontario’s investment is meeting the increased demand for outdoor recreation and enhancing the visitor experience at Bruce’s Mill. It is investments like these that allow TRCA to keep our parks and trails in good condition while increasing community connections and improving accessibility for our visitors,” said Michael Tolensky, Director of Finance and operations at the Toronto and Region Conservation Authority.

With a national investment of $500 million over two years, the Canadian Community Revitalization Fund is supporting projects that build new community infrastructure and revitalize existing assets, get people back to public spaces safely, and boost economies. local. This includes $139 million for projects in southern Ontario delivered by FedDev Ontario.

Since 2015, the Government of Canada, through FedDev Ontario, has invested over $1.6 million in four projects in Stouffville.

read more
Parking facilities

Watch your vehicle, 12-14 two-wheelers are stolen daily in Pune

Pune and Pimpri-Chinchwad police station areas have seen up to 1,830 two-, three- and four-wheeler thefts in different public places, showing an average of 12 to 14 two-wheeler thefts per day. Thieves were found to target brand new two-wheelers on the outskirts and suburbs of police stations, and the detection rate also remained low compared to the number of stolen vehicles, although victims had to make multiple rounds of police stations, looking for investigative details of their stolen vehicles. The thieves were also found to steal luxury cars by hacking into sophisticated software from those vehicles. Minors have been found stealing sports bikes to commit crimes such as chain robberies, physical assaults and attacks on rival gangs.

PCMC DCP Kakasaheb Dole said he arrested four suspects for their involvement in at least 15 incidents of chain robbery using sports bikes between 2021 and 2022. “Their role came to the fore when we gathered intelligence at ground level and performed a detailed analysis of CCTV footage in which their criminal acts were captured,” he said.

Social worker Akash Ghule said, “Many people take out loans and buy two-wheelers to use in their daily work. It becomes a difficult task when these two-wheelers are stolen as EMIs have to be paid despite the bikes being insured. Citizens tend to park their vehicle just outside or near their place of work and do not think about where they park. They should lock their bikes and ensure they are parked in a public area monitored by CCTV, as there is less risk of bike theft. In addition, the police must increase patrols and the detection rate must increase in relation to the rising theft rate in the city,” he said.

PCMC Police Commissioner Ankush Shinde said the officers are raising awareness among citizens to prevent vehicle theft. “This is an elaborate process of detecting vehicle theft and subsequently returning the two-wheeler to the owner. Special efforts have been made to prevent vehicle theft and to stop gangs of vehicle thieves “, did he declare.

DCP (crime) Sriniwas Ghadge said: “We are taking strong action aimed at preventing vehicle thefts and an anti-vehicle theft team has been urged to act to ensure that such thefts are prevented. Residential areas refer to housing societies and pockets of slums or sprawling areas in and around the city. Residents of slums do not have adequate parking lots and their vehicles remain parked on public roads or small lanes of vast ones and vehicle thieves then steal these vehicles.

Ghadge also pointed out that housing corporations on the outskirts of town do not employ security guards or have CCTV cameras, making them sitting ducks for thieves to steal the two or four. wheels from these places. The investigation and analysis of the crime branch in the recent past has revealed that the maximum number of vehicle thefts have been reported in Area 5 due to its very large area, which also includes factors such as development fast urban. In addition, vehicle thefts have been reported in areas of Zone 4, citing reasons such as: these areas have dozens of development projects related to commercial and housing companies. Stolen vehicles have been found being sold in rural Pune, Marathwada and northern parts of the state where their spare parts are in demand at cheaper rates. The modus operandi includes the dismantling of the vehicle and the sale of spare parts to mechanics.

read more
Parking facilities

Catalytic Converter Thieves Reportedly Hit Houston Airport Parking Lots Now

HOUSTON – The Houston Police Department is investigating the theft of several catalytic converters from a parking lot at Bush Intercontinental Airport.

Jolie Fletcher told KPRC that she parked her Toyota Land Cruiser at the Ecopark lot on JKF Boulevard for about two weeks while on vacation and returned to find her SUV was the target of thieves.

“When we got to the vehicle and started the car, I immediately knew something was wrong,” Fletcher said.

Fletcher filed a report with the HPD and said it discovered several other vehicles were also affected.

“It seems to be an ongoing problem,” she said. “Four or five other people joined us within the hour to make the same report about the missing catalytic converters.”

Fletcher said the damage to his SUV was estimated at $8,000.

She filed a report with the parking lot which claimed they would refund her the parking money, but said they were not responsible for the theft.

KPRC contacted Houston Airports and obtained the following statement:

A d

“There are multiple cameras in all parking lots, Houston airport parking lots are well-lit, and each location has private security. Additionally, Houston Airports works closely with its parking operators and the Houston Police Department to have crime deterrents in all parking facilities.

Houston Airports are constantly reviewing how to better protect passenger vehicles while traveling and in addition to crime deterrents in our parking lots, we are grateful to the Houston Police Department officers who help us protect our parking lots every day. .

From January 1, 2022 to June 30, 2022, more than 244,800 Ecopark users experienced our efforts which resulted in 99.97% of customers using our facilities without a security incident.

Copyright 2022 by KPRC Click2Houston – All Rights Reserved.

read more
Parking facilities

Photos: Hundreds attend West Bridgford’s Lark in the Park

Lark in the Park’s return is proving very popular as the weather is great and hundreds of families have arrived early for the day’s entertainment. Until 4 p.m.

This year’s free event offers a range of attractions at Bridgford Park in West Bridgford from 10am to 4pm with inflatables, circus skills, soft games, storytelling and sporting activities from Nottingham Rugby and West Bridgford TennisClub.

There will also be an entertainment program with free song and dance performances for children with Jo Jingles, Super Sparkle Parties with Dex the T-Rex, Dynamic Dance and more.

Event visitors are encouraged to travel to the event by public transport.

– Advertising –

All local car parks will be open and Bridge Field Park on Bridgford Road will also be used as event parking and will be open from 9.30am to 5.00pm with cashless RingGo parking available.

Payments can be made via the RingGo app, online at www.myRingGo.co.uk or by phone on 0115 871 4000.

Cash payments will continue to be made at existing city center pay and display outlets including Bridgford Road, Gordon Road and Nursey Car Park.

Additional notification charges may apply and users are advised to check charges and slot numbers at these car parks before purchasing parking time.

Details of West Bridgford car park facilities can be found on the Rushcliffe Borough Council website.

IMG 1248 to scale Scaled IMG 1250

IMG 1249 to scale
© westbridgfordwire.com
IMG 1255 scaled
© westbridgfordwire.com
IMG 1258 to scale
© westbridgfordwire.com
IMG 1265 scaled
© westbridgfordwire.com
IMG 1262 scaled
© westbridgfordwire.com
IMG 1260 scaled
© westbridgfordwire.com
IMG 1259 to scale
© westbridgfordwire.com
read more
Parking facilities

Denver’s Basic Income Project is gearing up for launch later this year

In 2020, Mark Donovan, an entrepreneur who had made his fortune overseas, decided it was time to distribute some of his wealth directly to people in need. In June, Donovan began handing out personal grants of $1,000 a month to twelve people; payments continued until the end of the year.

“I was deeply struck by the difference it made for them and how simple and immediate it was for them,” Donovan recalls.

He decided to formalize the concept, founding the Denver Basic Income Project to provide direct cash payments to many more homeless people; he released the program in June 2021.

“The idea is that a basic income creates stability that can create an accelerated path to [long-term] stability and growth. It has been proven program after program across the world as an effective and efficient method of providing support to people who have been traditionally oppressed, discriminated against and not prospering,” says Donovan.

In a soft launch that began last August, the Denver Basic Income Project began providing money to eleven people for twelve months. A second soft launch, serving 28 people, began on July 15. But there are far more important things to come.

Click to enlarge

Mayor Michael Hancock named the project during his State of the Town.

Evan Semon

Three days later, during his otherwise unremarkable State of the City address on July 18, Mayor Michael Hancock announced that he would propose to the Denver City Council that $2 million of the money from the American Rescue Plan Act go to an expanded Basic Income Project in Denver.

“This funding will provide over 140 women and families currently in shelters with $1,000 per month for one year in direct cash assistance. This will help them move into stable housing and provide support for them to stay housed, while opening up space in our shelters. to serve more people,” Hancock said.

So far, the project has raised over $7 million, including Hancock’s proposed $2 million. But it still needs about $2 million to support the first full round, which is designed to serve up to 820 people.

Under the plan, 260 people will receive $6,500 each upfront, then $500 per month for the next eleven months. A second group of 260 people will each receive $1,000 per month for twelve months. And 300 people in a third group will receive $50 per month for twelve months in a comparison group.

While the Denver Basic Income Project will be open to all eligible individuals, the Hancock administration and the Denver Department of Housing Stability have requested that city contributions be earmarked for women and families due to funding protocols of the ARPA.

“These funds need to be focused on the impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic. Since the start of the pandemic, HOST has seen the number of women in our shelter system triple and the need for family shelters dramatically increase. In the motel City’s family voucher program, we served 70% more people in March 2022 compared to March 2020, and the families we serve are staying more than twice as long,” said Derek Woodbury, spokesperson for HOST.

To be eligible for the program, participants must be homeless, whether hosted or not, and already in contact with a service provider. They cannot have “serious and unmet mental health or substance abuse needs” and must also be 18 or older.

Applications are not yet accepted, but ultimately the project will choose participants through a random selection process of those who meet the eligibility criteria.

The early days of the Denver Basic Income Project weren’t quite smooth. The project initially partnered with Denver Homeless Out Loud, but the advocacy group disputed that the Denver Basic Income Project did not have homeless people on its board. DHOL also complained that the project initially had a withdrawal limit on the funds it provided to individuals. Eventually, DHOL withdrew from its partnership with the project.

“The participants who joined the soft launch, we provided them with the money throughout the soft launch and they continued to participate in the program, so I would say that’s my response to that,” Donovan said. about DHOL’s complaint. “Banks always set withdrawal limits. However, if necessary, these can be adjusted to suit an individual’s needs.”

The Denver Basic Income Project also has someone with homelessness experience on its structure and governance working group. “We continue to listen and hope to continue receiving feedback,” Donovan said.

The idea of ​​giving money directly to people in financial difficulty is not new, but it has become more popular in recent years. 2020 presidential candidate Andrew Yang has made establishing a universal basic income level part of his campaign. And the Mayors for Guaranteed Income group includes dozens of mayors across the country, including Mayor Michael Hancock.

In Vancouver, the New Leaf Project distributed $7,500 each to homeless people in 2018, resulting in “measurable improvements” for participants, according to the New Leaf Project website.

“Cash recipients moved into stable housing faster than non-cash participants and overall spent fewer days homeless,” New Leaf reports. “For those who received the cash, food security increased in the first month and remained stable over time.” The project followed a total of 115 participants in the beneficiary and non-beneficiary categories.

There are no exact statistics for the early iterations of the Denver project. “We’re not doing formal research on soft launch one or soft launch two yet. The learnings are anecdotal,” Donovan notes. “In terms of learnings, I don’t really feel comfortable talking about it directly because it’s anecdotal. The purpose of the soft launch was to make sure we were organizationally prepared, prepared in capacity. Our goal is to serve hundreds of people in the difficult launch.”

The Denver Basic Income Project has partnered with the Center for Housing and Homelessness Research at the University of Denver Graduate School of Social Work. Those who receive money under the program will not be required to participate in DU research, but 27 of the 28 people who are part of the second soft launch opted into the research, Donovan said. Westword had scheduled an interview with one of the UD researchers, but the researcher canceled, saying the project had decided that only Donovan would speak to the press.

And the “program is progressing wonderfully,” notes Donovan. “People who are getting the money, we’re seeing that confirms our hypothesis so far, so we’re feeling pretty optimistic.”

read more
Parking facilities

DC Srinagar visits Sonawar Cricket Stadium


DC Srinagar visits Sonawar Cricket Stadium

Conduct on-site review of arrangements for Day I celebrations

posted on Jul 31, 2022 | Author RK News



Srinagar, July 30: As part of the celebration of the upcoming Independence Day-2022, Deputy Commissioner (DC), Srinagar, Mohammad Aijaz Asad visited Sonwar Cricket Stadium on Saturday to review onsite preparatory arrangements/activities for put in place by the respective departments.

At the start, the DC and officers toured the stadium pavilion and VIP gallery to get a first-hand assessment of preparatory activities. He carried out an on-site examination of the arrangements to be put in place for the smooth running of the Independence Day celebrations.

While presiding over a meeting on this occasion, the DC directed officers from all relevant departments to ensure all preparations regarding the various facilities, including seating arrangements, cultural programs, parade, transport and facilities of parking, power supply, deployment of medical and first aid services and fire and rescue teams, installation of PAS.

Besides media management, issues related to security and entry of VVIPs, VIPs and other participants were also discussed.

The DC also insisted on having ironclad security arrangements in and around the stadium to ensure hassle-free celebrations of the function. He also enjoined the officers to maintain close coordination with each other for the smooth running of the function.

With regard to vehicle parking, the DC has asked traffic officers to assess the capacity of the parking spaces identified for the event and to formulate an action plan so that the maximum number of vehicles of the dignitaries and other participants coming to attend the function be accommodated.

While SMC authorities have been told to ensure that all toilets are functioning properly, in addition to installing mobile toilets at the site on August 15, they have also been told to take action against the threat of dogs around of the site.

The DC also insisted on having elaborate arrangements of bilge pumps to combat waterlogging, if any caused by rainfall during the dress rehearsal procedure and the mega August 15 event.

read more
Parking facilities

UH to add pharmacy to new Women’s and Children’s Hospital

The University Health Board of Trustees has approved budget adjustments to allow for the construction of a pharmacy inside the county’s new Women’s and Children’s Hospital.

The Bexar County Hospital District has so far allocated $837.9 million to pay for the major expansion, which includes a 12-story tower, 900-space parking lot, advanced diagnostic center and podium extension which will be used for a new kitchen, service, dining room and conference rooms.

Don Ryden, vice president of planning, design and construction, told the board on Tuesday evening that the $14.4 million pharmacy would be built in the hull space and would be in large part funded by project cost savings, including unused emergency funds from the podium and parking lot construction.

The new pharmacy will include space for preparing, reviewing and processing prescriptions, dispensing counters for patients and staff, administrative staff to oversee the construction and installation of equipment, according to the documents provided. to the council.

Ryden said while the Women and Children’s Tower is expected to be completed next summer, the new portion of the pharmacy won’t be complete until late 2023.

The board approved a staff recommendation to amend contracts with its construction manager at risk with Joeris + JE Dunn and to adjust the project schedule with two other contractors.

The new 628,000 square foot Women’s and Children’s Hospital Tower adjoins the University Hospital’s 10-story Sky Tower, which opened in 2014 and was part of the largest construction project in the history of the University. county at a cost of $899.4 million.

The architectural design of Marmon Mok provides for 30 intensive care unit rooms, 68 neonatal intensive care unit rooms, 30 acute care rooms, 60 rooms for OB-GYN services and 30 antepartum rooms.

The Bexar County Hospital District did not increase its property tax rate to fund this expansion. Money for the new Women’s and Children’s Hospital comes from cash reserves and bond certificates, which are debt issued by local governments to fund projects without voter approval.

University Health is moving forward with another major expansion approved last month that would add two community hospitals to the system – a 140-bed Southwest Side hospital near Texas A&M University-San Antonio and a 140-bed hospital in the northeast side at Retama.

The total cost of the two proposed hospital projects is estimated at $950 million, to be financed with $450 million in cash reserves and $500 million in tax-exempt municipal bonds.

Hospital officials said there would be no property tax increases, but they are required by law to notify residents through a newspaper notice and wait 45 days before the Bexar County Commissioners Court can proceed with the bond transaction.

An April Express-News survey of health inequalities found that medical facilities in San Antonio are heavily concentrated in northern parts of the city, placed in areas where patients are generally healthier and more affluent. and where providers can collect higher reimbursements from insurance companies.

The report found that for eight free-standing hospitals and emergency room facilities in the northern parts of the city, there is only one in the south side.

Retama Hospital could open as early as 2026 and Texas A&M Hospital as early as 2027.

[email protected]

read more
Parking facilities

$162,675 aquatic center change order reduced from $10,268, then approved by city council – The Globe

WORTHINGTON — After receiving a proposed change order from Tri-State General Contracting earlier this month that increased the total cost of the aquatic center by $162,675, Worthington City Council learned Monday evening that the contractor had agreed to reduce the cost of the change order by $10,268. Earlier, engineering firm SEH and pool designer USA Aquatics agreed to cut its contract by $12,500.

The change order was requested after it was discovered that drain pipes needed to be installed around the new aquatic center – as well as the existing pool – due to water accumulation.

“We found many gaps in the existing (aquatic center),” said Worthington City Administrator Steve Robinson.

In addition to the drains, sump pumps will also be installed.

The board approved the new change order in the amount of $152,407.

In other cases counsel:

  • Awarding of a $241,035 contract to Duininck, Inc. of Prinsburg to carry out several asphalt paving projects in the city. Projects include Clary Street from North Fredrick Avenue to McMillan Street; Fifth Avenue, from 10th to 11th Street; and 14th Street, from Second Avenue to First Avenue. The bid was 17% below the engineer’s estimate of $290,273.

Council member Amy Ernst requested that the Clary Street project be reviewed, considering extending the paving further west to Fredrick Avenue, as the road has deteriorated.

  • Approved a request by Jonathon and Keturah Scribner to change the zone on their property to 370 Nobles County 5 from the transition zone to R-4 (Medium Density Residential). The parcel, which has a house and approximately 7 acres of farmland, is located north of Nobles 35 County and east of Nobles 5 County. farmland farm.
  • Approved the engagement of the engineering firm Bolton & Menk for professional services in planning the reconstruction of the municipal liquor store parking lot. The existing lot is paved and has drainage problems. Public works director Todd Wietzema said it will be replaced with a concrete pitch and drainage will be improved.
  • Accepted several donations of park benches, with benches to be placed in city parks and along bike paths. The following requests were approved: King Turkey Day, Inc. to place two benches at 10th Street Plaza in memory of Danny Huls; the Oberloh family to place two benches at the Chautauqua Park Bandshell in memory of Ervin and Delia Oberloh; Chris Thier will place a bench at the Chautauqua Park Bandshell in memory of James Cook; Friends of Albert to place two benches at the Chautauqua Park Bandshell in memory of Albert Matthiesen; Worthington Concert Association to place a bench at the Chautauqua Park Bandshell celebrating its history; and the Haas and Lang families to place a bench along the Crailsheim Road trail, in remembrance of the Lang and Haas family bakery.

“These park benches are a great convenience in parks and along trails,” said Mayor Mike Kuhle. “It’s a great program.”

  • Approved the first reading of a city code amendment that would require a conditional use permit in the B-2 central business district for parking lots, parking lots, terminals, and cleaning uses. The amendment was previously approved by the city’s planning commission and is underway to restrict certain uses in the downtown area now that the retail store overlay district has been removed from the city’s code.
  • Approval of a Nobles Home Initiative application by Marco Ramos for a five-year tax abatement on the construction of a new single-family home on Lots 6 and 7 in Block 3 of the Cecilee Street Addition.
  • Personnel authorized to conduct employment criminal background checks for city employees who have jobs in which they interact with children, such as at JBS Field House and other city-owned or operated recreational facilities. The Minnesota Bureau of Criminal Apprehension is the only agency authorized to perform background checks, at a cost of $10 per person. The fee will be paid by the city.
  • Reclassification of an accounting position from valuation accountant to valuation clerk. Reclassification lowers education and experience standards in hopes of attracting applicants. The pay grade was also lowered to non-exempt 6th grade, with a median wage of $27.86 per hour.
  • Staff authorized to analyze parking regulations and gather public feedback on potential changes to parking restrictions in the city.
  • Thanked Rick Von Holdt for his service as an Honorary Board Member.
read more
Parking facilities

Grand Rapids wants 8,888 new homes by 2025. How far are we?

GRAND RAPIDS, MI – In July 2020, a study commissioned by the City of Grand Rapids showed that nearly 8,888 housing units – apartments, condos, single-family homes – were needed by 2025 to meet demand and avoid move residents.

Two years later, is the city on track to achieve this goal?

In short, no.

Data provided by the city shows that 1,045 new housing units have been added to Grand Rapids since 2020, with at least 1,000 more housing units reserved for low-to-moderate income residents in the pipeline.

“Based on our current construction numbers, we are not on track to meet these goals,” said Ryan Kilpatrick, executive director of Housing Next, an organization that works with the City of Grand Rapids on housing issues. lodging. “More production is needed not only in the city of Grand Rapids, but also throughout Kent County and throughout western Michigan. The whole region is understaffed.

More than half of the 1,045 housing units created since 2020 are “affordable”, meaning they have been subsidized with public funds and are reserved for residents with low to middle incomes, according to the city.

One factor that puts the city off track to meet the goal of 8,888 new units by 2025 is rising construction costs.

Kilpatrick said construction costs have jumped 30% to 40% over the past two years, and wage growth has remained well below that level. This has left developers worried that the cost of new flats at market prices will far exceed what could be charged for rent.

“If we could still build housing at the cost of building in 2019, I think you would see a lot more cranes in the sky right now,” he said. “When we look at the mismatch between construction price growth and wage growth, that’s really the biggest hurdle.”

The July 2020 study that determined there is demand for 8,888 homes by 2025 was conducted by Bowen National Research, an Ohio-based real estate market analysis firm. The study was primarily funded by the City of Grand Rapids and the Frey Foundation.

In Grand Rapids, the target of 8,888 units has been split into two parts: 5,340 apartments and 3,548 condominiums, townhouses or single-family owner-occupied homes.

The study also estimated that Kent County, excluding the city of Grand Rapids, would need 3,581 rental units and 9,760 owner-occupied units.

Officials say it is important to achieve this goal as Kent County and the City of Grand Rapids continue to grow, attracting new residents and employers to the area.

Population growth has put pressure on housing prices, and community leaders say they want to ensure there is quality housing available for residents of all income levels.

“Things move fast and things are expensive,” Elianna Bootzin, executive director of Neighbors of Belknap Lookout, said on a recent afternoon as she described housing demand in her neighborhood on the northeast side of the town.

She was among several community leaders who attended a grand opening hosted by Orion Construction for a $12.2 million, 52-unit low-income apartment development, known as Union Suites, currently under construction. on the 600 block of Coit Avenue NE.

Related: 52-unit low-income apartment building planned for Grand Rapids neighborhood

Bootzin said the development will help meet a strong demand for affordable housing in his neighborhood, located just north of I-196 from the city’s booming Medical Mile. She said the neighborhood had seen a slew of upscale market rate moves, but few new homes were earmarked for low-to-moderate income residents.

“It’s going to bring more affordable housing and we know we desperately need it,” she said. “We’ve seen a lot of big projects happen; a lot of great projects are coming. But so far they’ve been at market price, and we know people need something below that to be able to stay here, to be able to move here.

Union Suites apartments will be reserved for residents whose annual income is up to 80% of the Kent County area median income. For example, this translates, for a one-person household, to $50,160 and $64,480 for a three-person household.

Of the 1,045 new homes added to Grand Rapids since 2020, 690 of them are apartments.

The remaining 355 are townhouses, condominiums, duplexes or single-family homes, depending on the city. Fifty-seven percent of them are likely owner-occupied while the rest are rentals.

Looking ahead, one challenge Kilpatrick sees is the availability of more market-priced apartments, rather than limited-income units, in Grand Rapids. According to the city, there are 1,000 units of restricted income units at various stages of the development process.

“The value of housing at market rates is really to support households at all incomes,” he said. “We need to recognize that we have higher income households who want to live in the city of Grand Rapids, and when we don’t provide new housing for those households, they compete for our older and generally more affordable housing stock. . ”

Challenges to bringing more market-priced housing to the city include rising construction costs and the availability of construction workers, Kilpatrick said.

“We have some really exceptional construction companies in the West Michigan community, and many of them have commitments to major healthcare facilities or educational institutions,” he said. “And so, we’re not just competing for labor among property developers. We also compete for labor with our job creators. So we also need to think about how we develop our skilled trades.

There is no centralized data source on the number of homes added in Kent County since 2020, so it’s hard to say how close the county is to reaching the estimated 13,341 units needed by 2025.

But officials from two municipalities, the Township of Grand Rapids and the Township of Caledonia, say there is significant demand for new housing in their communities.

Grand Rapids Township Supervisor Michael DeVries said about 800 new homes have been added to his community since 2020.

A significant portion of those were in multi-family rental units along East Beltline Avenue, he said, including the 320-unit The Grove by Watermark across from Robinette’s Apple Haus & Winery. .

Looking ahead, however, he doesn’t see room in his community for many more multi-family housing developments.

“There aren’t many properties left in Grand Rapids Township that don’t already have homes,” said DeVries, who estimates that 90% of homes in his community are owner-occupied.

In Caledonia Township, 273 building permits have been issued since 2020, and “there continues to be roofs added where there used to be cornfields,” Township Supervisor Bryan Harrison said.

Of the 273 building permits, 194 were for single-family homes and the rest for multi-family residential developments. The largest of the multi-family developments has nine residential units, he said.

As the township has grown rapidly over the past 30 years, community leaders want to strike a balance between welcoming new residents and businesses while maintaining the area’s rural character, Harrison said.

“Everyone is moving to Caledonia and wants to slam the door behind them to maintain that quiet, rural feel,” he said, adding that the township is more about being “responsive to demand rather than being responsive.” definition of demand”.

Back in Grand Rapids, Mayor Rosalynn Bliss said she hopes the city will get closer to the goal of 8,888 homes by 2025.

“I want it to move faster, knowing the need is so great,” she said, noting that she would like to see 5,000 to 6,000 units completed or in the works by 2025.

“But I also want it to be high quality housing…we need to have high standards across the board, whether it’s low-income, affordable or market-priced housing.”

Looking ahead, Bliss said there is potential to add thousands of rental units in areas targeted for development in downtown Grand Rapids. This includes surface parking lots in the west side of town and a 31-acre stretch of property along the Grand River between Fulton and Wealthy streets which is being considered for a 12,000 seat amphitheater and other developments.

Read more:

State Civil Rights Department Files Discrimination Charges Against Grand Rapids Police

Gibbs banking on Trump support and grassroots energy in race against DeVos-backed Meijer

Incumbent Mark Huizenga faces challenger in Republican Senate primary

read more
Parking facilities

A One-Day Itinerary for Exploring Charleston with a Toddler | News and advice for the family

Charleston is a family destination. Most elementary school kids and up will enjoy the attractions that make the area unique, such as horse-drawn carriage rides, USS Yorktown tours, Fort Sumter tour – but add a toddler to the mix and these activities become less attractive.

That doesn’t mean families with toddlers can’t have a great time in the holy city. Whether you’re playing tourist in your own town or visiting from afar, as a local, this is what I suggest for a great day trip for the adults and younger members of your family.

Breakfast (about 1 hour)

Charleston is known around the world for its delicious cuisine, especially southern staples. Start your day early with one of the following two restaurants that many local publications, including Lowcountry Parent, have voted the best in recent years, both located in Mount Pleasant.






Kids can play on the giant beach chair at Page’s Okra Grill, located off Coleman Boulevard in Mount Pleasant, South Carolina. Page’s serves some of the best breakfasts and brunches in the area.


Grilled Okra from Page at 302 Coleman Boulevard offers a giant beach chair to relax or take pictures while waiting for your table (no reservations accepted). It is often voted best brunch/breakfast. The menu at this sit-down restaurant is extensive and sure to offer something for every taste in your party, whether they have a sweet tooth or prefer a hearty, savory breakfast. Page’s serves locally roasted King Bean coffee to start your busy day off right.

Voted Best Biscuit, Vicious cookie, located at 409 West Coleman Blvd., is to die for. While the masterfully created cookie dishes are the main attraction, they also offer some “not-so-vicious” dishes for those looking to start the day with power foods. Gluten-free cookies are also included on the a la carte menu, making it a great choice for families with dietary concerns. Order your meals at the counter to dine on site or take them out to enjoy on a picnic at the next destination, about a mile away.

Morning game (about 2 hours)







Waterfront Park Playground2

Memorial Waterfront Park Playground in Mount Pleasant, SC has different sections and is fun for kids of all ages.


After your appetizing breakfast, give your little ones the chance to enjoy the nautical-themed playground under the iconic Arthur Ravenel Jr. Bridge at Mount Pleasant Memorial Waterfront Park. If it’s not too hot, load the kids into the stroller to walk to the top of the bridge. The entire bridge spans 2.7 miles from Mount Pleasant to East Bay Street in downtown Charleston, however most people, especially those pushing a stroller, prefer to travel about a mile up at the top to take in views of the harbor and peninsula before turning around and returning to the parking lot ($0.50 per hour) at the foot of the bridge. This could be a great opportunity for a morning nap, where more alert toddlers will enjoy the boat and the people watching. If you haven’t brought your own drinks and snacks to refuel after this activity, the park’s River Watch Café provides everything you need, and the park also has free public restrooms.

Lowcountry Children’s Museum (approx. 2 hours)

Park in the Visitor Center parking lot at 63 Mary Street ($2 an hour) and go to the Children’s Museum of the Lowcountry at 25 Ann Street. Typical hours are Thursday-Saturday 9:30am-5pm (last admission 3:30pm) and Sunday 12:30pm-5pm. It’s a good idea to start in the art room (turn right and continue to the end of the building after purchasing your tickets) so the kids’ creations can dry while you explore the rest of the building. museum. Activities toddlers love include a special play area for kids 3 and under, an aquatic exploration room, a pirate ship and a pretend grocery store.







Lowcountry Children's Museum

The Children’s Museum of the Lowcountry is a great place to visit with young children. Photo provided


The museum hopes that all children will be able to take advantage of their offerings so that they are offering limited entry on the second and fourth Sundays of each month from 10 a.m. to 12 p.m. for children with special needs who do better in a less crowded environment and less stimulating. They also offer accessibility kits and an app specifically for children with autism. Families who can show proof of SNAP, EBT, or WIC membership receive $2 per person, and locals can check out a membership card for up to 6 people at the Charleston County Library.

Regular museum admission is free for children under 12 months, $13 for South Carolina residents, and $15 for out-of-state residents. Admission lets you in and out of the museum all day (so you can come back later if you wish!) explorecml.org/visit/plan-your-visit/

Lunch (1 hour or less)

Just around the corner from the Children’s Museum on King Street is Nacho Royale by Juanita Greenberg, one of the most child-friendly and reasonably priced restaurants on the peninsula, with quick service and large portions to share. Be sure to use the restroom before you go as public restrooms are very hard to find in downtown Charleston (best while walking is to find restrooms at the bottom of the parking lots).

Nap (1-2 hours)

Get in the car again and enter Fleet Landing into your GPS. Park on the flat lot next to the restaurant which costs $10 per day or $5 for restaurant patrons. From there, put the kids in a stroller and leisurely cruise through the city center until they fall asleep. While they sleep, shop at the Charleston City Market or head the other way and stroll along East Bay Street to visit Rainbow Row, the Battery, and neighborhoods with beautiful historic homes.

Waterfront Park (30-45 minutes)

As the little ones start to wake up, head back to the car to put on some bathing suits, grab some towels, and let your little ones run around and splash around in the fountains at Waterfront Park on Vendee Street . (Unfortunately children will need to change in the car as there are no facilities in the area.)

If you’re lucky, you might be able to sit on a swing in front of the harbor for a relaxing afternoon. This park is another great place for snacks if you brought them. On busy days, you might find Italian gelato vendors near the fountains, and there’s a Belgian gelato shop on Rue Vendee that’s sure to please if you need a sweet treat for hold you until your dinner reservation.

Dinner (1 hour)







Fleet landing

Fleet Landing Restaurant is a kid-friendly restaurant with great food and a great view of the water in downtown Charleston. File photo


Just steps from Waterfront Park is Fleet landing, one of Charleston’s favorite seafood restaurants, located in the old Navy Wharf. Make a reservation several weeks in advance and be sure to request a table outside to see the beautiful Charleston sunset and possibly spot dolphins! This restaurant is allergy-friendly and the kids’ menu appeals to picky eaters and kids who love seafood.

Boat ride

If it’s not too late or you’re not exhausted yet, make the last round trip gondola out of Waterfront Park is a great way to end a long day of exploring with the little ones. The last round-trip taxi departs at 6:15 p.m. for $14 per person (ages 3 and under are free) and offers close-up views of the bridge, marinas, USS Yorktown, and often dolphins. charlestonwatertaxi.com

read more
Parking facilities

Work continues at Amazon’s facilities in Rensselaer County – The Daily Gazette

Work continues at a brisk pace on the new “middle mile” facility under construction for Amazon in Rensselaer County, despite a company-acknowledged mismatch between consumer demand and warehouse capacity.

The facility, off Routes 9 and 20 in Schodack, not far from the 1 million square foot Amazon fulfillment center which opened in 2020, will be part of the e-commerce giant’s logistics network.

Serviced primarily by 18-wheelers, the “mid-mile” centers gather ordered goods from inventory locations far from the “first mile”, group them into geographically organized loads, and then send them to the “last mile” delivery stations. kilometer” which transport them to the hands of customers.

The Schodack facility will operate 24 hours a day, 7 days a week and cover nearly 280,000 square feet on 56 acres. Scannell Properties, an Indiana real estate developer, secured the site and is overseeing the project, as it did for the nearby Amazon fulfillment center.

Diagrams of the facility show parking for more than 400 employees, 78 loading dock locations and nearly 300 truck trailer parking spaces. Workers would work part-time on four- to six-hour shifts operating around the clock, an Amazon representative told the city.

On a first-quarter conference call in April, however, company executives admitted that Amazon’s pandemic scramble to meet demand for goods by rapidly expanding its distribution network now has it working while as hard to “adjust” its capacity.

“[W]We made conscious decisions in 2020 and early 2021 not to let space be a constraint on our business” and built “upscale from a very volatile demand outlook,” analysts told the Chief Financial Officer Brian Olsavsky.

Now that demand is stabilizing, “we see an opportunity to better match our capacity to demand,” he said.

Part of this strategy appears to be canceling or delaying installations.

Media in Rochester, for example, reported last week that a nearly 3 million square foot distribution center in suburban Gates, due to open in September, has been pushed back to next year. A medium mile facility near Ogden, the size of the planned Schodack Center, may be more uncertain.

Industry newsletter Modern Shipper earlier this month listed 16 warehouses nationwide that Amazon has canceled or delayed.

Marc Wulfraat, founder and president of Montreal-based supply chain consultant MWPVL International, which maintains an online database of Amazon facilities around the world, said he hadn’t heard any rumors about the new center. Schodack.

He said Amazon only has two locations left in New York, near Buffalo and on Staten Island. The former can serve the upstate from west of Syracuse, and Staten Island can serve the downstate.

But Schodack, he said, “is critical to effectively serving the Albany market.”

“Greater Albany has 900,000 people, so I would say that’s too big to delay,” Wulfraat said. “This type of facility is critical to enabling Amazon to support its own last-mile delivery and enable next-day and two-day delivery service levels.”

An Amazon spokesperson declined to comment on the Schodack site.

Marlene Kennedy is a freelance columnist. The opinions expressed in his column are his own and not necessarily those of the newspaper. Join her at [email protected].

More from The Daily Gazette:

Categories: Business, Opinion

read more
Parking facilities

Struggling NJCU ponders tough choices. He can look to William Paterson for answers

The long brick building with pale green windows catches the eye of prospective students visiting William Paterson University in Wayne.

Set on rolling terrain near one of the highest points in Passaic County, Skyline Hall looks more like a luxury apartment building than a college dorm. Colorful seating areas feature video monitors, plush sofas and armchairs, and a high table dotted with laptop outlets. The hall’s 276 students live in what the university calls “semi-suites,” with one private bathroom for four residents.

In the three years since Skyline Hall opened, it has become the most in-demand living space on campus. University leaders say it’s worth the $40 million it cost to build. Now, however, WPU is paying the price.

Like New Jersey City University in Hudson County, another regional college that has grown into a huge state institution with thousands of staff and students, WPU is struggling financially. Years of generous spending on extensive facilities and academic programs left the university vulnerable when COVID-19 hit, enrollment declined, and tuition revenue – which accounts for 70% of the university’s budget – suddenly dropped.

Today, WPU is like an island recovering from a hurricane – a perfect storm that has forced dozens of layoffs and several cuts to college majors, with more likely to come. That’s what many think is in store for NJCU, which revealed last month that it was suffering from a similar storm.

NJCU administrators declared a financial emergency after acknowledging that the university was deep in the red, with less than a month of money available.

A faculty member analysis claimed that during the tenure of Sue Henderson, the NJCU president who left office on July 1, the school went from a $101.8 million surplus to a deficit. $67.4 million; the NJCU board of directors said it ended its fiscal year with a deficit of $20 million last month.

At WPU, the storm wasn’t as severe; most observers say the WPU’s budget gap will be between $10 million and $30 million once the full impact of the pandemic wears off. Yet it forced the school to rethink and entrench itself.

Two university programs, art history and geography, have been closed, and other programs – including a major in Asian studies and a master of fine arts – have been reduced, according to Inside Higher Ed, an online trade publication. .

Class sizes have been increased. During the recent spring semester, some classes saw their number of places increase up to 10 students. Some students resented the change because it made classes less “intimate”, according to an article in WPU’s student newspaper, the Pioneer Times.

In a first round of layoffs at the end of 2020, about 13 faculty members and 16 professional staff members were laid off, said Susanna Tardi, president of the American Federation of Teachers Local 1796, which represents WPU academic staff. Many others have accepted a transition to retirement or a voluntary separation.

But the cuts didn’t stop there. A few months later, in the summer of 2021, conversations began between the union and WPU management for somewhere between 100 and 150 additional layoffs, Tardi said.

To minimize the number of positions cut, Tardi said the union was willing to make further concessions.

“We gave up everything that made us academics,” she said. “We don’t have time off to do research, we don’t have sabbaticals, we’ve deferred promotion pay raises for a year. We have a special type of counseling that we do when teachers are paid; we said we would do it for free.

“We’ve given up a lot, and we still anticipate that we could have two more rounds of layoffs.”

Some critics blame the millions spent on Skyline Hall and a $26 million parking lot. But Stuart Goldstein, vice president of marketing and public relations, said these were investments the school needed to make to meet student demand.

“These were strategic investments in our main campus, which were made while the university was in a good financial position,” Goldstein said. “The pandemic has had a disproportionate impact on the student populations that William Paterson and New Jersey City University serve.”

More than half of the students who enroll at WPU and NJCU are black or Hispanic. In an email to NJCU staff and students last month, Joseph F. Scott, chairman of the school’s board of trustees, attributed NJCU’s challenges in part to “historic underinvestment in the university and in black and brown communities”.

Yet despite the continued possibility of further cuts, WPU management remains optimistic about the direction the school is headed. In an email to faculty and staff earlier this month, President Richard Helldobler cited the school’s recent reaffirmation of its Middle States accreditation, the closing of a fundraising campaign for scholarships from $6.5 Million Studies Above Target and a New Cannabis Research Institute.

Helldobler said, “We must not minimize our challenges, but we must never lose sight of the many great things that are being achieved here every day.

Jersey Journal intern Haresh Oudhnarine is a senior at NJCU and editor of the Gothic Times, NJCU’s student newspaper.

read more
Parking facilities

Coastal Commission Intercedes Over Santa Cruz RV Overnight Parking Ban

SANTA CRUZ — The city of Santa Cruz’s plan to ban overnight on-street parking for large vehicles requires state review, a coastal public oversight committee said Thursday.

Shortly before a permit appeal hearing on the city’s oversized vehicle ordinance this week, California Coastal Commission officials reversed an earlier recommendation not to intervene. Initially, commission staff flagged environmental justice concerns about the law, but eventually wrote that they believed the “impact on public access in question is negligible” in their pre-hearing report. of Thursday.

The ordinance’s language includes a citywide ban on street parking and large vehicle parking lots from midnight to 5 a.m., except with a limited visitor’s permit or during certain emergencies. Members of the local group Santa Cruz Cares filed the appeal, asking the Coastal Commission to step in and assert jurisdictional authority as the ordinance applies to coastal access.

In May, the citizens’ group appealed the new municipal law, which has languished, unenforced, since its approval on November 9, in numerous similar appeal hearings at the city level. In a description of its concerns listed on the Santa Cruz Cares website, the group accuses the city of working to “directly create more homelessness.”

The city, according to a July 8 letter to the commission from Director of Planning and Community Development Lee Butler and Assistant City Attorney Cassie Bronson, aims to reduce the long-term entrenchment of oversized vehicles.

“One of the Council’s objectives in passing the OV (oversize vehicle) amendments is to break the rooting cycle and encourage OV residents to, at a minimum, spend the night in secure parking, where they can access to restrooms and garbage facilities, reducing the amount of OV residents who urinate/defecate/litter on streets, sidewalks, and nearby areas of the city, such as ESHAs (Environmentally Sensitive Habitat Areas)” , indicates the letter of the city.

Significant loss of public access

In a belated agenda addendum, committee staff wrote that they had “received important new information” the previous week, the cause of its cancellation. To wit, staff wrote in a follow-up report, the impacts on shore access were greatly increased by a less-discussed provision of the law that would prohibit the parking of any oversized vehicle – 24 hours a day, 365 days. per year – within 100 feet of any crosswalk, intersection, stop sign, official electric flashing device or approach to any traffic light.

“The city estimates that this restriction would entirely eliminate approximately 54% of oversized vehicle parking areas in the 24/7 coastal area, and that number may actually be higher,” the Central District Manager said. Coast, Dan Carl, late in the commission meeting Thursday.

Chair Donne Brownsey said she supported Coastal Commission monitoring as “the absolutely correct recommendation here”.

“I thought the NSI (no substantial issue) – we were just being asked to make a decision based on absolutely flawed information,” Brownsey said.

The Commissioners unanimously approved the recommendation for a “substantial problem” finding. No member of the committee requested the opportunity to hear a debate on the decision on Thursday.

Support parking programs continue

On social media on Thursday, Santa Cruz Cares members called the commission’s vote a victory.

“We hope that the city council will provide other services without criminalization in the defeat of this ordinance,” the group posted on several social media platforms. “We can still have safe parking sites and sanitation support like mobile gray and black water services, garbage collection and outreach from social workers without a ticket and without towing people into oblivion. »

Then the matter will be placed on an unspecified future agenda as a “de novo hearing” before the Coast Commission. This week’s vote mirrors a similar finding made by the Coast Commission in 2016, when an earlier version of the city’s overnight recreational vehicle parking ban was appealed to the body. Commissioners at the time told the city that if it were to ban RV parking on city streets, officials should create another place for drivers, beyond a half-baked plan to send drivers to a private SafeSpaces program running out of religious organization parking lots.

Santa Cruz officials said the latest ordinance is designed to address public safety, health, nuisance and coastal resource issues associated with people who may use oversized vehicles as a place to sleep, according to the report from the city. commission. In addition to setting restrictions on vehicle parking, the ordinance sets standards for the creation of 55 secure overnight parking spaces in three “tiers” of availability. On levels one and two, three emergency spaces have been reserved and six short-term reserved spaces, respectively, so far. 30 other spaces of level 2 or more are allowed. In the city’s letter to the commission, officials said parking programs have thus far been underutilized and often become vacant overnight.

An additional 22 spaces, available day and night at the National Guard Armory in DeLaveaga Park, will be part of the Level Three Secure Parking Program under contract with the Association of Faith Communities and overseen by non-profit group The Free Guide, which is aiming for an early August launch, according to Free Guide executive director Evan Morrison.

read more
Parking facilities

Research: Rating Action: Moody’s assigns Aa2 to Los Angeles Dept. senior bonds 2022G, 2022H and 2022I. of Apts.-Los Angeles International Airport Enterprise (CA), outlook is stable


No related data.

© 2022 Moody’s Corporation, Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., Moody’s Analytics, Inc. and/or their licensors and affiliates (collectively, “MOODY’S”). All rights reserved.

THE CREDIT RATINGS ISSUED BY MOODY’S CREDIT RATINGS AFFILIATES CONSTITUTE THEIR CURRENT OPINIONS ON THE RELATIVE FUTURE CREDIT RISK OF THE ENTITIES, CREDIT COMMITMENTS, INDEBTEDNESS OR SECURITIES ASSOCIATED WITH INDEBTEDNESS, AND THE DOCUMENTS, PRODUCTS, SERVICES AND INFORMATION PUBLISHED BY MOODY’S (COLLECTIVELY, THE “PUBLICATIONS”) MAY INCLUDE SUCH CURRENT OPINIONS. MOODY’S DEFINES CREDIT RISK AS THE RISK THAT AN ENTITY FAILURE TO MEET ITS CONTRACTUAL FINANCIAL OBLIGATIONS WHEN DUE AND ANY ESTIMATED FINANCIAL LOSS IN THE EVENT OF DEFAULT OR IMPAIRMENT. SEE THE APPLICABLE PUBLICATION OF MOODY’S RATINGS SYMBOLS AND DEFINITIONS FOR MORE INFORMATION ON THE TYPES OF CONTRACTUAL FINANCIAL OBLIGATIONS COVERED BY MOODY’S CREDIT RATINGS. THE CREDIT RATINGS DO NOT ADDRESS ANY OTHER RISK, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO: LIQUIDITY RISK, MARKET VALUE RISK OR PRICE VOLATILITY. CREDIT RATINGS, NON-CREDIT ASSESSMENTS (“RATINGS”) AND OTHER OPINIONS INCLUDED IN MOODY’S PUBLICATIONS ARE NOT STATEMENTS OF CURRENT OR HISTORICAL FACTS. MOODY’S PUBLICATIONS MAY ALSO INCLUDE MODEL-BASED QUANTITATIVE ESTIMATES OF CREDIT RISK AND RELATED OPINIONS OR COMMENTARY PUBLISHED BY MOODY’S ANALYTICS, INC. AND/OR ITS AFFILIATES. MOODY’S CREDIT RATINGS, RATINGS, OTHER OPINIONS AND PUBLICATIONS DO NOT CONSTITUTE OR PROVIDE INVESTMENT OR FINANCIAL ADVICE, AND MOODY’S CREDIT RATINGS, RATINGS, OTHER OPINIONS AND PUBLICATIONS ARE AND DO NOT PROVIDE ANY RECOMMENDATION TO BUY, SELL OR HOLD PARTICULAR SECURITIES. MOODY’S CREDIT RATINGS, RATINGS, OTHER OPINIONS AND PUBLICATIONS DO NOT COMMENT ON THE SUITABILITY OF ANY INVESTMENT FOR ANY PARTICULAR INVESTOR. MOODY’S ISSUES ITS CREDIT RATINGS, ASSESSMENTS AND OTHER OPINIONS AND PUBLISHES ITS PUBLICATIONS WITH THE CONSIDERATION AND UNDERSTANDING THAT EACH INVESTOR WILL, WITH ALL DUE CARE, HIS OWN REVIEW AND EVALUATION OF EACH SECURITY THAT IS CONSIDERED FOR PURCHASE, HOLDING OR SALE.

MOODY’S CREDIT RATINGS, RATINGS, OTHER OPINIONS AND PUBLICATIONS ARE NOT INTENDED FOR USE BY RETAIL INVESTORS AND IT WOULD BE UNINTENDED AND INAPPROPRIATE FOR RETAIL INVESTORS TO USE ANY CREDIT RATINGS, RATINGS, OTHER OPINIONS OR PUBLICATIONS OF MOODY’S WHEN MAKING AN INVESTMENT DECISION. IF IN DOUBT, YOU SHOULD CONTACT YOUR FINANCIAL ADVISOR OR OTHER PROFESSIONAL.

ALL INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS PROTECTED BY LAW, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO COPYRIGHT LAW, AND NONE OF SUCH INFORMATION MAY NOT BE COPIED OR OTHERWISE REPRODUCED, RECONDITIONED, TRANSMITTED, TRANSFERRED, DISTRIBUTED , REDISTRIBUTED OR RESOLD, OR STORED FOR FUTURE USE FOR ANY SUCH PURPOSE, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, IN ANY FORM OR MANNER, OR BY ANY MEANS, BY ANY PERSON WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF MOODY’S .

MOODY’S CREDIT RATINGS, RATINGS, OTHER OPINIONS AND PUBLICATIONS ARE NOT INTENDED FOR USE BY ANYONE AS A REFERENCE AS THIS TERM IS DEFINED FOR REGULATORY PURPOSES AND SHOULD NOT BE USED IN A MANNER THAT COULD CONSIDER AS A REFERENCE.

All information contained herein is obtained by MOODY’S from sources believed to be accurate and reliable. However, due to the possibility of human or mechanical error and other factors, all information contained herein is provided “AS IS” without warranty of any kind. MOODY’S takes all necessary measures to ensure that the information it uses to assign a credit rating is of sufficient quality and comes from sources that MOODY’S considers to be reliable including, where applicable, independent third-party sources. However, MOODY’S is not an auditor and cannot in any case independently verify or validate the information received as part of the rating process or the preparation of its Publications.

To the extent permitted by law, MOODY’S and its directors, officers, employees, agents, representatives, licensors and suppliers disclaim all liability to any person or entity for any indirect, special, consequential or incidental loss or damage whatsoever , arising out of or relating to the information contained herein or the use or inability to use such information, even if MOODY’S or any of its directors, officers, employees, agents, representatives, licensors or suppliers is informed in advance of the possibility of such loss or damage, including but not limited to: (a) any loss of actual or potential profits or (b) any loss or damage occurring when the financial instrument concerned does not not subject to a particular credit rating assigned by MOODY’S.

To the extent permitted by law, MOODY’S and its directors, officers, employees, agents, representatives, licensors and suppliers disclaim all liability for any direct or compensatory loss or damage to any person or entity, including but not limited to limit, any negligence (but excluding fraud, willful misconduct or any other type of liability which, for the avoidance of doubt, cannot be excluded by law) on the part of, or any contingency within the control or beyond the control of MOODY’S or any of its directors, officers, employees, agents, representatives, licensors or suppliers, arising out of or in connection with the information contained herein or the use or inability to use this information.

NO WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AS TO THE ACCURACY, TIMELINESS, COMPLETENESS, MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OF ANY CREDIT RATING, RATINGS, OTHER OPINION OR INFORMATION IS GIVEN OR MADE BY MOODY’S IN ANY FORM OR MANNER.

Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., a credit rating agency wholly owned by Moody’s Corporation (“MCO”), hereby declares that most issuers of debt securities (including corporate and municipal bonds, debentures, notes and commercial paper) and preferred shares rated by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. have, prior to the assignment of any credit rating, agreed to pay Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. for rating opinions credit and the services it renders fees ranging from $1,000 to approximately $5,000,000. MCO and Moody’s Investors Service also maintain policies and procedures to ensure the independence of credit ratings and Moody’s Investors Service credit rating processes. Information regarding certain affiliations that may exist between MCO directors and rated entities, and between entities that hold Moody’s Investors Service credit ratings and that have also publicly disclosed to the SEC an ownership interest in MCO of more than 5% , are published annually on www .moodys.com under the heading “Investor Relations — Corporate Governance — Director and Shareholder Affiliation Policy”.

Additional Terms for Australia Only: Any publication in Australia of this material is in accordance with the Australian Financial Services License of MOODY’S subsidiary, Moody’s Investors Service Pty Limited ABN 61 003 399 657AFSL 336969 and/or Moody’s Analytics Australia Pty Ltd ABN 94 105 136 972 AFSL 383569 (if applicable). This document is intended for supply only to “wholesale customers” within the meaning of section 761G of the Corporations Act 2001. By continuing to access this document from Australia, you represent to MOODY’S that you are, or are accessing to the document as a representative of a “wholesale customer” and that neither you nor the entity you represent will directly or indirectly distribute this document or its contents to “retail customers” within the meaning of section 761G of the Corporations Act 2001. MOODY’S credit rating is an opinion of the creditworthiness of a debt security of the issuer, and not of the equity securities of the issuer or any form of security available to investors in detail.

Additional Terms for Japan Only: Moody’s Japan KK (“MJKK”) is a wholly owned subsidiary credit rating agency of Moody’s Group Japan GK, which is wholly owned by Moody’s Overseas Holdings Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of MCO. Moody’s SF Japan KK (“MSFJ”) is a wholly owned subsidiary credit rating agency of MJKK. MSFJ is not a Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization (“NRSRO”). Accordingly, the credit ratings assigned by MSFJ are non-NRSRO credit ratings. Non-NRSRO credit ratings are assigned by an entity that is not an NRSRO and therefore the rated obligation will not qualify for certain types of treatment under US law. MJKK and MSFJ are credit rating agencies registered with the Japan Financial Services Agency and their registration numbers are FSA Commissioner (Ratings) No. 2 and 3 respectively.

MJKK or MSFJ (as applicable) hereby disclose that most issuers of debt securities (including corporate and municipal bonds, debentures, notes and commercial paper) and preferred stocks rated by MJKK or MSFJ (as applicable) have, prior to the assignment of any credit rating, agreed to pay MJKK or MSFJ (as applicable) for credit rating opinions and the services it renders a fee ranging from 100 000 JPY to around 550,000,000 JPY.

MJKK and MSFJ also maintain policies and procedures to meet Japanese regulatory requirements.

read more
Parking facilities

Throwback to July 13

100 years ago: 1922

Lewiston police officers Daniel Crowley and Daniel Driscoll narrowly escaped drowning in Sabatis Lake Thursday night while towing a rowboat full of wood. The waves capsized the launch and endangered the motorboat they were towing it with. The wood was valued at over $50 and was almost entirely lost.

The officers who were on vacation now stayed at Crowley’s cabin on Sabatis Lake. Crowley intended to make repairs. With Driscoll’s help, he loaded hardwood shortly after 9:00 p.m. Thursday night. The lake was quite dark and the water was quite choppy. How the boat overturned neither of them could say, but each of them said the waves swept it away, and the overturning was easily accomplished.

They cried out for help, after refusing help from John Ashton, another Lewiston police officer who was staying at the same cottage and offered help believing they would be fine. But the wood tipped over in the water and was quickly dispersed. The officers managed to gather some of the wood, but it was too dark to see it. They had gone out early Friday morning to pick up what was in sight. None of them were injured.

50 years ago: 1972

The old Jones Block near Central Maine General Hospital was razed today, to possibly make way for improved parking lots for the hospital, which owns the property.

A new professional building is to be constructed between the hospital and the Jones Block location, requiring even more parking space. The Jones Block once housed medical practices on the first floor and there were apartments upstairs.

25 years ago: 1997

City and county officials said Friday that the public shouldn’t be too concerned about potential power outages this summer, but residents also shouldn’t ignore the possibility that Central Maine Power could run out of power. in the event of a strong heat wave. “Obviously (a breakdown) would be a major inconvenience, but if everyone applied a bit of common sense and didn’t fly away, we’ll be fine,” said Peter Van Gagnon, director of emergency management. of Lewiston-Auburn and Androscoggin County.

City administrator Robert Mulready agrees: “It is important for all of us to follow conservation warnings when they come. We can be our own worst enemy and I think we have to work together. I think common sense should prevail.

The CMP has warned city officials that a power shortage is possible this summer as many power plants — including Maine Yankee in Wiscasset — have been shut down either permanently or temporarily. Maine isn’t alone either. New England utilities pool their electricity and distribute it throughout the Northeast. Thus, all states could experience shortages in the event of a prolonged heat wave.

The material used in Looking Back is produced exactly as it originally appeared, although spelling mistakes and errors may be corrected.


Use the form below to reset your password. After you submit your account email, we’ll send you an email with a reset code.

read more
Parking facilities

Why is State Parks razing the historic willows of Soldier Hollow?

Soldier Hollow, Utah, is best known as an Olympic site for cross-country skiing, but its most beloved natural feature is a grove of majestic black willows whose branches soar overhead, enclosing a space of reverential peace, a place that Jenifer Tringham describes as a “fairy corner”.

The proximity of these trees was the reason Utah State Parks chose this location for a new campground, currently under construction as part of a Utah State Park upgrade program. Wasatch Mountain.

So Tringham, a store owner from Heber City, is the height of irony that the park plans to remove 10 of the trees, an unfortunate step necessary to keep the new campground safe.

“It’s a paradise for birds. There are so many different birds, owls, baby owls and so on, and nature thrives here. It’s beautiful,” Tringham said Wednesday. “It’s one of those unkept secrets. We feel like we are the first to come and explore it. But in fact, so many locals cherish this area. They use it for family gatherings. They had services here for loved ones who passed away. It is a very sacred area.

The tree-removal plan sounds like a line straight out of Joni Mitchell’s classic song “Big Yellow Taxi,” about paving heaven in a parking lot and not knowing what you’ve got until that he is gone. Likewise, Tringham and others worry that pressure from state parks to expand recreational facilities in the parks could jeopardize some of the natural features that draw people to the parks in the first place.

Last month Tringham sounded the alarm over the plight of the trees just as machinery was about to start removing them, sparking public outcry that prompted the Department of Natural Resources to suspend construction and reassess the plan.

“Let’s bring in additional arborists, safety engineers, construction groups,” State Parks spokesman Devan Chavez said. “Are there any other options here?” Aren’t there any? What is the security concern? How far away should things be from specific things? »

(Leah Hogsten | The Salt Lake Tribune) Jenifer Tringham, right, and Ed Hendershot walk through the grounds of a grove of black willows, right, a place Tringham describes as “fairy corner.”

The agency will write a report to guide how to proceed, but noted that many willows, while impressive, are old and susceptible to losing large branches as they weaken. Chavez stressed that State Parks takes community concerns seriously and intends to be transparent.

“When they go camping, they want to be surrounded by trees, they want to be surrounded by beauty. Campground or no campground, some of the trees started to crumble during the wind storms,” Chavez said. “Regardless of any design changes coming from this campground, the most important thing is to make sure we take care of these trees. We don’t want them falling on people, hikers, pavement.

Celeste Johnson, mayor of nearby Midway, believes State Parks is handling the situation appropriately, praising the agency for listening to concerned citizens while prioritizing safety.

“They’ve put the project on hold while they review this,” Johnson said. “Are there things we could do to make trees safer and save trees? I love that in the garden at Midway we have really old trees and it’s kind of cool in Utah. We don’t have many, especially a deciduous tree.

She was at the site Wednesday with an arborist hired by State Parks to examine the trees. Johnson suspects the days of some of the tallest trees are numbered, given their advanced age.

“They appreciate that these are old historic trees, trees that have lived much longer than their usual lifespan,” she said. “When that happens with an old tree, the tree doesn’t get stronger and better. It usually gets weaker.

Wasatch Mountain is Utah’s largest state park at over 21,000 acres and welcomed over half a million visitors last year.

A historic site where the United States Army camped in the 1850s and Native Americans before that, Soldier Hollow was added to the park after the 2002 Winter Olympics, along with its facilities which include The Chalet, located near the willows near from the shore of Deer Creek Reservoir. Popular campgrounds are located across the park on Pine Canyon Road, but there is nowhere to camp in the lower parts of the park.

“Attendance is skyrocketing everywhere. It’s a big park. Instead of just trying to put more sites right next to existing campgrounds, why not spread them out? Chavez said. “Why not give people access to other beautiful areas of the park?”

The plan is to install 10 campsites near the Chalet and the existing trailhead for the trail that runs along the north shore of the reservoir. Chavez said State Parks plans to plant 37 trees to replace the 10 that would be lost.

But it would take decades to fill the void left by the removal of the massive trees, depriving birds and other wildlife of essential habitat and humans of a peaceful place to connect with nature, according to photographer Stephanie Neal. .

“It makes no sense to me. It’s a sacred place,” Neal said. “People appreciate its beauty and wilderness and it seems they want to make it a theme park. I don’t understand why they would remove the trees and design the campground around them. We don’t need another RV park there.

Neal, a 16-year resident of Midway, is a portrait photographer who shoots in natural settings and is often drawn to Soldier Hollow’s willow grove as his backdrop.

Another photographer, Willie Holdman of Park City, said he understands the public safety concerns, but he’s worried State Parks is prioritizing construction over preservation, not just at Wasatch Mountain, but elsewhere. in the system of 45 state parks.

“The storms are coming; the winds are blowing. They don’t want trees falling on people,” Holdman said. “If it’s dangerous, locate it somewhere else. When I think of parks, I think of trees.

(Leah Hogsten | The Salt Lake Tribune) Jenifer Tringham stands next to the tallest tree in the Black Willow Grove.

Tringham’s favorite willow is the one that was struck by lightning years ago and now has a feature that looks like a womb. This one she calls The Woman Tree. It is now planned to be removed, marked with orange paint. The same goes for the largest inhabitant of the grove, on which the paint was applied in a smiling face.

Holdman and Tringham recently wrapped a 25-foot tape measure around the trunk of this tree in a bid to see how it compares to the tallest known black willows. The conservation group American Forests maintains the National Registry of Champion Trees, listing the greatest examples of 561 species.

On Soldier Hollow willow, Holdman’s strip was at least a foot too short to reach the trunk, putting its diameter on par with the largest known black willow in the country, which grows in Minnesota. According to the registry, the diameter of this tree is 26 feet 3 inches when measured 4.5 feet above the ground.

Fans of the grove are baffled that a tree of such stature could be sacrificed to bring more vehicles into the park. At a time of meteoric growth, they say, now is the time to save natural treasures like the willows of Soldier Hollow, which will become increasingly valuable as Utah’s landscapes are bulldozed into housing estates, highways and, of course, parking lots.

“There has to be respect, balance and also responsibility. And I don’t see developers in any part of Utah really doing that,” Tringham said. “And with everything going on in the world, people need it. We need to connect and we need to have peace. We need to calm down. That’s what nature does.

read more
Parking facilities

Condo Smarts: “Your Home Isn’t Your Castle” and Other Lessons Learned About Layers

With over 34,000 condo corporations across BC, it’s no surprise to reach 1,000 columns on the topic of condo living.

With over 34,000 condo corporations across BC, it’s no surprise to reach 1,000 columns on the topic of condo living. British Columbia was an early adopter of strata legislation in the mid-1960s, with townhouses in Point Gray and Port Moody being the first. Since then, assignments of strata properties have been granted to all types of use. From duplexes to multiple sites of 1,100 units, and residential to commercial, industrial, hotel, resort, recreational, golf courses, marinas, strips of land, equestrian center, storage units, parking lots and mixed variants of all configurations, titled properties in strata has become the broadest form of development.

Strata developments allow for higher density, collective use of energy systems, additional facilities such as elevators, gymnasiums, swimming pools, bedrooms, meeting rooms and shared common expenses.

When administered effectively, they provide secure and affordable benefits to investors and residents. The challenge faced by condominiums/condominiums around the world is that decision-making rests on the shoulders of volunteer owners and councils/councils.

Condominiums/condos in Canada are deemed to be non-taxable corporations. Their condominium fees, special levies, interest and general operating expenses are not taxable; however, to the surprise of many condominium corporations, when commercial ventures are implemented, such as leases for communication towers, traffic signs, billboards, and commercial activities such as the operation of a company or an installation for the benefit of the company, the rules change and tax regulations apply. It is important for a condominium corporation to identify that it is a business, often with employees, and to operate and trade as a business compliant with all enactments of laws. After all, it is a fundamental requirement of any bylaw adopted by a condominium company. They must comply with the BC Human Rights Code and any enactment of law.

I have seen many strata corporations sink into a deep financial and operational crisis, primarily due to volunteer board members or inexperienced managers controlling finances and decision-making, unqualified to administer the scope of the routine maintenance, major projects and long-term planning. Nobody expects a condo board to be a corporate director, and yet we place the operations of condo corporations often exceeding hundreds of millions in value, on the shoulders of volunteers, and often without the resources budgets needed to retain qualified professionals. Property owners must properly equip our boards and managers with the funding and tools they need to operate effectively, and condominium boards must be honest, fair, and act in the best interests of all owners.

After 1,000 columns, here are the common problems prevalent in the industry.

1. No board member has any special authority. Decisions on construction, operations, enforcement of regulations and legal matters are made by a majority of council at a council meeting.

2. Your house is not your castle! This is a classic expression to describe the life of strata. No matter what type of condo corporation you live in, what you do in your condo lot will affect other condo lots. This is why regulations regulate the use and enjoyment of all property.

3. “Keep condo fees low to make it easier to sell your condo lots.” This statement is deadly for condominium corporations. This results in lack of maintenance, planning and funding for annual and long-term repairs, neglected property, emergency repairs, legal actions, failed special levies and court intervention to administration and repairs.

Thank you to all readers and your emails.

Tony Gioventu is Executive Director of the Condominium Home Owners Association

[email protected]

read more
Parking facilities

Valley News – Forum, July 5: Dartmouth housing plan

Published: 07/05/2022 15:55:51

Modified: 05/07/2022 15:53:12

Dartmouth’s housing plan has some issues

Dartmouth College has just unveiled the metropolis they plan to build on Lyme Road West (“Housing Plan Crosses Road”, June 24). They say they want to discuss more with the community, but they anticipate discussions in July, when few local residents or students will be available. Additionally, Dartmouth campus planning refused to release its traffic studies and environmental studies to the community until it had completed its proposal. This clearly prevents the community from engaging Dartmouth until Dartmouth files official plans with the city.

The proposed apartment-style units would house 400 students and lack a dining room. This would more than double the size of the neighborhood, disrupting all aspects of community life. This project would radically change the character of the district, in violation of the ordinances of the Hannover Planning Board. The 400 isolated students in the suburban class would need parking spaces on Lyme Road just to get to campus or buy food, as relying on shuttle buses is not appealing to students. The Coop Corner Store across the street (although lovely) is not designed as a full supermarket and could not realistically meet the needs of such a large number of students.

If there were less than 400 cars in a 400-car parking lot, Dartmouth would need a fleet of shuttles throughout the day to get students to classes, meals, meetings and events. The pretty artist’s rendering in the Valley News does not represent this paved reality, or its drainage implications. It doesn’t show hundreds of cars and dozens of buses, but rather an open green field. I am confident that this proposed large-scale project will increase traffic for Hannover residents trying to get downtown for work, as well as Ray School, Richmond Middle School and Daycare from Dartmouth College.

There are several on-campus options that Dartmouth rejected as inconvenient or a bit more expensive for them. Instead of being responsible for their past mistakes in providing adequate undergraduate accommodation, Dartmouth plays NIMBY and sends problems of its own making on the road to plague its neighbors.

Aaron Osofsky

Hanover

Some words
about fatherhood

Men can fornicate and propagate, but are they ready to be fathers to the babies they create?

Elaine Smith

hartland

Is it better to go to war now?

Free people in democracies don’t want wars and try to avoid them. Is it more expensive in the long run?

When did World War II start?

In 1931, Japan invaded China, the League of Nations opposed it, and the world imposed sanctions, but took no military action.

In 1935, Italy invaded Ethiopia. Again, no military action.

In 1936, Germany occupied the Rhineland, an action listed as a cause of war in a treaty. No one took military action.

In 1939, Germany invaded Poland and World War II began in Europe, but the United States only provided aid.

In 1941, the United States was attacked by Japan. We ended up fighting Japan, Italy and Germany at the same time.

Could a more serious war have been avoided by taking military measures as soon as one country invaded another?

In 2005, Russia invaded and took over part of Georgia. In 2014, Russia invaded and annexed Crimea. This year, Russia invaded Ukraine. NATO provides assistance. Russian troops help separatists in Moldova.

The Russian dictator recently said they were in a period of expansion and declared the former tsarist empire theirs. The Chechen leader said Poland was next.

When will it be time for NATO to act militarily with UN approval? It is difficult not to have a war when a country or countries insist on aggression.

What are our choices now?

1. With NATO, continue to help Ukraine and hope that Putin dies and a peaceful regime takes over. Perhaps an even more aggressive leader will emerge.

2. Keep going until Russia swallows up part or all of Ukraine and the fighting stops. Emboldened, after a while Russia will attack elsewhere. During the Cold War, a diplomat talked about Russian tactics. “They are experts at the ‘salami game.’ They just take a little slice, and it’s not worth fighting for. Then another slice, and it’s not worth fighting for. Sooner or later, you’re just left with the string.

3. With NATO now go to war against Russia. Expel them from all seized lands and their separatists from other countries

“It’s time to take the bull by the tail,” said WC Fields, “and face the situation.”

Howard Shaffer

Enfield

read more
Parking facilities

Supreme Court in Bruen urges more lawsuits on where they can be barred

Placeholder while loading article actions

In his landmark gun rights case this quarter, New York State Rifles and Pistols Association vs. Bruenthe Supreme Court closed one front in the culture war on guns and simultaneously opened up several others.

Brown was the court’s most significant decision regarding the Second Amendment in more than a decade. In it, a 6-3 majority argued that governments can regulate, but cannot prohibit, the public carrying of firearms by law-abiding citizens for the purpose of self-defense. Brown answered a question: whether the Second Amendment right to bear arms is limited to the home. (It is not.) But he did not respond to another: When and why can a government designate a “sensitive” location – that is, no firearms is allowed – even under Brownis the more relaxed standard for public transport.

The court said lawmakers can continue to identify sensitive areas. But because the Brown the majority did not explain what is considered “sensitive”, we can expect places as varied as college campuses, sports stadiums, bars, airports, domestic violence support centers and the sidewalks in front of legislators’ homes become the next battlegrounds in dispute over the right to own and bear arms.

In Brown, Judge Clarence Thomas, writing for the majority, delivered the expected judgment: the Second Amendment protects “the right of an individual to carry a handgun in self-defence outside the home.” But as Justice Brett M. Kavanaugh and Chief Justice John G. Roberts Jr. noted in a concurring opinion, “Properly interpreted, the Second Amendment allows for a ‘variety’ of gun regulations,” including including “laws prohibiting the carrying of firearms in sensitive places like schools and government buildings,” restrictions the court had approved in two previous rulings.

Conservatives sound like anti-racists – when the cause is gun rights

But how do lower courts determine if a location is “sensitive” enough to ban guns? According to Thomas, history and analogical reasoning will provide an answer. Because gun bans near “legislatures, polling places, and courthouses” were not controversial in the past, he wrote, “courts can use analogies to these historical regulations” to determine which areas in the 21st century are “sensitive” enough to ban firearms.

These are extremely thin guidelines from which to build a Second Amendment doctrine. The cabin of a commercial airliner seems quite “sensitive” to most Americans, although it is nothing like “legislature, polling place and courthouse”. Of course, that doesn’t mean there aren’t historical resources from which to draw analogies. The well of English and American law that forms the source of this “pre-existing” Second Amendment law is deep. Harvard University banned firearms on campus as early as 1655, as did public institutions like the University of Virginia in 1825 and the University of North Carolina in 1829. In the 1800s, Missouri, the Texas and Oklahoma Territory kept guns and other weapons. where people gathered for educational, literary, scientific or social purposes. These American laws have their roots in the Anglo-Saxon prohibitions on weapons in “fairs” and “markets” which date back to the reign of King Edward III.

Before Brownlower courts had ruled that national parks and rural post office parking lots were sensitive and had indicated that libraries, museums, hospitals and day care centers could also ban guns.

As Timothy Zick and Diana Palmer recently wrote in the Atlantic: Red and blue states have created an archipelago of “hot spots,” such as “public transportation, polling places…sports facilities, swimming pools public, river casinos, school bus stops. , pharmacies, corporate parking lots, public roads, amusement parks, zoos, liquor stores, airports, parades, demonstrations, financial institutions, theaters, hotel lobbies, tribal lands and even gun shows. All of these designations of sensitive locations are today challenged as insufficiently analogous to the regulations that existed in the past.

Lower courts have found, unnecessarily, that what makes a place sensitive are “the people there” or the “activities that take place there”. The implication is that guns may be banned from areas for reasons separate from personal safety, a point I have discussed elsewhere. Long-standing historic bans on firearms on election day, or in polling places, or in schools, ballrooms, fairs, markets and public assemblies, for example, suggest that the concern of our ancestors was not only, if not primarily, physical security, but also with the promotion of a robust civic life that is difficult to achieve in the presence of private arms.

On the other hand, some gun rights advocates insist that physical security is the only legitimate reason for designating a sensitive location. And relatedly, these advocates say, a place can only ban private guns if it provides physical security through means such as guards or metal detection devices. Otherwise, firearms must be allowed.

Because Brown gave little guidance as to why the locations are sensitive, lower courts are left with plenty of historical water to make analogies, but no predictable way to decide if the analog is relevantly similar. Judge Stephen G. Breyer aptly asks in his dissent, “What about subways, nightclubs, movie theaters and sports stadiums? The comparison between a 130-year-old regulation of guns at a public display and a ban on guns at a 21st-century music concert is not at all apparent. Even less how much a criminal ban on firing guns from the decks of riverboats resembles one banning loaded guns in the overhead compartments of jet planes. Where there is a lack of clarity, there will be disputes.

I don’t believe the court intended to assign every federal judge to act as the firearms zoning authority for every city and town in every state. I do not believe that the court wants to assess block by block, street by street, the sensitivity of each district of the country. But until the judges provide more clarity on why guns may be banned in sensitive places, and what makes those places sensitive, maybe that’s what we’re getting.

read more
Parking facilities

Del Mar School District to Purchase New Offices for Maintenance and Technical Departments

This summer, the Del Mar Union School District has a list of facility projects it plans to complete. In addition to the completion of the new Pacific Sky School, there will be upgrades to modern learning studios in 42 district classrooms with new carpets, paint and flexible furniture; field renovations in Del Mar Hills and Sycamore Ridge; and new play structures at Ashley Falls and Carmel Del Mar schools.

At the June 22 meeting, the board reviewed two additional facility projects that serve district staff. The board approved the $925,000 purchase of a new office suite in the Sorrento Valley to expand the maintenance, operations and technology department and also rejected a plan for a new on-campus training center from Torrey Hills School.

The request for a new vocational learning center came on the recommendation of district staff.

The district purchased the office building on El Camino Real in 2010, moving from its former home at the Shores property in Del Mar. The building’s large meeting room, however, was intended to serve as a training center, due to construction of the Torrey View complex. next door, the neighborhood has lost its parking spaces and can no longer accommodate staff for training, according to Assistant Superintendent of Business Services Chris Delehanty.

They need a space that can accommodate up to 50 participants for professional development sessions that last three to four days.

Delehanty said they considered transportation, facility rentals, and the possibility of combining two existing classrooms to create a training center on one of their campuses. Staff’s recommendation that day was to review the conversion of two existing portable classrooms in Torrey Hills – the space had been used for the Early Childhood Development Center, which moved to the Ashley campus Falls in January 2021.

If directed by council, staff would propose an architect for council approval to begin design work. The estimated cost would be $1 million from Fund 40, the capital improvement fund which currently has a balance of $6 million.

During the board’s discussion of the proposal, trustee Katherine Fitzpatrick said she wanted to make sure there was no other use of Fund 40 funds. She was also concerned about the use of space at Torrey Hills if it could potentially be used by students.

Given the lessons learned from the pandemic, Administrator Gee Wah Mok also wondered if the training could be done virtually. While it may not have been ideal, it was still an option. Assistant Superintendent of Educational Services Shelley Petersen said the district is committed to fostering face-to-face professional development: “Our professional learning needs to happen in person,” she said.

Unconvinced of the need for a permanent facility to solve what could be a temporary parking problem, President Erica Halpern suggested continuing to seek partnerships to find space to use, such as the meeting room of AMN Healthcare of Carmel Valley or contact nearby school districts. She even floated the idea of ​​potentially selling the Torrey Hills office and finding a new building that better meets their needs, an idea that prompted a vehement shake of the head from administrator Doug Rafner.

“I think there are more alternatives to explore here before we jump into building a million-dollar training center,” Halpern said, and the board disagreed. to go forward.

The district’s maintenance, operations and technology department needs more space in its Sorrento Valley location. Work space has become restricted with at least one closet being used as a desk.

In 2019, the suite next door to the district office had been considered for a cannabis retail establishment, which the district objected to. With that proposal scrapped and the space available, Delehanty said there was an opportunity to expand with an additional 1,787 square feet right next door, including offices, a conference room, two washrooms and a workspace. open.

At the June 22 meeting, the board approved the purchase of the adjoining suite, drawing $40 from the fund. Halpern said there’s a difference between investing in the space and building the training center because it’s an asset the district can keep and, if necessary, sell.

Hills and heights
As part of its facility update, Delehanty shared that Del Mar Hills Academy’s modernization has been slowed due to the need for a seismic retrofit.

“We are now at a point where we are over budget for the whole project,” Delehanty said. “Because the school was built around 50 years ago, all the concrete walls will need to be replaced.”

According to the facilities master plan, the Hills modernization will replace the five portable classroom buildings on campus with permanent ones, improve the innovation center, reinvent classroom spaces, reconfigure the front office and make upgrades to the playground. and in the field. The original schedule called for construction to begin this summer and end in the fall of 2023.

Delehanty said the district is finding out exactly what will be needed for the renovation and working with Lionakis Architects to adjust the scope. Classrooms and buildings remain the priority with the upgrade, but they are looking to identify additional funds to meet all campus needs.

While construction of the new Pacific Sky School is on track for opening in August, construction of the new Del Mar Heights School remains on hold due to Save the Field’s lawsuit over the city’s permit approval coastal development.

The district has requested that work be allowed to continue on the nearby Torrey Pines Preserve Extension, repairing two failing stormwater outfalls in the canyon. The outlet has already created a ravine, and the repairs will protect against continued erosion, invasive species and trail issues, Delehanty said. On June 6, California State Parks wrote a letter to Procopio, the company representing Save the Field, recommending work continue, but Delehanty said there was no response.

“We are baffled that this critical environmental work is being blocked by Save the Field,” Delehanty said.

Approved budget
On June 23, the board approved a budget for 2022-23 with a surplus of $80,168 and maintaining a reserve of 23.8%.

The budget reflects a $1.3 million contribution from the Del Mar Schools Education Foundation and a 5% increase in property tax revenue. Budgeted expenditures include a 5% salary scale increase, increased staffing for the new Pacific Sky School, lower class sizes in upper grades, social and emotional learning supports, student transportation, students due to the reconstruction of Heights and the implementation of the Universal Meals Program, the new state law that requires all students to receive free breakfast and lunch, regardless of their revenue.

The implementation of Universal Meals, as well as the new Central District Kitchen that will open in January 2023 at Pacific Sky, will require the construction of new servers on each campus. This work should also be completed this summer.

read more
Parking facilities

Top 50 Office Problems – PR News Blog




A tool has been developed to help tired workers deal with the annoying behavior of their colleagues at work.

The “Passive Aggressive Sign Generator” allows disgruntled staff to choose from a range of ready-made signs to display around their office to communicate their disdain.

And if their complaint is more targeted, users can enter a specific message to ward off irritating colleagues and ensure they are heard loud and clear.

It was created by The Workplace Depot, after a survey of 2,000 workers revealed that strenuous computer problems, smelly toilets and rotting food in the fridge are the biggest office problems.

Many also hate the lack of natural light, coworkers sucking off the boss, and people talking about their weekend plans — even if they don’t care.

But 39% were quick to share their feelings by leaving a passive-aggressive note or sending an office-wide email.

The last people to leave and not locking themselves in properly, cigarette butts strewn outside and the mess in communal dining rooms are the main reasons workers feel compelled to call their peers.

And 32% did so because of their colleague’s poor parking lot.

While half said their posts succeeded in ending what they saw as poor office etiquette, 44% said the issues persisted.

A spokesperson for the industrial supplies supplier said: “Offices can often be a fun old environment when social norms don’t always translate to those four walls where we spend so much of our lives.

“And when you’re forced to encounter a multitude of little annoyances almost on a daily basis, it’s no surprise that it drives many to the breaking point.

“The way many choose to express their displeasure is in the quintessentially British form of the note or the painfully polite passive-aggressive email.

“Yet these will always have a serious undertone of hostility, which for the reader – or worse yet, the culprit – can be quite alarming. Although often rather amusing too.
Addressing issues
The study also found that 45% confronted a co-worker about their misbehavior at work, with 46% saying this intervention caused them to quit.

However, eight percent exceeded the bar and even received disciplinary action as a result of the feud.

While 37% have considered quitting their job because of office issues, 14% have actually made the jump to a new role.

Unfortunately, the grass wasn’t always greener as 44% said their new workplace was about the same or even worse than what they left behind.

Finishing their work at breakneck speed so they can leave quickly is considered the most common way for workers to counter their troubles.

While 37% rarely engage with colleagues to avoid irritation, and 30% will simply avoid the office as much as possible.

And 27% will simply plug in their headphones to drown out office noise and irritation.

In fact, 40% even admitted that they are less productive when they are in the office because of what annoys them, according to the survey conducted via OnePoll.

The Workplace Depot spokesperson added: ‘It is clear from these findings that many white-collar workers in the UK are fed up with what happens around them between 9am and 5pm.

“But like many things in life, if you don’t fix the problem, it will only get worse.

“It’s important that these workers stand up for what they think is good office conduct – even if it’s behind a passive-aggressive note.”
Top 50 Office Problems
1. Computer problems
2. Computers are slow
3. People talk loudly
4. People who have conversations right behind your desk
5. People who leave dirty dishes in the sink
6. When someone calls in sick when you know they’re not sick
7. Smelly toilets
8. Printers break down
9. People who come to work when they are sick
10. People taking things from your desk without asking
11. People who don’t clean the microwave when their food spills
12. Computers crash
13. Dirty toilets
14. Not being able to wear comfortable clothes
15. Someone Sucks The Boss
16. Having to tell people about their weekends/plans even if you don’t care
17. People who get too close when talking to you.
18. Food left in the fridge that has passed its best before date
19. Someone is cooking smelly food for lunch.
20. The phone rings constantly
21. Dirty fingers on shared keyboards/mouse in case of shared desktop
22. The temperature always being too hot
23. People who open windows without checking with people nearby
24. Someone takes my chair while I’m away from my desk
25. Virtually no natural light
26. The temperature always being too cold
27. Having to sit in small meeting rooms with lots of people
28. People “extend” their desktop onto yours
29. People who send passive aggressive emails to the whole office
30. Hot desking
31. People who don’t put a new roll of toilet paper on the holder
32. People leave half-eaten food in the fridge/kitchen
33. Not being able to listen to music
34. People who hang up the phone without saying goodbye
35. People who print reams of paper from the printer
36. Lights left on unnecessarily in rooms
37. Not being able to have TV running in the background during the day
38. People who start a phone conversation without any jokes first
39. People brag about the quality of their work
40. There are never any parking spaces
41. People who sing or whistle without realizing it
42. No greenery, like plants
43. Lunch dishes left on desks
44. People put food in trash cans right next to your desk.
45. Empty milk cartons left in the fridge
46. ​​Belongings left gathering dust on desks
47. No one ever says thank you
48. Lack of kitchen amenities/facilities
49. No recycling bins
50. People who now refuse to be part of the tea tour

source link






Previous post‘Chilling’ cartoons show bleak vision of polluted oceans in the future

Dawn Jackson is the editor of PR News Blog


read more
Parking facilities

Revised plans to turn historic Victorian pub The George and Dragon in Swanscombe into Domino’s Pizza takeaway

Plans have resurfaced to turn a historic 131-year-old pub into a takeaway pizzeria – just two years after they were turned down.

The George and Dragon has sat on the corner of the junction between London Road and Swanscombe High Street since 1891.

The George and Dragon Pub in Swanscombe could be turned into a takeaway pizzeria. Photo: Matt Brown/Flickr

As a former Victorian inn, the vintage boozer would welcome many weary travelers and more recently has found success as local CAMRA pub of the year.

But despite its reputation, it hasn’t welcomed punters for a light refresh since closing for good in 2019 when the owner and landlady announced they were retiring.

An application was then made to the Ebbsfleet Development Corporation (EDC) to change the use of the premises to a take-out business with the franchise chain Domino’s Pizza set to take over.

But the offer was refused in 2020 and an appeal against the decision refused by the Town Planning Inspectorate.

Planners said the proposal would result in the loss of a “community facility for non-community purposes” and considered it an unsuitable location with insufficient parking.

The George and Dragon Pub in Swanscombe has been on the market for many years without success
The George and Dragon Pub in Swanscombe has been on the market for many years without success

Concerns have also been raised over the length of marketing exercises to explore the pub’s continued use as a ‘community-run’ facility.

Undeterred, the pizza bosses have now submitted a new application which again seeks permission to change the use of the vacant public house to a hot take-out joint.

The proposed take-out would operate between 10 a.m. and midnight daily and will generate an as-yet-undetermined number of local jobs.

The plans outline a new layout to provide a customer service area with limited seating at the front of the store with the kitchen behind.

To the rear there will be a cold room, storage area and washing area as well as staff facilities. There will be eight parking spaces accessible via London Road.

The resubmitted plans have just released new updated evidence of market after attempts to find a buyer failed.

Dominos could take over the historic pub
Dominos could take over the historic pub

The pub has been vacant since 2019 and has been on the market since November 2018.

In their planning application, the applicant states that although ‘very limited interest’ was shown in reusing the site as a pub, no realistic evidence was provided to demonstrate that a purchase would have been possible .

He says: “Five months passed after the target market campaign with no more interest in the site.

“In addition to the initial twelve month marketing period, this is ample time to establish that there is no potential for the site to be reoccupied for community purposes.”

As such, the franchisee considers that the change of use of the site is part of EDC’s development policy.

The statement adds: “The proposed change of use will have significant economic benefits for the local area, with the re-use of the buildings leading to the creation of a significant number of jobs for the local population, as well as other benefits resulting from the renovation of the building and improvements to its appearance and street scene.

“More ideas should be sought to help the city become a positive place to live…”

“It is therefore clear that the loss of the public house is justified in terms of national and local planning policy.”

But the re-emergence of Domino’s Pizza plans prompted more than 30 comments on EDC’s planning portal, with most voicing their opinion against the proposals.

The main reasons cited were traffic congestion, lack of access and parking, and the loss of a community facility.

One commented: “That shouldn’t be allowed. The city leads more local amenities, not pizzerias of which there are several within a few miles.

“More ideas need to be sought to help the city become a positive place to live.”

Another added: “We have way too many cheap places to eat – why the hell would we want to turn this lovely building into another one??

“It will cause traffic problems at this junction and put more delivery scooters on the roads.”

Historian Christoph Bull says he would rather the pub was turned into a restaurant than a takeaway
Historian Christoph Bull says he would rather the pub was turned into a restaurant than a takeaway

Kent historian Christoph Bull said: “I want the building to be used for something, but I don’t want it destroyed or turned into a take-out.

“Swanscombe doesn’t need more saturated fat in his blood than he already has.”

He added that his preference would be for it to be converted into a German restaurant, but said that whatever it was used for, it would face parking and access issues.

Swanscombe and Greenhithe Town Council have also voiced their opposition to the plans.

A statement read: “City Council members, as locals, know the proposal would bring more traffic to the immediate vicinity which is already suffering from heavy use and cannot absorb it.

“The City Council does not believe that this request is sufficient to mitigate the reasons why the previous request was refused, the refusal being upheld on appeal by the Town Planning Inspectorate.

The Wheatsheaf pub in Swanscombe High Street has been vacant for some time
The Wheatsheaf pub in Swanscombe High Street has been vacant for some time

It’s not the first historic building in the area to be the subject of redevelopment plans, with All Saints Church opposite having been converted into apartments in recent years.

The Alma Public House in Swanscombe High Street was recently demolished to make way for houses and the Wheatsheaf pub, also in High Street, has also been slated to become flats.

The previous owner and landlady purchased the George and Dragon in 2011 and oversaw a revival of fortunes.

Only eight years ago it was named one of the country’s top 150 authentic ale local pubs, winning Gravesend and Darent Valley CAMRA Pub of the Year two years in a row.

Its success coincided with the opening of the Caveman Brewery in 2013 by Nick Byram and James Hayward, who went on to establish The Iron Pier Brewery in Northfleet.

read more
Parking facilities

Seattle beats Vancouver to first place in Skytrax ranking of North American airports

This year, Seattle-Tacoma International Airport overtook Vancouver International Airport (YVR) in the SkyTrax rankings. We explore how Seattle-Tacoma International Airport was the first airport to overtake Vancouver International Airport for the first time in 12 years.

What Seattle-Tacoma Airport does well

The author greatly appreciated SpotSaver’s access privileges eliminating time in security lines at Seattle-Tacoma International Airport.

Photo: Joe Kunzler | single flight

According to SkyTrax, Seattle-Tacoma International Airport got the grade ahead because the airport made substantial capital investments, but also invested in accessibility. Below is a quote from their 2022 review:

“Seattle-Tacoma International Airport has implemented a wide range of terminal improvement projects to benefit the customer experience, including the complete renovation of Concourse N and the soon-to-open new international arrivals facility. . The airport’s 4-star rating recognizes these substantial changes along with more nuanced improvements to the airport’s accessibility facilities such as the Sensory Room, a new Interfaith Prayer Room and SEA Spot Saver.

The author uses SEA Spot Saver at every opportunity while flying from Seattle-Tacoma International to save time and reduce anxiety during necessary security checks. The reduction in time spent queuing, as illustrated above, is substantial.

SIMPLEFLYING VIDEO OF THE DAY

Due to the significant walk between the Sound Transit Link light rail terminal and the airport terminal, Seattle-Tacoma International Airport now offers a scheduled shuttle.

Photo: Joe Kunzler | single flight

Then there is (pictured above) the shuttle provided by Seattle-Tacoma International Airport between the terminal and the Sound Transit Link light rail terminal. The other alternative is a substantial walk. The author used the shuttle occasionally and enjoyed the big red electric golf cart.

The new baggage claim area. Photo: Alaska Airlines

Finally, the expansion of the new international terminal was previously covered by Simple Flying. The facility was built to focus on sustainability and improving the customer experience.

But Vancouver International Airport is no slouch

Yes, Vancouver International Airport (YVR) receives British Airways Airbus A380 tours in the summer. This photo is from June 18, 2019 of G-XLEH.

Photo: Joe Kunzler | single flight

As you can see above, Vancouver International Airport is no slouch in the international airports department. First of all, to the delight of Content Manager Thomas Boon who has a de facto Airbus A380 segment on the Simple Flying podcast, Vancouver International Airport has A380s to spot and Seattle-Tacoma International doesn’t. Second, unlike Seattle-Tacoma International, the airport has cue areas complete with viewing platforms for people to monitor flight operations closely but safely.


Yes, Vancouver International Airport (YVR) also has light rail. Oh, and its lightweight train is extra wide to accommodate travelers’ bags.

Photo: Joe Kunzler | single flight

Second, Vancouver International Airport is well served by light rail with several TransLink SkyTrain Canada Line stops serving parking lots and a final stop very close to the airport.

Nevertheless, Vancouver International Airport was hit a few points for – according to SkyTrax – “Long waiting times for security screening and poor layout of business class lounges.” YVR also opened a massive expansion of Pier D which was not considered in the SkyTrax rankings for 2022.

Also worth noting in SkyTrax’s list of top 10 international airports – none of them are from North America. The top five are from Asia – Doha, the two from Tokyo, Singapore and Seoul. It is very competitive to enter the list. The author has been to a few North American airports and isn’t surprised that Vancouver and Seattle-Tacoma International are vying for the top spot.


Which airport do you think is the best or what else do you want to know about each? Let us know in the comments, please!

Sources: Daily Hive, Seattle SkyTrax Ranking, Vancouver SkyTrax Ranking

read more
Parking facilities

Gutierrez: the redesign of the Ypao park is “first and foremost” intended for local use | New






“Tenda Town,” a three-story commercial building with a large flying proa atop, is one of the attractions to be built as part of a $50 million project to improve Ypao Beach, at the site of Governor Joseph Flores Memorial Park.



On Monday, Guam Visitors Bureau officials addressed objections to the use of millions of federal pandemic recovery money to turn Ypao Beach Park into a ‘smart park’ and tourist attraction. .

“Governor. Lou wouldn’t let us continue if we took away (the residents) our rights,” GVB President Carl Gutierrez said of the plans for Ypao. “First and foremost, local use , and tourists can also enter and use it.”

Gutierrez spoke at a budget request hearing for GVB.

Governor Lou Leon Guerrero granted GVB $20 million in US bailout funding for the Ypao project, which has an initial approximate cost of $50 million. Federal spending guidelines on ARP funds broadly allow for spending to support the travel, tourism and hospitality industries, which have been impacted by the pandemic.

The proposal includes plans for a cultural center, a three-story commercial building, an exercise area, a playground and the renovation of park facilities. It is presented as “Tano I Famagu’on” or the country of children.

GVB Vice President Gerry Perez said the primary goal of the park, which will be incorporated into CHamoru’s cultural icons, is to give residents more outdoor recreation opportunities and the ability to experience CHamoru culture. . This will be leveraged to improve the destination experience for visitors.

Upgrading the park could also breathe life into the nearby Saggan Kotturan CHamoru Cultural Center, Perez said.

“This place, except for a few times a year, is dying.”

The move is part of a larger “paradigm shift” that GVB is considering for branding the island, Gutierrez said.

“We went back to the very essence of what we did in 1967 when tourism opened up,” he said, pointing out that Guam originally sold itself on its natural beauty and the culture of the Chamoru people.

“We kind of forgot the real reason people want to come to Guam,” he said, and turned to building as many hotels as possible and providing cheap flights. .

He said the Ypao project was a jumping-off point for tourism, which has stagnated since the last big leap forward: the development of the Pleasure Island neighborhood of Tumon in the 1990s.

“Since then, 20 years ago, nothing really big has been done to reshape and show that Guam is nothing more than a few hotels to stay at and beaches in front of your hotels,” he said. .

The park could also be used to spur development in the area, Gutierrez added, and GVB was in talks with owners of properties adjacent to Ypao Beach to develop a new resort. GVB also hopes to create a new parking area for Tumon at the top of the coral pit across the street through a public-private partnership, which could house a monorail or automated bus system for the village.

GVB is requesting a budget of $26.6 million for the next fiscal year.

Tourism UpdateGuam’s tourism numbers for fiscal year 2022 remain about 83% of pre-pandemic levels, Perez said, and the recovery of the international tourism market across the world remains slow.

But Guam appears to be on a more stable path to recovery, with Korea reopening and travel restrictions easing, he said. In May, the island surpassed 20,000 visitor arrivals for the first time since 2020. Despite a drop in arrivals at the start of the year due to continued fear over the omicron variant, arrivals were on track to reach the 130,000 visitors forecast for the 2022 financial year.

At the start of fiscal 2020, the island had nearly 160,000 visitors per month.

Counseling issues

GVB board meetings were suspended on May 12, following accusations made by Gutierrez against the board, including violations of the Open Government Act.

Perez said the office created a compliance and business risk oversight committee, to review whether the board’s bylaws complied with Guam law. Meetings will be suspended until the review is complete.

“This is organized under… the full authority of Chairman Carl over the administrative affairs of GVB. And Chairman Carl did this to resolve and clarify once and for all the incongruity between GVB’s enabling legislation and the Articles of Association, as this has been a source of contention among some Board members regarding the policy and advisory role, and management responsibility and administrative role.

The committee is made up of Gutierrez; Perez; Joe McDonald, Legal Counsel; and Ron Aguon, professor of public administration at the University of Guam. Perez said the committee would complete a review in 60 to 90 days.

read more
Parking facilities

Parents of Texas teenager who left Dallas Mavericks game speak out on human trafficking case

DALLAS – The parents of a 15-year-old Texas girl who in April left a Mavericks game with an unidentified man, ultimately sparking a human trafficking investigation, are speaking out to raise awareness about the trafficking in human beings.

Kyle and Brooke Morris, in an interview with ESPN and “Good Morning America,” said they wanted their daughter’s story to be a warning about the dangers of human sex trafficking and how the laws governing the crime are enforced.

“We just want to make sure people understand… something like this can happen to anyone anywhere,” Kyle Morris said. “Even if you don’t think it’s possible, there are people who want it to happen.”

Police found the girl walking on the side of a road in Oklahoma City 10 days after her stepfather Morris reported her missing to the American Airlines Center in Dallas. She had been taken to a hotel in Oklahoma City, where she had been repeatedly sexually assaulted, starved and banned from bathing, according to her parents and their lawyer.

The non-profit organization Texas Counter-Trafficking Initiative helped track down the girl through an online advertisement soliciting sex.

Three people have been arrested in Oklahoma City and charged with human trafficking and other crimes. Their cases are pending.

The parents said their daughter was safe, had started treatment to recover from her trauma and was doing well. The girl gave her parents permission to discuss the case publicly, according to the family lawyer. ESPN is not naming her because she is underage.

The girl told her mother days after being found that she had met “so many other girls” in Oklahoma.

“And she said, ‘I wonder how long they’ve been in this life, but nobody’s been looking for them,'” Brooke Morris said.

Kyle Morris, a season ticket holder for the Mavericks, said on the night of the April 8 game against the Portland Trail Blazers, he and his daughter-in-law were at the Platinum level of the arena. Just before halftime, the girl told him she had to go to the bathroom. He said she didn’t have her phone and left her ID and debit card at her seat. When she did not return, he alerted security, who searched the restrooms and inside the arena. Morris said an off-duty police officer working on the game told him that surveillance video showed the girl exiting the arena and was last seen entering a nearby parking lot.

Zeke Fortenberry, the family’s attorney who saw the surveillance video, said the girl did not appear to have left by force. Kyle and Brooke Morris said their daughter used to leave the house without their permission. In those cases, Kyle Morris said, she left with people she knew, even leaving a note in at least one case.

“This time,” he told ESPN, “…everything was different.”

Fortenberry said the American Airlines Center and the Mavericks helped determine what happened. Kyle Morris said he found an email address for Mark Cuban and emailed the Mavericks owner, who responded within minutes, adding people who could help and telling them to use whatever resources they had need.

“What happened to the unnamed teenager after she walked away from American Airlines Center facilities on April 8, 2022 is tragic, and American Airlines Center and Dallas Mavericks are pleased she is now safe. safety and wish him well on his road to recovery,” said a statement provided to ESPN by attorney Scott C. Thomas, responding on behalf of the American Airlines Center and the Mavericks.

Thomas added, “The American Airlines Center has no evidence that a smuggling group was in the arena at any time, including in relation to this incident.”

According to Thomas, arena security personnel began reviewing video footage shortly after Kyle Morris reported his stepdaughter missing, provided a video to authorities, and let Fortenberry, the attorney for Morris, also watch the video.

Kyle Morris said an off-duty officer suggested he go home – the family live in North Richland Hills, about 30 miles away – to report his daughter missing. North Richland Hills confirmed to ESPN that he took a report from Morris and an officer entered the information into a national missing persons database in early April 9. North Richland Hills Police added an “endangered” flag to the report on April 11.

A Dallas police spokesperson declined a request for an interview, but said by email that the department had made a report and assisted the North Richland Hills Police Department. A bulletin on the missing girl was published on April 11. Dallas police confirmed that an off-duty officer from the game was notified of a missing person and that the event and site were searched that night. The spokesperson referred to a section of the Texas family code. Authorities have interpreted the code to mean that cases of missing minors should be investigated as runaways, unless the circumstances indicate an involuntary act, such as abduction or abduction.

“These cases by code should be filed where the minor resides,” Dallas police said in an email to ESPN.

Says Kyle Morris: “For this situation, I’m just going to say that Dallas’ interpretation or application of that part of the family code, I think is wrong.”

Morris said he and his wife ended up going back and forth between jurisdictions seeking information about their daughter’s disappearance, fearing the investigation was progressing. The parents told ESPN they were not aware of any official Dallas police investigation.

The family contacted the Texas Counter-Trafficking Initiative after the girl was missing for six days, Morris said. They did this on the recommendation of a family friend who had been through a similar situation. The anti-trafficking group located the girl within hours and notified Oklahoma City police.

On April 15, Oklahoma City police searched rooms at an Extended Stay America hotel on West Reno Avenue. They made three initial arrests but could not find the girl. After an anonymous tip, police found her three days later walking with another person 10 km from the hotel. How she got to Oklahoma City remains unclear.

Among those arrested are Kenneth Levan Nelson and Sarah Hayes, who have been charged with human trafficking and other crimes. They have preliminary hearing conferences scheduled for August 15. Steven Hill, who was charged with rape II, has a preliminary hearing on July 11. Nelson is being held on $300,000 bond, while Hayes is being held on $250,000 bond and Hill is being held on $25,000 bond, court records show.

Human trafficking involves the use of force, fraud, or coercion to obtain some type of work or commercial sex act. Millions of people are trafficked around the world every year, including in the United States. Traffickers often use violence, manipulation or false promises to lure victims into trafficking situations.

The National Human Trafficking Hotline is 1-888-373-7888.

read more
Parking facilities

Golspie High School Bus Park Plan Dead End

Golspie High School principal Mark Evans and his parent council remain totally opposed to opening the school’s bus fleet to other vehicles, it has been reported.

Mark Evans.

It was hoped that cars and motorhomes could be allowed to use the bus parking lot, located next to the school and behind the Golspie medical practice, in a bid to provide more parking space and facilitate the passage of visitors in the village.

A compromise solution that would see the bus park open only during school holidays has not found favor with Mr Evans and the Parents’ Council.

Councilor Richard Gale has previously acknowledged that the bus fleet can be “manic” at arrival and school pick-up times.

He told a Golspie Community Council meeting on Monday evening: ‘There are issues there with the safety of children being paramount. The school wants to keep the bus parking lot empty all the time. I would like it to be used outside of school time.

“I’m still of the opinion that if the school isn’t there, there are no security issues.”

Community council chairman Ian Sutherland said: ‘The main thing is that the principal and the parents’ council are against it and I understand their point of view, but for the summer holidays I don’t see any problem. There will be no more discussions until the next mandate.

Secretary Henrietta Marriott said a former teacher pointed out to her that there was a designated path between the school fence and the parking lot and that arrangements could be made to improve security, such as moving the fence from school further into the playground and ensure that buses are parked with their doors towards the school. Students could also be escorted to and from the bus park by teachers.

Work has recently been undertaken to upgrade the parking facilities at the nearby Fountain Road car park with a new white lining and electric vehicle charging stations.


Do you want to react to this article ? If yes, click here to submit your thoughts and they may be published in print.

read more
Parking facilities

Drop the pin on bicycle and scooter parking

Hamilton City Council is on a mission to shape a city that is great to live in, however people choose to get around. This includes providing safe, accessible and convenient end-of-trip facilities for people on bikes and scooters.

The council’s transport and urban mobility program delivery manager, Martin Parkes, believes people should feel comfortable leaving their bikes or scooters in a safe and accessible place when traveling around the city. town.

“For this reason, we are investing $150,000 a year for bicycle and scooter parking as part of the council’s long-term plan for the city. This is supported by a 51% grant from Waka Kotahi NZ Transport Agency,” Parkes said.

In March 2022, the Council contacted the community to ask people where they would like to see more bicycle and scooter parking racks installed, and whether any existing parking facilities needed to be improved to make it more convenient for people to choose different modes of transport.

An interactive online map was set up for people to place pins where they thought parking should be improved or added. A survey was also available to help Council get a better idea of ​​people’s transportation habits.

Parkes said the results showed most people wanted to be able to park outside parks, playgrounds and local stores, with secure and visible parking spots.

Some key locations identified on the map included Lake Hamilton, Gray Street in Hamilton East, malls, Waikato Hospital and the University of Waikato.

“So far the focus has been on eating out in the city center so it’s great to hear that people want more localized facilities for day-to-day tasks such as shopping or having a coffee. “, said Parkes,

The map also highlighted the need for facilities that allow people to change modes of transport mid-journey, providing safe, covered and well-lit areas to store a bicycle or scooter for longer periods.

Parkes said of those who participated in the map and online survey, 88% use a car, 63% cycle and 44% said they walk to get around Hamilton.

“That means people often switch modes of transport to get around our city, but people don’t use their bikes and scooters to access another mode of transport – that’s something we’ll consider at the moment. future when installing facilities for bicycles and scooters.”

Council staff are currently reviewing the data to identify where to place the next batch of bicycle and scooter parking racks, with approximately 100 installations expected over the next fiscal year.

“Based on the survey results, Hamilton East is definitely an area of ​​interest for the team. It is an area that is also linked to the Council’s forthcoming University Link project, which will provide safer connections on foot, bike and scooter between the city center and the university,” said Parkes,

For more information on what the Council is doing to make it safer and more convenient for people to choose different types of transport to get around, visit hamilton.govt.nz/transport

read more
Parking facilities

Kansas City is moving forward with a solar park at KCI airport that could be one of the largest in the country | KCUR 89.3

Thousands of undeveloped acres near Kansas City International Airport could one day house one of the nation’s largest airport solar farms, capable of powering up to a third of Kansas City homes.

Kansas City has completed a feasibility study that outlines the steps and challenges for bringing a full-scale solar farm to KCI. In the coming months, City Manager Brian Platt said, the city will be soliciting proposals from solar power developers to work on the project.

“It is our vision and our goal to lead the way and lead the charge by thinking outside the box and being bold, aggressive and innovative in trying to make progress in the fight against climate change here and reducing our carbon emissions,” Platt said.

The solar farm could have a capacity of 285 megawatts, according to the upcoming feasibility study, with appropriate grid infrastructure upgrades. If crews removed trees and other environmental features, the site could produce more than 500 megawatts, enough to power about a third of the city’s homes.

Mayor Quinton Lucas said he was impressed with the size of the facility.

“I mean, not just powering the facilities, not just powering the airport,” Lucas said, “but you’re talking over the course of a few years, powering all of Northland.”

A rendering shows the massive solar farm Kansas City officials are planning for Kansas City International Airport. The city plans to seek a developer soon.

This is not the first attempt to bring a solar farm to the airport. Evergy, the investor-owned utility serving the Kansas City metro, dropped plans in late 2020 for a smaller solar panel atop a parking lot currently under construction as part of the airport’s new terminal, according to Energy News Network. A technical study revealed that this arrangement could create glare affecting air traffic controllers.

Utility spokeswoman Gina Penzig said in an email that Evergy was reviewing the feasibility study, conducted by the Kansas City Department of Aviation and two engineering firms.

“The study is encouraging, noting strong options for building meaningful solar power at the airport,” Penzig said. “We remain interested in partnering with the city to build solar power at KCI.”

Evergy declined to comment further.

Last year, the utility scaled back plans to add 700 megawatts of solar power by 2024.

After the first iteration was stalled, Platt said Kansas City officials were driving the process “with much more emphasis, focus and aggression.”

“So we’re taking a new approach,” Platt said, “and making sure we do it anyway.”

The installation should be reviewed by the Southwest Power Pool, the regional network to which Evergy belongs. The grid upgrades needed to accommodate all this new energy could prove costly, estimated at $62 million. But the feasibility study noted that an interconnection study by SPP and Evergy would be needed to determine this.

The feasibility study recommends that managers adopt a phased approach. In a first phase, he suggests building a 35 megawatt array of more than 96,000 panels near the southern end of the site. It would take between $9 million and $15 million to upgrade the network to accommodate all that power.

Platt said the plan could include building community-scale solar panels small enough to not trigger studies by utility regulators while gaining approval for the larger farm.

“We want to balance the two,” Platt said. “We want to make a large production facility but also start production as soon as possible.”

The feasibility study did not define a specific timetable, but the regulatory and permitting processes could take several years.

Platt said the city could inaugurate these small, community-scale solar installations by the end of next year.

Officials have not agreed on a financing plan for the solar farm, Platt said.

“The ultimate goal for us as a city is that we spend little or no taxpayer dollars to build this facility and that the facility pays for itself using the energy generated from the site,” Platt said. “We hope it won’t increase energy prices either.”

This story originally appeared on the Missouri Independent.

read more
Parking facilities

Amtrak completes upgrades at Ashland Station

The Amtrak station in Ashland, Virginia has been updated to improve accessibility and safety.

Amtrak and the Virginia Passenger Rail Authority (VPRA) are partners in bringing daily Amtrak Northeast Regional service to the station located in the city’s downtown area at 112 N. Railroad Ave.

Amtrak, the Federal Railroad Administration (FRA), VPRA, and the City of Ashland have partnered to advance a series of improvements, including the construction of two brick platforms, the placement of two mobile elevators, and the canopy who accompanies him. Mobile lifts are available at each platform and will benefit all customers with rolling luggage or strollers, in addition to passengers using mobility devices.

“We are making these kinds of investments in our national network,” said Amtrak Vice President Dr. David Handera. “We want Ashland and all of our resorts to be welcoming and a comfortable environment for all of our customers.”

To date, Amtrak has completed 162 ADA station-related projects under the ADA Station Program, with 16 stations brought into ADA compliance in the past fiscal year for $58 million. The completion of 41 other stations is planned for this fiscal year with an expected investment of $126 million. The program is advancing the design of 120 station and 40 station construction projects as part of Amtrak’s ongoing commitment to providing accessibility for all of our customers.

“The improvements to Ashland Station make rail service more accessible and an even better option for travelers with mobility issues,” said DJ Stadtler, executive director of VPRA. “Thanks to the strong partnership between the City of Ashland, Amtrak and VPRA, using Ashland Station is now safer and more convenient for all Amtrak passengers.”

Amtrak and the City of Ashland have partnered in a one-block redesign of N. Railroad Avenue. A redesign of the site will allow for a safer experience for customers and pedestrians, and will change the vehicular traffic pattern. The new platforms will be connected with sidewalks, crosswalks and a pedestrian level crossing so that customers can move safely between trains and the station.

“Ashland’s platform improvement project is a great benefit to the community,” said Ashland City Manager Joshua Farrar. “The most important element of this project is to ensure that people with reduced mobility have a safe and accessible platform and walkway to use when taking a train or simply visiting the region.”

read more
Parking facilities

American Family Field neighborhood could mean money for stadium upgrades

Some of American Family Field’s parking lots could be redeveloped for an entertainment district, which could generate property tax revenue to help pay for impending stadium upgrades.

That’s according to a new proposal pending before the Milwaukee County Board.

This resolution does not call for a specific funding plan for long-term stadium improvements.

But it’s the first public sign of how local taxpayers might be asked to pay that tab.

The resolution, sponsored by Supervisor Peter Burgelis, calls on officials in Milwaukee and West Milwaukee to work on a study with the Southeastern Wisconsin Professional Baseball Park District.

The Stadium District is a state-created agency that owns the state-funded ballpark and leases it to brewers.

This study would focus on the creation of a “mixed-use entertainment district” in Milwaukee and neighboring West Milwaukee.

It is in the latter case that the neighboring site of Komatsu Mining Corp. may be redeveloped after the company completes its move this summer to the Port District of Milwaukee.

The study would also examine how the additional tax funding could be used to help pay for parking lot redevelopment as well as future ballpark renovations – “thereby reducing or eliminating the need for a future stadium sales tax or another public subsidy”.

A TIF uses property tax revenue generated from new commercial development to help fund that private development as well as public improvements.

Finally, the study would consider ending control of several parcels in the stadium area “to coincide with any redevelopment of the stadium highway and extension of the street grid”.

A separate resolution, sponsored by Burgelis and four other supervisors, calls for removing much of the stadium freeway, also known as State Highway 175, “to return that land to the community.”

Stadium district executive director Pat Goss said he was unaware of the resolution until he was contacted by the Journal Sentinel on Monday. He declined to comment.

Tyler Barnes, Brewers vice president of communications, also declined to respond.

The reserve fund may not be enough

The stadium district has set aside $87 million in a reserve fund for future projects that the district is required to pay under the terms of the lease.

That money was part of the $605 million raised by the five-county stadium sales tax that ended in 2020.

The team’s lease runs until at least 2030. The club has the option to extend this lease until 2040.

A report commissioned by the brewers, coming this summer, will likely list projects beyond what a stadium district report has considered, with those cost estimates exceeding the contingency fund.

This therefore raises the possibility of some form of demand for public funding.

In other cities, these stadium renovation funds come from sources such as state lottery revenue, revenue from public parking structures, a local hotel tax and a special baseball ticket tax as well as concessions. and merchandise for ballparks.

Meanwhile, there has been talk of extending the Brewers’ lease as part of taxpayer-funded stadium renovations – which could total hundreds of millions of dollars.

The pending county board resolution notes, among other things, the county’s former owner of the Brewers’ former ballpark — Milwaukee County Stadium.

It was demolished after American Family Field, then known as Miller Park, opened in 2001.

Rent is currently around $1.1 million

The resolution says the annual rent paid by the Brewers, $1.1 million to $1.2 million, “has hardly increased despite the value of the real estate.”

It says the club collects “all stadium concessions, retail, naming rights and on-site parking revenue”, with most of the tax revenue generated at the stadium going to the state – and very little to the state. cash-strapped county.

Brewer officials have expressed general interest in redeveloping some of its parking lots – which sit largely empty for about half the year. But they have yet to announce any specific plans.

Similar projects in or near other sports facilities have created hotels, office buildings, restaurants and other new uses.

This includes the Titletown district of Green Bay adjacent to Lambeau Field,

The resolution also cites commercial development in downtown Milwaukee, including the Deer District, which is tied to the removal of the Park East Freeway Spur and the 2018 opening of the Fiserv Forum.

It indicates that the Wisconsin Department of Transportation, which has already announced that it will study replacing much of the stadium freeway north of I-94 with an at-grade boulevard, may also study the dismantling of freeway south of I-94 to West National Avenue.

Tom Daykin can be emailed at [email protected] and followed on Instagram, Twitter and Facebook.

THANK YOU: Subscriber support makes this work possible. Help us share knowledge by purchasing a gift subscription.

read more
Parking facilities

Road construction will result in the closure of a street in Manistee

,


Those wishing to access athletic facilities at Paine Aquatic Center or Manistee Middle High School are asked to do so via Tamarack Street beginning Tuesday due to a road construction project on Twelfth Street.

File photo

MANISTEE – A 60-day road construction project is scheduled for 12th Street in Manistee beginning Tuesday.

Starting Tuesday, 12th Street will be closed to all traffic between Oak Street and Elm Street as the road, curbs and sidewalk are being rebuilt. Anyone entering Manistee Middle High School will need to enter via Tamarack Street.

Those wishing to use the MMHS sports facilities or the Paine Aquatic Center can do so through Tamarack. The double driveway and parking lot will be accessible for most of the project, except for a two to five day period when this part of the project is complete. Alternate parking will be available in the main lot for these facilities at that time.


Those using the driving range on Elm Street are asked to park in the school parking lot. Cars will not be able to use Elm Street during road construction.

Traditional summer events such as the Firecracker 5K and Pancake Breakfast during the Manistee National Forest Festival will be held as scheduled. Anyone attending these events should also follow the instructions above to arrive at the MMHS campus.

read more
Parking facilities

More road closures as construction continues around Madison County facilities


Closed roads

Madison County

EDWARDSVILLE — Madison County officials are alerting those visiting the Edwardsville downtown administration building or courthouse to changes in road closures.

Closures on rue Saint-Louis will alternate from one end of the street to the other; 2nd Street remains closed.

Sidewalks and crosswalks will remain open to pedestrians from the large parking lot (near 2nd Street) behind the administration building. Access to the large car park from West Vandalia Street was closed this week; the public is asked to take Clay Street to get to the parking lot.


The county is asking the public not to cross or park in areas blocked by barricades or caution tape.

In mid-April, construction began along 2nd Street at St. Louis Street, toward High Street. Due to the construction and installation of a new water main, the parking lot pedestrian crossing at the rear of the administration building is closed and moved temporarily.

There is a level crossing from the large lot where vehicles can access the small parking lot behind the building for handicapped accessible parking. Additional signage and staff are available to direct pedestrians where to cross the street.

The entire project has an expected completion of mid-August. Visit the county’s website at madisoncountyil.gov for up-to-date information

read more
Parking facilities

Scott County will receive $2 million for infrastructure and recreational projects

Georgetown will receive major improvements

GEORGETOWN, Ky. (WTVQ/PRESS RELEASE) – The state has announced more than $2 million for various projects in Scott County, such as the Legacy Trail extension, streetscape and overpass project in Georgetown and the construction of a wading pool in Veterans Park. in Sadieville.

According to the state, the trail will include a trailhead and park-and-ride lot located at the western end of Jodphur Lane, where the road turns east. The trailhead will include five parking spaces, including a handicapped accessible (ADA) space, available exclusively to Legacy Trail users. An additional 210 parking spaces, six of which will be ADA spaces, will be available in the park for visitors from dusk until dark.

Funding will also be used for additional amenities, to help improve sidewalk accessibility, restrooms adjacent to the multi-purpose track, bike rack and repair station, landscaping, a stone with trail marker, limestone wall and seating area. The trailhead will serve as a park-and-ride facility for trail users.

According to the state, the trailhead will allow trail users to take longer trips while still having access to necessary facilities, such as restrooms, running water and a bike repair station. The extension of the sanitary sewer will improve the possibilities for environmental protection in the recharge area of ​​the Royal Spring aquifer.

The City of Georgetown began work on the Georgetown Streetscape Project in July 2016 after receiving a grant under the Transportation Alternatives program. Today’s award will help Georgetown complete the project for the benefit of its community.

The Town of Sadeville will use funds for the Veterans Park Splash Pad project to ensure there is a place for people to cool off in the summer, as the town currently lacks water recreation within 20 miles from the park. This project will further enhance the Veterans Park and provide a fun and safe summer activity for residents of Sadieville and surrounding communities.

read more
Parking facilities

Rameswaram, Madurai Railway Stations to be redeveloped; Husband, wife to supervise work

Prime Minister Narendra Modi on Thursday gave a green signal for the redevelopment of five railway stations in Tamil Nadu, including one in Rameswaram and one in Madurai. One thing to note about the redevelopment of the two stations is that the railway officials, who will be in charge of it, are husband and wife.

DEE S. Rati is carrying out the redevelopment of Rameswaram Railway Station while DEE R. Nandagopal of Madurai is responsible for the redevelopment of Madurai Railway Station. Coincidentally, Nandagopal and Rati are a couple. Both are engineers in the Madurai Railway Division. They plan to do the works on schedule without any delays so that passengers can enjoy more facilities and the capacity of the station can be increased.

At present, 96 trains pass through Madurai Railway Station and Rs 440 crores will be spent on its redevelopment. About 45,000 passengers arrive here every day. The redevelopment works will enable Madurai Railway Station to provide facilities for 1 lakh of passengers every day, more than double the current number. At least 24 trains run daily from Rameswaram station. At present, 20,000 passengers arrive there every day. The objective of the redevelopment of Rameswaram station is to provide it with sufficient equipment to be able to accommodate 45,000 passengers daily.

More than Rs 200 crore will be spent on the redevelopment of this station. The station will be equipped with parking spaces, escalators, elevators, stairs and walkways. Madurai Railway Station will also be redesigned to separate passenger and parcel movement and streamline vehicle traffic.

A metro directly connecting Periyar Bus Stand to Madurai Railway Station will also be constructed to make it easier and safer for passengers arriving at the station to enjoy public transport. On the other hand, Rameswaram station also receives a multifunctional complex.

These two stations are connected to the city of religious importance. After the redevelopment here, there will be commercial spaces, waiting rooms, more platforms and better transport routes. Rameswaram station will be redeveloped in the next 1.5 years and work on Madurai station will be completed in the next three years.

Read all the latest IPL 2022 news, breaking news and live updates here.

read more
Parking facilities

🌱 Winning Tony Hawk Skateboard + John Hunt Park Expansion

We’ve come to the weekend here in Huntsville, and I’m here with the latest news you can’t miss. Today’s Daily includes:

  • There’s a Tony Hawk skateboard up for grabs
  • John Hunt Park to be expanded
  • Athens State University adds two new corporate partnerships

First, today’s weather forecast:

Quite sunny. High: 80 Low: 59.


🏡 Looking for more real estate leads in Huntsville? Let us help you reach potential buyers and set you apart from the competition. Click here to find out more.


Here are today’s top stories in Huntsville:

  • Be sure to add your voice to the North Alabama Zoological Society’s survey to decide which animals you want to see at the new zoo! (Details)
  • It’s not directly related to Huntsville, but I wanted to make sure you knew the Southern Baptist Convention releases list of accused abusers of pastors and other affiliated churches. (Details)
  • look at this ordinance change in the city of Huntsville which will allow breweries in the Lincoln Mill area. (Details)

More from our sponsors – please support the local news!

Events:

  • Lift Every Voice and Sing A Choral Festival with Dr. Jason Max Ferdinand (June 4)
  • RAISE EVERY VOICE AND SING! A choral festival featuring guest clinician Dr. Jason Max Ferdinand (June 4)
  • Add your event

You are now in the loop and ready to start this Saturday. I’ll see you in your inbox tomorrow with another update!

Amy Young

Got a news tip or suggestion for an upcoming Huntsville Daily? Contact me at [email protected]

read more
Parking facilities

Blue Ridge Parkway opens 2022 season on Memorial Day weekend

(© karenfoleyphoto – stock.adobe.com)

Blue Ridge Parkway campgrounds, picnic areas and visitor centers are opening with full services for the 2022 visitor season this weekend, and National Park Service officials want to take the opportunity to remind visitors that their actions while recreating along the boardwalk can help them and other park visitors have a safe and memorable visit.

“We rely on park visitors to plan ahead by checking road conditions before their trip, learning the operating hours of facilities they hope to visit, and reserving campsites well in advance.” , said Blue Ridge Parkway Superintendent Tracy Swartout. “Visitors should also be patient and flexible, as popular parks can be full on peak weekends throughout the summer and fall. We encourage you to have alternatives in mind if parking lots or trails are full, or if facilities are closed when arriving at their destinations on the boardwalk.

The Blue Ridge Parkway is one of the largest designed landscapes in the nation, offering visitors a wide variety of opportunities to experience the nature, history and culture of southern Appalachia. The in-car and off-park design enhances the experience; and whether at milepost 0 or 469, hiking the scenic route, hiking a trail, or attending a concert or ranger program, Parkway officials remind visitors to have a plan and to recreate responsibly.

A full schedule of open facilities is also available on the boardwalk website

Several road projects are also underway this season and, as with any road project, motorists and park visitors should exercise caution and observe closures. The parkway website and road conditions page are important planning tools that provide daily information on the status of mileposts with links to additional project information or detour maps, the optionally. In addition to previously announced plans for the Laurel Fork Bridge, slope repairs, and completion of road projects in Roanoke, visitors may experience intermittent or one-lane closures related to additional paving projects at some viewpoints in North Carolina parking areas and picnic areas or preventative bridge maintenance work on several bridges in Virginia and North Carolina.

This season, public health and masking requirements may vary along the boardwalk depending on local conditions. Weekly updates will be posted on the Parkway Alerts and Updates webpage and at park facilities. In areas that the CDC identifies as high community level COVID-19, masks are required for everyone in all NPS buildings, regardless of vaccination status. In most low and medium COVID-19 community level areas, masks are optional, but visitors should follow signs and instructions from park staff and volunteers. Visitors are always encouraged to wear a mask if it makes them more comfortable.

read more
Parking facilities

Bahrain Car Parks Company unveils payment service for Apple users

MANAMA: Bahrain Car Parks Company (Amakin) has introduced the Apple Pay service as an alternative payment method.

The service allows consumers to make contactless payments for parking spaces in The Terminal by Amakin in Adliya by simply tapping their iPhone or Apple Watch.

Transactions will be carried out securely using Near Field Communication technology.

Apple users need to link a credit or debit card to their device to start using Apple Pay.

Tariq Al Jowder, Managing Director of Amakin, said: “We have delivered on our promises and continue to deliver the best possible experiences to everyone in Bahrain, and by introducing new alternatives and facilities like this, we are reinventing the whole parking experience.

The new service embodies our ongoing efforts to provide diverse and seamless solutions and open up new opportunities to shape the new parking industry in the region, as well as shape the future of smart cities.

CrediMax Managing Director Ahmed Seyadi said, “This is a game-changer for the parking payment and transit payment industries. With solutions like these, consumers can now enjoy the mobility experience with preferred and convenient payment choices using only their mobile or wearable devices. »

© Copyright 2020 en.gdnonline.com

Copyright 2022 Al Hilal Publishing and Marketing Group Provided by SyndiGate Media Inc. (Syndigate.info).

read more
Parking facilities

Dexter Town Council Meeting

This post expresses the views and opinions of the authors and not necessarily those of The Sun Times News management or staff.

Good morning!

…and thank you for your interest in the town of Dexter and its council. Since my election in November 2020, I have distributed annotated agendas (see below) before each Board meeting. These bulletins are my personal effort to make it as quick and easy as possible for interested parties to know what the Board will be discussing and considering at each meeting. For the most part, the descriptions of the items on the agenda come directly from the meeting file. After each meeting (and when video links are available), I share links to video recordings of the discussion of each agenda item. Past meeting agendas, records, minutes, and video links (if available) can be found here: https://dextermi.gov/government/cc.php.

Hearing from residents is one of my favorite parts of being a council member! If you have any questions, comments or concerns regarding upcoming Council business or any other Council or City matters, please feel free to email me at my official email address: jgriffin @dextermi.gov. If you prefer to share your thoughts anonymously, please respond here: https://polco.us/n/res/vote/councilwoman-jamie-griffin/i-value-your-input.

Sincerely,

Jamie

Dexter Town Council Meeting

Monday, May 23, 2022 at 7 p.m.

3515 Broad Street, Dexter, MI 48130 and via Zoom

Join Zoom Meeting

https://us06web.zoom.us/j/88998076169

Compose 877 853 5247 OR 888 788 0099 USA Toll Free

Meeting ID: 889 9807 6169#

Meeting program: https://files.dextermi.gov/City_Council/2022/Agendas/2022-05-23-CC-A.pdf

Reunion package: https://files.dextermi.gov/City_Council/2022/Packets/2022-05-23-CC-P.pdf

Capital Improvement Plan 2022-2027: https://files.dextermi.gov/City_Council/2022/Packets/2022-05-23-CIP.approved_PC.pdf

As always there is two opportunities for unorganized public participation: one towards the beginning of the meeting and one towards the end of the meeting. See the agenda for more details.

During pre-established participationthe Council will hear Wylie Elementary Pupils in regards to their efforts to clean up around their school and along Mill Creek.

The board will consider (1) minutes of its last meetings and working sessions and (2) the list of upcoming meetings. We will also hear various staff updatesincluding the city ​​manager and the Mayor (note that the corresponding written reports are included in the meeting file).

Following the presentation and any discussion of these reports, The Board will consider the following items as part of the agenda by consent. Unless Council votes otherwise, these items are voted on as a single package without Council discussion.

  • Invoices and payroll in the amount of: $290,526.05
  • Proposal from Bostwick Company Inc. for sump pit repairs in an amount not to exceed $6,750
    • The Department of Public Works has requested quotes for the repair of cesspools at two locations in the city. Staff recommends approval of Bostwick Company Inc.’s proposal(s) for this work.
      • In front of Dexter Fastener Technologies (2110 Bishop Cir. E – Cost: $4,250
      • Southwest corner of Webster and Eastridge – Cost: $2,500
    • If approved, these repairs are expected to take place by July 1, 2022. These works have been included in the road fund budgets for the fiscal year 2021-22.
  • Appointment of Jeanette Frost to the Parks and Recreation Commission

The Board will discuss or consider (i.e., take action on) the following matters:

  • Special Land Use for Vacation Rental Units – 8040 Huron St.
    • The Planning Commission held a public hearing on Monday, May 2, 2022, for the purpose of considering a particular land use application. The Applicants, Douglas Neal and Lisa Belanger Neal (Owner), are offering vacation rental accommodation, for a property located at 8040 Huron Street ((08-03-32-360-005). In the Project Narrative attached to the application, the applicants describe the property as consisting of a 3-bedroom, 2-bathroom, 1,489 square foot, single family home with 2 on-site parking spaces, as well as public on-street parking on the same side of the street that the site in question is zoned VR Village Residential District. Vacation rental housing is a special land use in the RV District.
    • (my words) During the public hearing, three people spoke, all of whom were neighbors expressing their support for the special land use.
    • The Planning Commission then voted unanimously to recommend approval of AP2021.22-12 Application for special land use for vacation rental accommodation.
  • Community survey
    • Beginning in November 2021, City staff were tasked with designing, creating, distributing and analyzing feedback collected through a City-wide community survey. During the review, City Council participated in the presentation and verbiage of the various issues. The purpose of the survey was to cover various topics and functions of the City, as well as to present a variety of priorities for residents to obtain their feedback.
    • As the survey closed in late April, the Dexter 2022 Community Survey received 730 responses. Using the 2020 census population of 4,500, staff received a total of 616 respondents in the city (84.6% of total respondents) and collected a sample of 13.7% (in the city) . Based on a previous survey conducted in 2011, only 109 residents (in the city) responded with an estimated sample size in the city of 2.8%.
    • Summaries of many of the open-ended questions and open-ended component questions are attached to this memo along with benchmarks between the 2011 survey and the 2022 survey.
    • Excerpts from the file that might interest you:
  • Recommended adoption of the capital improvement plan for fiscal year 2022-2027
    • The CIP is a program that projects and coordinates public spending to improve the City’s transportation and utility systems, facilities and other capital assets over a six-year period. The Planning Commission prepares and updates the CIP on an annual basis under the authority of the Planning Enabling Act (PA 33 of 2008), as amended. The Planning Commission’s goal is for the CIP to be used as a tool to implement the City’s master plan and help prepare the budget for the coming year.
    • A total of eighty-three (83) projects, including Cooperative and DDA, were postponed or initiated in this year’s PIC, with a six-year funding requirement of $19,408,000 and a funding requirement for the first year of $1,959,500. Please note that various funding sources contribute to the projects. For a full breakdown of project expenditure by funding source, please see the project and funding summary tables in the annexes. Also note that costs, funding sources and timelines are unknown for several major projects, including acquisition of downtown property, improvement of downtown facade, fire station project and any planned utility or street improvements in coordination with Dexter-Chelsea of ​​the Washtenaw County Road Commission. Dexter-Pinkney roundabout main project.
  • Dan Hoey Roadworks MDOT TED-B Grant Program Application Resolution
    • Following road planning discussions with OHM Advisors and DPW staff, staff recommend moving forward with construction planning on Dan Hoey for the summer of 2023. This recommendation is based on the current road conditions, PASER ratings, traffic level and time spent by staff on road maintenance. The build would encompass both sides of Dan Hoey as well as Lexington. Cost estimated by OHM Advisors is $557,000 to build (design and CE not included, and sidewalk on Dan Hoey not included).
    • The TED-B grant is available for villages and small towns for a maximum grant of $250,000. Dan Hoey is eligible for the TED-B grant program because it is not classified as a major state highway (and is not currently eligible for TIP funds). In order to apply for the TED-B program, the city council must approve a resolution authorizing the application.
  • Discussion about: Dexter-Ann Arbor Road Speed ​​Rating
    • In January, City Council discussed the posted speed limit on Dexter-Ann Arbor Road. following receipt of a request from a resident asking the City to consider reducing the speed near Carrington Dr. As described by OHM Advisors, the City has the ability to introduce a speed transition zone of 40 mph between Carrington Dr. and Dan Hoey Rd. This is due to the existing (and unusual) speed limit change of 15 mph (from 50 mph to 35 mph) on Dexter-Ann Arbor Rd. at Ryan/Dan Hoey.
    • If the City wishes to proceed with the speed reduction to 40 mph, OHM is prepared to establish a TCO reflecting the change. Staff would also work with the Washtenaw County Road Commission to request the installation of “Reduced Speeds Ahead” signage within the WCRC right-of-way outside the city limits toward the city.
read more
Parking facilities

Free Virtual Author Conference in Montclair for AAPI Heritage Month

MONTCLAIR, NJ — The following press release is courtesy of the Montclair Public Library. Learn more about posting announcements or events to your local Patch site.

On Tuesday, May 24, Montclair Public Library will celebrate Asian American/Native Hawaiian/Pacific Islander Heritage Month with a free hybrid author program for teens and adults. The in-person event will take place at the Vanguard Theater in Montclair and will be streamed live on Zoom. Best-selling writer and CNN commentator Jeff Yang and Phil Yu, best known for his blog “Angry Asian Man”, will talk about their new book, an animated multimedia creation, with Michelle Germinario of AAPI Montclair. A question-and-answer session with the authors will follow the discussion. The program is co-sponsored by AAPI Montclair. Registration is mandatory.

  • Tuesday, May 24, 2022
  • 6:30-7:30 a.m.
  • Registration (in-person and Zoom options available)
  • Vanguard Theater, 180 Bloomfield Avenue in Montclair (MASKS REQUIRED)

Please note that the space is on the second floor and stairs are required. Street parking is available as well as parking lots near TD Bank and Lackawanna Plaza.

Jeff Yang launched one of the first national Asian-American magazines, A. Magazine, in the late 90s and early 2000s, and now writes frequently for CNN. He has written/edited three books: Jackie Chan’s best-selling New York Times memoir, “I Am Jackie Chan: My Life in Action”; “Once Upon a Time in China”, a history of cinemas in Hong Kong, Taiwan and the mainland; and “Eastern Standard Time: A Guide to Asian Influence on American Culture”.

Phil Yu is the founder and editor of the popular Asian American news and culture blog, Angry Asian Man, which has had a dedicated following since 2001. His comments have been featured and quoted in The Washington Post, New York Times, the Wall Street Journal, NPR and elsewhere.

Philip Wang is the co-founder of influential production company Wong Fu Productions. Since the mid-2000s, his creative work has garnered over 3 million subscribers and half a billion views online, as well as recognition from NPR and CNN for his impact on Asian American representation. (Wang will not be present at the authors’ event.)

“Rise” is a love letter to and for Asian Americans: an album of voices, emotions and vivid memories of a time when Asian American culture was forged and transformed, and a way to preserve both the headlines and the intimate conversations that shaped the community into what it is today.

“Rise” is available to borrow from the Montclair Public Library and to purchase from our program partner, watchung booksellers. “Hip, entertaining…imaginative.” —Kirkus, starred review* “Essential.” —Min Jin Lee * “A Herculean effort.”—Lisa Ling * “A must-read.”—Ijeoma Oluo * “A book we’ve needed for ages.” —Celeste Ng * “Accessible, informative and fun.” —Cathy Park Hong*

Michelle Germinario founded and runs AAPI Montclair’s book clubs for the organization’s more than 600 members. She is a high school English teacher and has also taught at the college level. Germinario is a first-generation Vietnamese American and the proud daughter of a refugee. A resident of Montclair, she was recently featured in the Bergen Record about her activism and biracial identity.

Asian American/Native Hawaiian/Pacific Islander Heritage Month is an annual celebration that recognizes the historical and cultural contributions of people of Asian, Hawaiian, and Pacific Islander descent to the United States. May was chosen as AA/NH/PI Heritage Month partly because the first Japanese immigrants to America arrived in the United States on May 7, 1843, and also because the transcontinental railroad, largely built by of Chinese immigrants, was completed on May 10, 1869. The effort to officially recognize AA/NH/PI cultural heritage in the United States with a holiday began in the late 1970s and took more than 10 years to become a permanent month-long celebration.

AAPI Montclair is a nonprofit group representing Asian Americans and Pacific Islanders and their families in and around Montclair, New Jersey. The organization strives to provide a courageous space to share experiences and help unify their voices to create action and representation for their communities. Their mission is to create a more inclusive Montclair by highlighting the varied experiences of AAPI communities in the township and promoting awareness and knowledge of AAPI culture and history.

Founded in 1893, the Montclair Public Library serves residents of Montclair, New Jersey. It has two facilities: the Main Library at 50 S. Fullerton Avenue and the Bellevue Avenue Branch Library at 185 Bellevue Avenue. The library has been changing lives every day for over 125 years through words, ideas and building community by providing unlimited opportunities for lifelong learning, discovery and community engagement.

Don’t forget to visit Patch Montclair’s Facebook page. Send local news tips and correction requests to [email protected] Sign up for Patch’s email newsletters.

read more
Parking facilities

New Biotech Building Approved in South San Francisco | Local News

A new biotech building has been approved in South San Francisco for a site sandwiched between the 101 Freeway, Grand Avenue and the newly renovated Caltrain station.

The eight-story structure will rise from a long-vacant 1.9-acre parcel at 580 Dubuque Ave. and will overlook the highway and train tracks when complete. It will also be the city’s first research and development project to fully integrate two key City Council priorities, as the building will be both fully electric and include minimal parking to encourage the use of public transport.

“It’s really going to set a standard for the development of biotechnology,” said board member James Coleman. “Not just here in South San Francisco, but across the Bay Area and across the country for what this industry can be: green, sustainable and for the community.”

The building will have 295,000 square feet of laboratory and office space, accommodating approximately 842 employees, and will include a four-story underground parking garage with 346 spaces.

Typically, developments of this size in the area would include 500 or more parking spaces, but city planners said they hoped 40% of employees would use means of transport other than single-passenger vehicles given the proximity of the site with the station. There is also the possibility of sharing parking facilities with neighboring sites.

“We have a very low parking rate, aggressively,” said Justine Nielsen, senior vice president of IQHQ, the developer overseeing the project. “[It] is lower than what our brokers tell us about the market and certainly lower than many of our competitors.

The building also goes beyond the city’s environmental rules requiring the electrification of buildings, which currently only apply to new residential developments. The council had stopped short of extending the rules to commercial buildings amid concerns of additional strain on the power grid and concern that biotech uses could require natural gas for certain laboratory operations.

The developer said that sticking to 100% power would incur an additional upfront cost of $1.5 million.

Several improvements to the surrounding pedestrian areas will be added, including a new landscaped pathway parallel to Dubuque Avenue. The site, which was used for industrial purposes before the 1990s and more recently stored construction equipment and materials for Caltrain electrification work, will have 50 new trees planted.

The ground floor will house a cafe open to the public, and a fitness center and conference space will also be on the ground floor with outdoor seating.

Council members complimented the architecture of the building, which will feature “perforated metal fins” that will look like a rusty patina. Council member Mark Addiego said that, based on the renderings, the design was in his top three for new structures in the area.

“Where it’s placed, where it’s just over the freeway will also be noticed, so I can’t help but be happy and supportive and ready to see it come out of the ground,” he said. “I think IQHQ can see the long-term benefits of this package, but a lot of people turned away from it because it presented some very unique challenges.”

As part of the agreement, the developer will contribute a total of $16.8 million to various city funds to finance, among other things, infrastructure, affordable housing and child care. The developer is also contributing $3.5 million to fund improvements to the adjacent Caltrain station

Overhead power lines serving the station will also be placed underground, an undertaking the developer says will cost $5 million.

Nielsen said she hopes the building will be completed by August 2024.

read more
Parking facilities

EHS Field Complex Open House Upcoming May 19

Press release

An Open House for the Emery High School Field Complex will be held on May 19 from 6 p.m. to 8 p.m.. The Emery County School District would like to invite the public to tour these amazing new facilities.

The grounds complex includes new baseball and softball fields, a grass football/soccer field with track, tennis courts and a state-of-the-art complex. The court features a full-size court that can be used for basketball, volleyball, and pickleball, as well as a 55-yard indoor grass court and batting cages. The field and indoor court are surrounded by a two-lane running track. The grounds also contain a concessions area, restrooms, team rooms and a scorer booth.

High school teams had the opportunity to try out many of the new facilities. including football/soccer field, track and field, baseball and softball. The tennis courts will be finished in June. The additional landscaping must wait for warmer weather and will also receive the final touches in June.

Renderings of the new Emery High School building will also be on display at the open house. The new high school will be built in two phases. Phase 1 consists of the construction of a large common space for students, a kitchen, administrative and counseling areas, a multimedia center, technical teaching facilities, an auxiliary gymnasium and various classrooms.

After moving students to the newly constructed areas, planned for fall 2024, the existing building (not including the Spartan Center and auditorium) is expected to be demolished. Phase 2 will then begin with the construction of the remaining classrooms and the attachment of the new construction to both the established auditorium and the Spartan Center. The final stage will be the finishing of a grass football pitch, parking lots and landscaping.

The Emery County School District is grateful for the support of our community to help fund this project as well as a substantial addition to Book Cliff Elementary which was completed in November 2021 and the construction of the new Ferron Elementary, which is expected to be open to students for the 2022-23 school year. All of these projects have improved and will improve education in our communities.

As construction of the new Ferron Elementary progresses, a public auction was scheduled on June 4 from 8 a.m. to 12 p.m. The auction will take place at 125 West Mill Road in Ferron. For more information, please see the leaflet on our website at emeryschools.org.

read more
Parking facilities

After Rajnath approval, military officers, jawans to expand, furnished houses, multi-level parking – ThePrint

New Delhi [India]May 14 (ANI): After the Ministry of Defense approves the new accommodation grids, military officers and jawans would get better and bigger furnished houses that would be built according to the latest national standards.

With Defense Minister Rajnath Singh’s approval earlier this week, new housing projects for military personnel would have multi-level car parks, multi-purpose indoor courts, 10% more plinth area in homes and more Electric points would be provided in the residences to meet the requirements of the present times, Indian army officials told ANI.

The approval of the new accommodation ladders came after 13 years as the last review was only done in 2009 and since then there have been many changes in the lifestyle of all staff and their families, have- they stated.

Officials said the new government-approved accommodation ladders would certainly improve the quality of life for military personnel across all ranks when they begin to be implemented.

Under the new schedules, the military engineering services, which are the construction arm of the three defense forces and the Indian Coast Guard headed by the chief engineer, would also use renewable energy sources such as wind, solar, geothermal, tidal and geothermal energy to meet energy needs.

Residential areas for military personnel would also benefit from new indoor sports complexes with additional basketball and volleyball courts.

The MES would now also build houses with modular kitchens and luggage storage space in all married accommodation would also be expanded.

The finish of the walls, ceilings and flooring would also be more aesthetic.

The Military Engineer Services (MES) is one of the pillars of the Indian Army Corps of Engineers which provides rear line engineering support to the armed forces and associated organizations of the Ministry of Defense (MoD).

MES carries out multiple construction activities for military stations/cantonments such as residential and office buildings, hospitals, roads, runways and marine structures across the country including border areas.

Apart from conventional buildings, MES is also involved in the construction of complex laboratories, factories, workshops, hangars, ammunition storage facilities, shipyards, piers/quays and other complexes/structures specials. (ANI)

This report is generated automatically from the ANI news service. ThePrint declines all responsibility for its content.

read more
Parking facilities

Thunderstorms cause flooding, tree damage and blackouts in the Twin Cities

A line of intense thunderstorms rolled through southern Minnesota on Wednesday night, causing wind damage, localized flooding and power outages in the Twin Cities.

The storm reached the westernmost suburb around 7 p.m. with winds blowing up to 67 mph near Eden Prairie, according to Paige Marten, a meteorologist with the National Weather Service in Chanhassen.

Although some unconfirmed tornado reports have been received from southwestern Minnesota, none have been reported in the Twin Cities, Marten said. The NWS canceled the last tornado warnings for the subway shortly before 9 p.m. No damage from the southwestern Minnesota tornado sightings was immediately reported.

The storm brought damaging winds to Hennepin, Ramsey and other metropolitan counties, with downed trees and widely reported power outages. No injuries were reported immediately.

A 77mph gust was recorded in Shakopee, while the doors of a Target store in Roseville were blown out.

Nearly 83,000 utility customers were without power as of 10 p.m., including 74,000 Xcel Energy customers, mostly in the Twin Cities.

In addition to the wind, the storm dumped torrential rain and large hailstones – some up to 2 inches – on the subway. Several areas reported flooded roads and underground parking lots. Nearly 2 inches of rain was officially recorded in Minneapolis-St. Paul International Airport.

Although the worst of the storm moved into western Wisconsin around 9 p.m. Wednesday, the Twin Cities are bracing for a possible second night of storms Thursday.

Thursday is expected to dawn mostly sunny, with daytime temperatures likely reaching the low 90s with high humidity.

“It will feel like a hot summer day,” Marten said.

A cold front is expected to come over the Dakotas in the afternoon and evening. The forecast calls for severe weather that is “quite similar to today’s event”, according to Marten.

read more
Parking facilities

Forest Service Announces 2022 Recreation Opening Dates for Lake Tahoe Basin | Carson City Nevada News

The USDA Forest Service’s Lake Tahoe Basin Management Unit has begun the process of opening National Forest recreation sites, roads, and gates in the Lake Tahoe Basin.

Weather and conditions permitting, planned opening dates for recreation sites can be found under the Recreation Conditions Report found here.

Roads and gates generally begin to open on the dates shown in the motor vehicle usage maps found here.

Before recreation sites, roads and gates can be fully opened to the public, the LTBMU must hire seasonal crews and staff, clean up after winter, remove safety hazards and wait for the danger of frost to pass. passed before opening the water systems.

Visitors to the National Forest should always exercise caution and remain aware of their surroundings when enjoying the outdoors. Hazards to watch out for include trees that may have died recently due to the impacts of drought, disease, or beetle infestation and/or that have suffered damage over the winter, including broken limbs and/or damaged trunks.

Keep in mind that the Recreation Area grounds are open year-round, but until the sites officially open, there is no parking, trash pickup, or restrooms available. Be sure to take out all rubbish and, where pets are allowed, always clean up after them. Until the parking lots open, park vehicles off the road, avoid parking on vegetation and do not block access barriers.

read more
Parking facilities

Jeremy Clarkson suffers blow over plans to expand Diddly Squat farm shop as councilors turn down offer

Jeremy Clarkson has faced a blow to his Diddly Squat Farm Shop expansion plans after councilors refused his request for watered down planning.

The former Top Gear presenter, 62, was looking to sevenfold his store’s parking lot from ten to 70 spaces, but local councilors said the proposed plans would have a ‘visually intrusive and detrimental impact’ on the campaign, refusing Clarkson’s candidacy.

Clarkson, who films at his own farm shop for Amazon Prime Video’s Clarkson’s Farm, had faced around 30 comments of objection from villagers, with some citing concerns about traffic chaos around Chadlington, Oxford .

Yet an equal number expressed support for the bid, which was refused on Friday May 6 by West Oxfordshire District Council.

Explaining the decision, council development manager Abby Fettes said: ‘Due to its location, size and design, the proposed development would not be sustainable and would not be compatible or consistent in terms of scale with the existing farm business or its location in the countryside. .

‘[It] would have an intrusive and detrimental visual impact on the rural character, scenic beauty and tranquility of the Cotswolds Area of ​​Outstanding Natural Beauty and the Wychwood Project area.

It’s the second time Clarkson, who also stars with former Top Gear hosts Richard Hammond and James May in The Grand Tour on Amazon Prime, has had a planning application for his farm shop rejected this year.

Jeremy Clarkson (pictured) has suffered a major blow for his plans to expand the Oxfordshire Diddly Squat Farm Shop after councilors refused his watered down planning request on Friday

In January councilors refused him permission to convert his lambing shed into a proposed 60-space cafe and 70-space car park.

Some locals hailed the plans as a welcome measure to prevent visitors from parking on nearby roads and accused opponents of being motivated by “jealousy”.

But others have slammed the former Top Gear presenter for trying to create ‘a major tourist attraction’ in a peaceful rural area, calling his shop ‘an eyesore’.

Clarkson reapplied on March 2 to build the parking lot and introduce new entry and exit points for his farm shop.

It was argued in planning documents that there was insufficient parking space to cope with the number of visitors.

Local residents have complained of ‘traffic chaos’ since Clarkson’s hit TV show Clarkson’s Farm aired last June.

Clarkson, who films at his own farm shop for Amazon Prime Video's Clarkson's Farm, had faced around 30 comments of objection from villagers, with some citing concerns about traffic chaos around Chadlington, Oxford .

Clarkson, who films at his own farm shop for Amazon Prime Video’s Clarkson’s Farm, had faced around 30 comments of objection from villagers, with some citing concerns about traffic chaos around Chadlington, Oxford .

The presenter’s new projects consist of trying to reduce traffic jams and visitor parking on the road by creating a new car park delimited by straw bales where around 60 cars can park with four additional spaces for the disabled and a bicycle park. .

Plans include a tarmac entrance and separate exit, a fenced paddock separated from the road by a new hedge and wildflower margins to “create a soft buffer zone between the crops and the farm store”.

It also proposes the construction of 1.8 m high willow hedges and hedges of native species such as Acer Campestre, Malus Sylvestris and Quercus Robur to protect the car park.

But planning documents reveal that many local residents fear the site is overdeveloped.

The parish council opposed the request, saying it would “remove some, but not all, vehicles from the road given the number of visitors encountered, and would not reduce the current number of vehicle movements in the area, which is a security issue.

Thames Valley Police crime prevention design adviser Kevin Cox said the applicant was to provide details of what would be done to control peak hour parking to stop ‘safety issues and the disruptions and subsequent demand for police resources as seen previously’.

However, supporters said parking facilities for the farm shop were much needed and would ease pressure on surrounding roads while boosting the local economy.

The plans, which were rejected, showed a new entry and exit system, with proposed hedges to be planted and the number of parking spaces increased

The plans, which were rejected, showed a new entry and exit system, with proposed hedges to be planted and the number of parking spaces increased

A 10-space car park was approved for the store last year, but it quickly overflowed after the farm's popularity skyrocketed following the release of the Amazon Prime Video series Clarkson's Farm

A 10-space car park was approved for the store last year, but it quickly overflowed after the farm’s popularity skyrocketed following the release of the Amazon Prime Video series Clarkson’s Farm

One resident seemed resigned to the continued development of the site and said people may have “reluctantly concluded that the best option was to back this app given everyone’s concerns to avoid a serious crash”.

Nigel Winser of Chadlington wrote in his letter of objection: ‘If the Farm Shop were loyal to selling local farm produce, the small car park is appropriate.

“Alas, the shop is already selling souvenirs, which attract a large number of shoppers from all over the UK.

“This trend will continue to grow year after year, with an increasing number of domestic and international buyers. Good for tourism, but not for sustainable agriculture in a beautiful area of ​​national importance, for nature.

‘Permission for this car park, will be the thin end of the corner, known as the “planning creep”.

“Visitor numbers will increase, a large restaurant will be created, intense lighting will need to be added and before long it will become a major tourist attraction in the UK, bringing increased road safety and environmental hazards to the whole valley. “

A 10-space car park was approved for the store last year, but it quickly overflowed after the farm’s popularity skyrocketed following the release of Clarkson’s Farm.

Chadlington resident Michael Cooper claimed in his comments that the plans showed “no respect or consideration” for neighbors or the fact that the site was in an Area of ​​Outstanding Beauty.

He added: “The scheduled entry and exit will not necessarily improve road safety and traffic flow. With an extra “pinch point” and such close proximity, there is a risk of additional problems and accidents. »

read more
Parking facilities

Ken and Maggie Rosenberg Donate $1 Million to Boca Raton Regional Hospital’s Keeping the Promise Capital Campaign – Boca Raton’s Most Trusted Source

Maggie and Ken Rosenberg

Gift honors Rosenberg team of doctors

Boca Raton, Florida Retired Boca Raton resident Ken Rosenberg and his wife Maggie donated $1 million to keep the promise…The Boca Raton Regional Hospital Campaign. Their generous donation is helping propel the campaign closer to its $250 million goal with over $229 million raised so far.

“This gift from the Rosenbergs is special for the campaign,” said Lincoln Mendez, CEO of Boca Raton Regional Hospital. “Ken and Maggie were motivated by the exceptional care they received from Boca Regional physicians, including Dr. John Strobis, and other exceptional physicians – all of whom had a profound impact on his health and that of his family. It’s a wonderful reminder that campus redevelopment plans provide much needed facilities, but it’s still the caregivers and their relationships that continue to make a difference in the lives of patients.We thank the couple for to have reinforced this so dramatically with their generous donation.

This isn’t Ken Rosenberg’s first gift to the hospital. In 2011, he supported the campaign for the new emergency department. Ken and Maggie’s current gift will be honored by the name of the eighth floor nurses’ station in the new Gloria Drummond patient tower. “It used to be that if you got sick you would run to New York to see your doctors. Now we are coming back here to Boca Raton to have the quality facilities and physicians offered by this growing hospital,” said Ken Rosenberg. “Doctors and nurses are the fabric of life in our community.

Since Mr. Rosenberg’s retirement from the textile and apparel industry in New York, he and Maggie have divided their time between Boca Raton and Quogue, New York. “When we heard about the Rosenbergs’ intentions with this gift, it warmed our hearts,” said Stan Barry, Co-Chair of keep the promise. “We all inherently know the value of extraordinary caregivers, but sometimes it takes a gesture like this to really underline it. We are very grateful to the Rosenbergs for their gift.

The $250 million keep the promise The campaign is the largest fundraising initiative in Boca Regional’s history and supports its most ambitious period of growth and expansion. Campus redevelopment plans include in the center of the room, the new Gloria Drummond Patient Tower where patients will be welcomed into the new Louis B. and Anne W. Green Lobby with plans for retail, catering, l meeting space, a sanctuary, outdoor courtyards and other amenities for visitors. The new tower includes all new surgical suites and all private patient rooms exceeding the latest safety standards for patient care. In the current hospital building, all existing rooms will be converted to private rooms as part of a comprehensive renovation of all patient units, including maternity, oncology and orthopaedics. An expansion of the Marcus Neuroscience Institute is underway with a focus on neurovascular disorders/stroke, central nervous system tumors, spine, and epilepsy/seizure disorders. The newly opened 972-car Schmidt Family Parking Lot will be connected to the Marcus Neuroscience Institute once construction of the new tower is complete. Also, new Toby and Leon are well on their way with dramatic progress on campus.

Cooperman Medical Arts Building with Ambulatory Surgery, Medical Offices, Ambulatory Surgery Center and adjacent parking lot.

About the Boca Raton Regional Hospital Foundation

The Boca Raton Regional Hospital Foundation, Inc. is a nonprofit organization for Boca Raton Regional Hospital. Boca Raton Regional Hospital is part of Baptist Health South Florida, the region’s largest health care organization, with 11 hospitals, nearly 23,000 employees, more than 4,000 physicians, and more than 100 ambulatory care centers , urgent care facilities and medical practices covering Miami-Dade , Monroe, Broward and Palm Beach counties. Baptist Health has world-class centers of excellence in cancer, cardiovascular care, orthopedics and sports medicine and neuroscience. Also, it includes Baptist Health Medical Group; Baptist Health Quality Network; and Baptist Health Care On Demand, a virtual health platform. Baptist Health has been recognized by Fortune as one of America’s 100 Best Companies to Work For and by Ethisphere as one of the World’s Most Ethical Companies.

Boca Raton Regional Hospital is supported by philanthropy to further its mission of providing the highest quality patient care, satisfaction, and safety. If you would like to learn more about supporting Boca Raton Regional Hospital’s mission, visit our website at donate.brrh.com.

For more information, visit BRRH.com and connect with us on Facebook, Instagram, Twitter and LinkedIn.

read more
Parking facilities

St. Paul again ranks 2nd on 100 Cities for Best Parks in the Nation – Twin Cities

When it comes to access to public parks and general park amenities, St. Paul is hard to beat.

In fact, of America’s 100 most populous cities, Minnesota’s capital has the nation’s second-best park system for the second year in a row, behind only Washington, DC, according to the Trust for Public Land’s latest annual ranking.

Minneapolis finished fifth in the new ParkScore index, down slightly from third place last year, thanks in large part to school partnerships in two other cities that have increased access to parks elsewhere.

“Cincinnati and Arlington have taken steps that have moved a bit past Minneapolis, but they are neck and neck,” said Susan Schmidt, Minnesota State Director and Midwest Region Vice President for the Trust for Public. Land.

“We can celebrate excellence both in St. Paul and in Minneapolis in 100 of the most populous cities in America,” Schmidt said.

RANKINGS

This is the 11th year of the annual Trust for Public Land rankings, which rank city park systems based on five main factors, such as park spending per capita and the percentage of city residents who live within less than 10 minutes walk from a park. In both of these areas, St. Paul and Minneapolis have consistently excelled, placing in the top five year after year, and generally in the top three. In 2020, Minneapolis came first and St. Paul finished third.

Nationally, 100 million people – including 28 million children – do not have access to parks within 10 minutes’ walk of their homes, according to the Trust for Public Land.

In St. Paul, the percentage of residents with easy access to the park is 99%. In Minneapolis, it’s virtually 98% the same. The national ParkScore average this year was 75%.

“There are 50% and 40% cities,” Schmidt said. “That’s what we’re trying to change.”

Also according to the latest index: St. Paul invests $247 per person in its park system and Minneapolis invests $317, both well above the national ParkScore average of $98.

DISPARITIES BY RACE, INCOME

That said, there is still work to be done in regards to park access and maintenance of the Twin Cities.

One of the categories added to the parks dashboard last year was “equity,” Schmidt said, or “how do parks differ in neighborhoods that identify primarily as black, brown, indigenous by compared to neighborhoods that identify primarily as white?”

In the Twin Cities and much of the rest of the country, even in areas where whites and non-whites live in equal proximity to parks, there is generally much less park space in low-income areas. and communities of color.

In St. Paul, residents of color tended to live in areas that had 4 to 32 percent fewer parks than the city median. Blacks were 9% below the city median, and Asians 25% below.

Low-income areas of St. Paul had 15% fewer parks than the city median, while high-income areas had 25% more than the median.

“Park space is smaller in neighborhoods that, by the census definition, are low-income and identify as black, brown, indigenous,” Schmidt said. “That’s true in most cities across the country, but not in Washington, D.C., which is interesting. But we have improvements to make.”

Still, she noted that St. Paul has made strides toward ethnic and community partnerships not yet measured by the ParkScore Index, such as the future Wakan Tipi Center along the Mississippi River. “It won’t change the overall acreage, but it’s a celebration of the Dakota people and the Dakota culture,” Schmidt said. Similarly, the planned North End Community Center in St. Paul “won’t change the square footage, but it will change the relevance of an outdoor space.”

The disparities were probably more striking on the other side of the river. In Minneapolis, white neighborhoods had nearly double (95% more) the amount of park space per person than the city median, while black neighborhoods had 11% less than the median, Latin quarters had 48% less and colored quarters in general had 21%. percent less.

Poorer neighborhoods had 33% less park space than the Minneapolis city median, while affluent neighborhoods had 92% more.

That’s not to say there hasn’t been any movement toward improving access to the park. In North Minneapolis, Minneapolis has erected the 26th Avenue viewpoint over the Mississippi River and is planning improvements to North Commons Park, Schmidt noted. “You can’t build big parks quickly, especially in the middle of town,” Schmidt said. “It will take time. But what excites me are the steps both cities are taking to meet equity goals that are not yet measured on ParkScore.

INEQUALITY AT NATIONAL LEVEL

Nationally, neighborhoods where most residents identify as people of color have access to an average of 43% less park space than predominantly white neighborhoods. Low-income areas have 42% less park space.

The main exception is the national capital. Some 26% of Washington, DC is parkland, compared to about 15% of St. Paul and Minneapolis.

The five categories in this year’s and last year’s ParkScore dashboard were access, acreage, investment, amenities and equity. In a written statement, Trust for Public Land officials noted that St. Paul and Minneapolis are among the nation’s “climate leaders,” carrying out several projects to replace paved parking lots with natural surfaces and adapt existing facilities to better manage runoff and improve wildlife conditions.

More information is online at tpl.org/parkscore.

read more
Parking facilities

Combined YMCA and St. Pete’s College delayed due to traffic issues

ST. PETERSBURG — Pinellas County School District leaders planned to celebrate the start of a long-planned YMCA partner school on Wednesday.

Instead, their planned grand opening at the site of the former Riviera College on NE 62nd Avenue is on hold, pending action by City Council. The plan is heading to council because it failed to gain Development Review Board approval after a three-hour hearing in early April.

The problem is the traffic that some neighbors fear the project will generate if cars attempt to access the YMCA and school parking lots through community roads rather than using the main entrances on NE 62nd Avenue.

“We like a nice, quiet neighborhood,” said Mike Barnette, who led the campaign for the adjacent Mangrove Bay subdivision to reshape the project to keep school traffic from crossing its roads, which have no sidewalks.

Meanwhile, hundreds of residents from other nearby communities have asked to move the school forward.

“People in this neighborhood (Mangrove Bay) don’t understand, if it doesn’t go through town, the whole project could collapse,” said Christie Bruner, a strong supporter of the project who lives in Shore Acres.

Bruner said the neighbors want a college that will better meet the needs of their children than the current selection. The partner school is expected to be a health and wellness leadership magnet for 600 students.

Related: Pinellas unveils plans for a new college in St. Petersburg

At the same time, she added, they would also like to have the amenities and services that the YMCA will provide, such as sports facilities and after-school programs. The school and YMCA would share spaces including the gymnasium, cafeteria and nutrition lab, in addition to outdoor grounds.

“Everyone may have to give a little to get a little,” she said. “It’s delicate.”

School district spokeswoman Beth Herendeen said the district and YMCA are trying to address issues raised during the development review.

“The architect has submitted a revised site plan addressing the concerns raised,” Herendeen said.

The latest submission includes a proposal to close a portion of Pershing Street NE, from 62nd Avenue to Davenport Avenue, to control neighborhood traffic near the site. It would also move all entrances to 62nd Avenue, unlike the original plan.

City officials recommend approval.

The article had appeared to be heading for a smooth ride without these changes, after the Development Review Board unanimously approved the draft in January. Then residents living within 300 feet of the site complained that they were not properly informed of the public hearings.

Follow What’s Happening at Tampa Bay Schools

Subscribe to our free gradebook newsletter

We’ll break down the local and national education developments you need to know every Thursday.

You are all registered!

Want more of our free weekly newsletters in your inbox? Let’s start.

Explore all your options

“They violated city code,” Barnette said, adding that residents were unaware the matter had to be approved until the Development Review Board meeting.

The city postponed the hearing due to his omission. The majority of speakers at the April meeting spoke in favor of the school and the YMCA, but traffic issues from 10 of the 13 closest homeowners resulted in a 3-3 vote, which did not is not enough to be approved.

A rendering provides an aerial view of the partnership school proposed by the Pinellas County School District and the YMCA of Greater St. Petersburg on 62nd Avenue NE, on the site of the former Riviera College.
A rendering provides an aerial view of the partnership school proposed by the Pinellas County School District and the YMCA of Greater St. Petersburg on 62nd Avenue NE, on the site of the former Riviera College. [ Pinellas County school district ]

Barnette said project planners met with neighbors to discuss possible changes. Most of them were positive, he said, although he had some lingering issues with fencing and related issues.

“We don’t want to see this die,” Barnette said. “We just want it done right.”

Herendeen said the district hopes the city council will let the project go ahead. It has a planned opening in 2024.

“We are optimistic that we can get it back on track,” she said, adding that, if approved, some basic work on the site could take place before the official inauguration.

• • •

Sign up for the gradebook newsletter!

Every Thursday, get the latest updates on what’s happening at Tampa Bay area schools from Time education journalist Jeffrey S. Solochek. Click here to register.

read more
Parking facilities

Upcoming Upgrades to District 7 Facilities This Summer

On Monday, the Edwardsville School District 7 school board voted to approve a few different improvement projects at facilities in the district this summer.

A $281,736 bid from JF Electric Inc. to replace and upgrade fire alarms in the district was approved at the meeting.

The offer includes the replacement of all fire alarm systems at Nelson Elementary School and the Edwardsville High School football stadium and sports complex media room, as well as the replacement of fire alarm panels. fire alarm control at Glen Carbon, Hamel, Leclaire, Midway, Woodland and Worden Elementary Schools as well as Liberty Middle School.


The project is scheduled to begin June 1 with final completion scheduled for August 5. The project budget was approximately $375,000 and will be funded from a surplus operating and maintenance fund.

The council also approved a bid from Roosters Asphalt of $310,000 for the Columbus Elementary School parking lot project. The project includes the construction of a new parking lot in front of the current school building as well as the waterproofing of the three existing parking lots at the entrance to the sports complex of the Edwardsville secondary school, the playing field of the elementary Woodland and part of the Cassens primary school.

The project will begin on May 31 and final completion is scheduled for August 5. The budget estimate for the project was $343,000. The project will be funded by the proceeds from the sale of the parsonage by the district and by surplus operating and maintenance funds.

The board also approved ten-and-a-half-month contracts for several elementary building managers for the 2020/2023 school year. Superintendent Patrick Shelton said this is the first step in several contracts that will be voted on as the district works to have all administrators on annual contracts.

The board also approved resignations and retirements as well as employment, including the appointment of David N. Courtney, Jr. as District 7 Treasurer effective July 1, 2022 through June 30, 2023.

read more
Parking facilities

Sick of everyday parking problems

THE daily struggle to find parking at Raja Permaisuri Bainun Hospital in Ipoh will be solved if the plan to build a multi-storey car park comes to fruition.

Perak health committee chairman Mohd Akmal Kamaruddin said discussions have been held with the state health department and the hospital over the latter’s lack of parking spaces.

He said the construction of a multi-storey car park had been mooted.

“Several areas have been identified as possible locations to build the multi-storey car park.

“However, the matter is still under discussion.

“We have to consider the factor involving the load of the structure on the ground and other nearby buildings that may be affected,” said Mohd Akmal.

Finding a place to park is infuriating for many visitors as well as hospital staff.

Even with the new Women, Children and Cardiology Complex reportedly having about 300 parking spaces, staff and visitors are still competing for parking spaces.

According to a hospital employee who wished to remain anonymous, hospital management recently blocked half of the new complex’s parking spaces for visitors, causing inconvenience to medical staff.

The employee said this followed a complaint from a visitor earlier this year that the resort’s parking lot had been closed to the public.

“We have had problems with inadequate parking for years.

“About a year ago, the situation was a little better for us once the complex opened, with a handful of doctors and staff able to find parking.

“Following the complaint, half of the parking spaces are now reserved for visitors.

“The guards there don’t allow us to park even though there are vacant bays.”

The employee said the latest decision was unfair to hospital staff, especially doctors who would be busy caring for patients.

“Some doctors are even forced to double park and leave their number on the dashboard.

“They will then have to run to get their cars out when someone calls them.

“Some of our cars have even been scratched from double or triple parking.”

The employee said that some staff, especially doctors, should have priority for parking.

“Just imagine the time it takes to get in and out of the clinic, sometimes leaving a patient in the ward or clinic just to park our cars.

“It’s a total waste of energy.

“And recently when Health Minister Khairy Jamaluddin visited the hospital, we were all allowed to park in the compound just for that day.

“Is it to hide the problems we face? Isn’t he (the minister) the person who should know the problem and solve it?

“We deserve to be treated fairly,” added the employee.

Perak Health Department Director Datuk, Dr Ding Lay Ming, reportedly said last month that it was just a misunderstanding and that the hospital had not closed the parking lot of the new complex to the public.

Dr Ding noted that the closure was only temporary to limit the number of visitors to the building due to the rising number of Covid-19 cases earlier this year.

The hospital has around 5,000 staff and receives around 800 visitors daily.

There are currently 1,188 parking spaces within the hospital grounds, of which 52% or 614 spaces are reserved for staff and around 300 others outside the premises.

Nearby there are two car parks.

One is located opposite the Greentown Health Clinic which can accommodate about 200 cars and is about 650m from the hospital.

The other parking area is at the mosque next to the hospital, which can accommodate 117 cars, with shuttle services provided.

Teacher Nurul Ain Ariffin, 30, said the shortest time it took her to find a parking space at the hospital was 20 minutes.

“I consider myself lucky if I can park my car on the hospital grounds.

“Most of the time I have to wait a long time for a place,” she said, adding that she regularly accompanied her mother, a kidney patient, to the hospital.

Freelancer Mohd Amru Md Radzi rides his motorbike to the hospital.

The 34-year-old, who takes his seven-year-old son to hospital for treatment for thalassemia several times a week, said it was a way to avoid the parking problem.

“If it’s raining, I just use the ehailing service instead.

“But at the moment the motorbike is more convenient because I can also avoid traffic jams between my home in Tanjung Rambutan and the hospital,” he said.

Lawyer Naziatul Azrin Faizal, 39, who has been seeking treatment for an autoimmune disease in hospital since 2015, prefers to park in the parking lot across from the Greentown Health Clinic.

“It’s only a few minutes walk from there to the hospital.

“It’s just easier to park there instead of waiting and looking for a parking space on the hospital grounds.

“While this may be fine for most able-bodied people, it is not for those with mobility issues or the elderly,” she said.

Naziatul said there were a lot of things to consider if she had to park inside the hospital grounds.

“It takes a long time to find and wait for a parking space and it wastes fuel,” she said while noting that nowadays most people use the phone service, taxi or the bus to get to the hospital.

She said the parking issues weren’t limited to the Ipoh facility, but generally affected other hospitals across the country.

Mohd Akmal advised people to park opposite the Greentown Health Clinic or at the mosque for the time being.

“Use the shuttle services provided by the hospital,” he said.

read more
Parking facilities

Local and national headlines from Plymouth as the town faces traffic problems

Hello and welcome to the latest PlymouthLive news live blog. Our blog will focus on local, national and global updates.

We’ll bring you the latest traffic and travel information around Plymouth, plus weather updates as the city prepares for the weekend.

Today we reveal that Devonport Dockyard is set to get a massive new multi-storey car park. This structure, in combination with a small number of parking spaces at the perimeter of the MSCP, will provide a total of 602 spaces on five levels.

This is a live news blog, for the latest news click here

Devonport Royal Dockyard has been selected to provide future deep maintenance support for new Royal Navy submarine platforms in addition to the current workload supporting existing classes of submarines.

This will lead to an infrastructure investment of around £2 billion over the next 10 years and in turn will secure many existing jobs and create many high-skilled employment opportunities in the region. But to meet this demand, the site is the subject of an ambitious development program, modernizing several existing facilities.

Click here to read more

There are also more traffic problems in the city. Motorists were faced with ‘pure chaos’ yesterday due to temporary traffic light outages on Elburton Road, near Haye Road and Woolwell Road.

A motorist in Plymstock said some drivers gave up waiting for traffic lights to change and drove onto the kerb to reach their destination. The driver said: “I’ve just been stuck on a red light for at least 15 minutes with traffic behind me with no end in sight if it turns green.”

Click here for the full story

Do you have a story to share or did you see something we’re not currently covering? Email us at [email protected]

Scroll down for updates

read more
Parking facilities

LG Sinha Launches Overnight Parking at Airports in Srinagar, Jammu | India is blooming

Jammu/Srinagar: Lt. Governor Manoj Sinha on Thursday launched overnight parking at Jammu and Srinagar airports which will provide late night and early morning departures from the airports.

Speaking on the occasion, the Lieutenant Governor said this important initiative will make air travel easier for all with a multiplier effect on the hospitality industry.

“I commend the airport authorities, officials and residents of J&K on the operationalization of the new Go First aircraft overnight parking facilities at Jammu and Srinagar airports. This fresh start reflects our commitment to boosting connectivity and meeting the mobility needs of people,” said the Lieutenant Governor.

“It will make traveling a lot easier for those looking for a day trip,” he added.

While highlighting the ongoing transformation at J&K under the leadership of Prime Minister Narendra Modi, the Lieutenant Governor said, “We are moving forward to realize the Honorable Prime Minister’s vision of making J&K an industrial and dynamic tourism by developing infrastructure, strengthening the environment and ensuring better connectivity.

Elaborating on the achievements in terms of aircraft and passenger movements to J&K, the Lieutenant Governor said that despite the Covid pandemic, new records were achieved at Jammu and Srinagar airports.

A record 2460 flight operations were recorded at Srinagar airport in October 2021.

Moreover, in February 2021, about 2.54 lakh passengers traveled through 1,597 flights at Srinagar airport, while in February 2022, this figure reached 1,917 flights and 2.60 lakh passengers.

In March 2021, 1,030 flights operated at Jammu airport and more than 1 lakh passengers traveled, while in March 2022, a record 1,346 flights were operated at Jammu airport and around 1, 55 lakh passengers traveled, he added.

Ranjan Prakash Thakur, Principal Secretary, Industries and Civil Aviation; Kaushik Khona, CEO, Go First Airlines; Kuldeep Singh, Airport Manager, Srinagar; Sanjeev Kumar Garg, Manager of Jammu Airport, in addition to the managers of Jammu and Srinagar airports, members of the Go First team were present on occasion, in person and in virtual mode.

read more
Parking facilities

Professional parking tax excluded in the northeast





Professional parking tax excluded in the northeast



































Schedule An icon of a desktop calendar.

Cancel An icon of a circle with a diagonal line across it.

Caret A right-pointing solid arrow icon.

E-mail An icon of a paper envelope.

Facebook An icon of Facebook’s “f” mark.

Google An icon of Google’s “G” mark.

Linked to An icon of the Linked In “in” brand.

Sign out An icon representing disconnection.

Profile An icon that resembles the human head and shoulders.

Phone An icon of a traditional telephone receiver.

Check A check mark icon.

Is public An icon of a human eye and eyelashes.

is not public An icon of a human eye and eyelashes crossed by a diagonal line.

Pause icon A two-line pause icon to stop interactions.

quotation mark An opening quotation mark.

quotation mark A closing quotation mark.

Arrow An arrow icon.

Case An icon of a paper folder.

Breakup An icon of an exclamation mark on a circular background.

Camera An icon of a digital camera.

Caret A caret arrow icon.

Clock An icon of a clock face.

close An X-shaped icon.

close icon An icon used to represent where to interact to minimize or close a component

Ellipse An icon of 3 horizontal dots.

Envelope An icon of a paper envelope.

Facebook An icon of a facebook logo f.

Camera An icon of a digital camera.

Residence A house icon.

instagram An Instagram logo icon.

LinkedIn A LinkedIn logo icon.

Magnifying glass A magnifying glass icon.

Search icon A magnifying glass icon used to represent the search function.

Following A right-pointing arrow icon.

Notice An explanation mark centered inside a circle.

Previous A left-pointing arrow icon.

Evaluation A star icon.

Label An icon of a label.

Twitter A Twitter logo icon.

Video camera An icon of a video camera shape.

Speech bubble icon An icon showing a speech bubble

WhatsApp A WhatsApp logo icon.

Information An icon of an information logo.

More A mathematical “plus” symbol.



read more
Parking facilities

Disabled and low-income residents raise Chapel Hill parking accessibility issues

For disabled veteran Darice Johnson, finding parking in downtown Chapel Hill can often be a challenge due to congestion on the side streets.

Although accessible parking is available, heavy pedestrian and vehicular traffic typically fills the downtown area. This causes Johnson to try to avoid downtown altogether.

“It’s very stressful trying to drive and park in these areas – all that 10-block radius,” Johnson said.

And while Chapel Hill residents know the difficulty of finding downtown parking, the problem is even greater for those who are limited by disability or cost.

Timothy Miles, executive director of the Triangle Disability Awareness Council, said parking in downtown Chapel Hill is limited and often does not allow easy access to surrounding buildings. The influx of construction in the area has also exacerbated the problem.

“It makes getting in and out very difficult because it’s confusing – discouraged is a better word,” he said.

Even with the influx of new parking spaces built on Franklin Street, Johnson said she hasn’t seen many new spaces built for people with disabilities. As a result, those using equipment may have to park in a less accessible area when attempting to reach businesses and facilities, such as the post office.

She said the car parks around Chapel Hill aren’t as user-friendly as they could be. The long distances between bridge entrances and exits often make access to facilities more difficult for people who need equipment.

“If there are more disabled parking spaces on the sides of these buildings, it makes them more accessible to people with disabilities – without having to go that far to try to park,” Johnson said.

In 2010, the Americans with Disabilities Act standards for accessible design were revised to include ADA Titles II and III regulations of 1990. These standards set parameters for the number of accessible parking spaces in relation to the number of non-accessible parking spaces.

ADA standards also required accessible spaces to create the shortest possible path to the accessible entrance of the facility to which they are connected.

Dwight Bassett, director of economic development and parking services for the City of Chapel Hill, said the city is currently in compliance with all state laws regarding ADA requirements.

“We are currently undergoing an audit to ensure that we are currently up to all that we do for ADA,” he said. “Generally, these requirements are fairly fair and reasonable from an accessibility standpoint.”

Sarah Poulton, downtown special projects manager for the city of Chapel Hill, said the audit is part of the city’s ADA transition plan. The plan aims to identify factors that limit accessibility to Chapel Hill and to make improvements in identified areas.

Poulton said while the transition plan includes looking at parking issues, there are also a number of other factors to consider, including facilities, sidewalks, crosswalks, programs and Services.

“I really think we have the best team in the private sector helping us,” she said. “To do things right, it just takes time. That’s what we learn every day about it.

Miles said he thinks it’s important to communicate with the disability community when there are plans to redo or rebuild a parking lot. He added that he doesn’t think there has been enough action from the Chapel Hill government on accessible parking.

“They should always research organizations such as (the Triangle Disability Awareness Council) and anyone who will use the area to see where spaces have been an issue to park for people with disabilities,” he said.

Financial obstacles

Parking accessibility is also an issue for Chapel Hill residents and UNC students who must contend with the cost of parking in the area.

The Town of Chapel Hill offers 12 off-street parking spots, each of which costs $1.50 per hour from 8 a.m. to 8 p.m. Monday through Saturday. On-street parking is $1.75 per hour from 8 a.m. to 6 p.m.

“The city’s supply and construction of parking lots is something that has to compete with other priorities,” said Josh Mayo, transportation planner for the city of Chapel Hill. “As such, it is important to maintain a competitive parking program that can pay for itself.

Bassett said parking services are meant to be self-sustaining — funds received are used to maintain operation.

“Our parking fees are market-based – we don’t set prices arbitrarily,” he said. “We’re trying to do it for the benefit and the economic volatility of downtown.”

Reis Phillips, store associate at Underground Printing and a senior at UNC, said she was frustrated with paid parking in Chapel Hill because it creates a financial barrier for low-income people.

“I think sometimes people don’t come because they can’t afford the five or six dollars,” she said.

In her own life, she usually has to choose between paying to park or using the bus system to get to work.

“Most students have to take minimum-wage or self-employed jobs,” Phillips said. “If you have to pay to park, it’s always deducted from that. Already, you’re not making a ton of money.

Taking the bus will sometimes cause Phillips to show up to work late, which she says is a bad image of her. She added that the cost of parking is likely causing some residents not to visit Franklin Street.

“We are the people who support this community and spend money here and live here – but we can’t afford to pay to park here,” she said.

@sam_long16 | @DTHCityState

[email protected] | [email protected]

To get the day’s news and headlines delivered to your inbox every morning, sign up for our email newsletters.

read more
Parking facilities

Historic Homes You Can Own in the Charlottesville Area | Local News

With a stately Greek Revival mansion dating from circa 1904, set on 763 acres of Virginia’s finest countryside, Greenfields exemplifies an era of elegance and dignity in American history. The meticulously updated 8,600 square foot residence exudes southern character and charm with a grand central hall floor plan, sophisticated yet inviting living areas, and original period details including wainscoting, delicate ceiling medallions, classic cornices, sparkling pine floors, 8 fireplaces and 15-foot high ceilings, 4 bedrooms, 4 full bathrooms and 1 powder room. Don’t miss the widow’s peek with a 360 degree panoramic view! This fine country estate offers ample opportunity for riding, farming and/or recreation with the ideal mix of woodland, pasture and farmland as well as streams and ponds. Equestrian facilities include: a 48-box stable with hay loft, laundry room, tack room and office, covered riding arena, fenced paddocks, horse trails, pole barn, equipment sheds and other outbuildings . Complete with farm manager’s residence, three one bedroom guest apartments and 3 bay garage. Peaceful and supreme panoramic setting, 25 miles from Charlottesville and UVA.

read more
Parking facilities

State budget directs millions to Adirondacks | News, Sports, Jobs


New York’s $221 billion budget for the new fiscal year allocates billions of dollars to economic development and environmental protection, including millions to deal with the impacts of increased hiker traffic in parks Adirondack and Catskills.

This year’s budget increases state spending by more than $8 billion from last year’s $212 billion budget. The state expects to balance the higher budget with increased federal funds and higher-than-expected tax revenue, according to The Associated Press.

The new budget, approved more than a week past its April 1 deadline, includes $4.2 billion in investment in green energy, climate change mitigation efforts and environmental protection. environment through the Environmental Bonds Bill for Clean Water, Clean Air and Green Jobs. The law, originally passed by the state legislature in 2020 with a $3 billion prize, would allow the state to assume $4.2 billion in obligations for environmental initiatives.

This act will be on the ballot in November. He was supposed to be on the ballot in 2020, but the vote was delayed by the administration of former Governor Andrew Cuomo.

The new state budget also includes $400 million for the Environmental Protection Fund; $500 million in funding for clean water grants, which would give communities new water and wastewater treatment facilities; and donates $15 million to the state Department of Environmental Conservation to “improve state lands, rehabilitate campgrounds and upgrade recreational facilities”, according to Governor Kathy Hochul’s office.

The state budget also provided $105 million in additional capital funding to the state’s Olympic Regional Development Authority, primarily for the upgrade of Olympic facilities and ski resorts ahead of the World University Games in Washington. FISU winter of 2023.

Environmental Protection Fund

The state Environmental Protection Fund, which distributes millions of dollars each year through DEC to finance large green projects, is set at $400 million under the approved budget, an increase $100 million over last year’s fiscal budget.

Eight million ETH dollars are allocated to projects aimed at increasing visitor safety and addressing the various impacts of hiker traffic in the park, which have become a growing concern in recent years – particularly along the popular Route 73 Corridor – as an increasing number of hikers and other nature lovers travel to the High Peaks region. Some efforts to limit the impact of hiker traffic in the frontcountry and backcountry, such as the creation of a new shuttle route for hikers and a pilot parking reservation system at the parking lot of the Adirondack Mountain Reserve, are already underway.

A coalition of 26 local organizations, environmental groups and municipalities advocated for $10 million in funding to address the impact of hiker traffic on state lands last year. Adirondack Mountain Club Directory of Advocacy Cathy Pedler said in a statement that the $8 million that was ultimately included in the budget will be used for trail safety and resilience, educational outreach, trailhead infrastructure and to implement High Peaks and Catskills strategic planning recommendations. Advisory groups.

Keene Town Supervisor Joe Pete Wilson, Jr., who was on the High Peaks advisory group, applauded the new funding.

“Funding to manage heavy use is a much-needed boost to the partnerships and efforts of state, local government and conservation groups that have taken shape over the past few years. Stewardship and environmental protection are key to ensuring the park remains a special place for New Yorkers for generations to come,” Wilson said in a statement.

EPF includes $600,000 to support a new visitor use management framework similar to those in national parks. The framework would help officials assess the need to modify or add trails, reroute traffic patterns, and create and maintain outdoor facilities such as restrooms, campsites, interpretive centers, parking lots, and kiosks. of information. The DEC plans to hire a visitor management expert with the funds by the fall, according to a press release from the Adirondack Council.

Paul Smith’s College received $225,000 for its visitor interpretive center this year, up from $180,000 last year. VIC director Scott van Laer said in a statement that the funding would help the VIC hire more staff and complete its environmental programming.

Essex County received $150,000 in landfill closure and gas management funding.

The EPF also includes $48.7 million for statewide land stewardship, $40 million for new park lands and forest preservation, $21 million for farmland, $15 million for the Climate Smart Communities program, $19 million for municipal recycling, and $3 million in smart growth grants to encourage development in the Adirondacks. All of these investments have increased since last year’s budget.

ORDE

The new budget includes $105 million in capital funding for the state’s Olympic Regional Development Authority. Of this amount, $92.5 million is expected to fund an upgrade and modernization plan to improve Olympic facilities and ski resorts, with a focus on preparation for the 2023 World University Winter Games. ; $10 million will go to “critical maintenance and energy efficiency upgrades”; and $2.5 million will come from the budget of the State Office of Parks, Recreation and Historic Preservation as part of the New York Works Initiative, which aims to create jobs that pay at least $50,000. per year. This funding for ORDA is the same amount Hochul proposed in its budget book earlier this year.

It is unclear which locations and projects, in particular, the state funding will go to; an ORDA spokesperson was unavailable for comment Thursday at press time.

New headquarters of the APA

The approved budget provides $29 million for the new offices of the Adirondack Park Agency. The APA has met in a small 1950s log cabin for the past 50 years on a campus shared with the New York State Police and DEC in Ray Brook. APA public information officer Keith McKeever said in an email Thursday that the building was poorly designed and in poor condition; he didn’t think it wouldn’t be profitable to renovate it for the agency’s needs.

McKeever said the agency is always considering all of its options before deciding on the location of the new building or whether the agency will opt to renovate an existing building. He said the agency wants a building that is energy efficient, accessible, meets the needs of staff and gives the agency more opportunities to engage with the public. When asked if the state had given the APA a deadline to complete the project, McKeever said the project was a “high priority” for the agency and that it would move forward as quickly and efficiently as possible.

Other Highlights

The Tombuctoo Summer Climate and Careers Institute, a new program that helps City University of New York students find conservation jobs in partnership with the SUNY College of Environmental Science and Forestry in Newcomb, has received $2.1 million. federal funding dollars through the state budget. The institute was named after one of the 1840s suffrage colonies in the Adirondacks, where 3,000 black men acquired ownership of a 40-acre farm that gave them the right to vote.

The Adirondack Lake Survey Corporation, a Ray Brook-based nonprofit that has been conducting long-term monitoring of 52 lakes in the park since the 1990s, was awarded $500,000 for a $6 million survey of the lakes Adirondack. The survey would be similar to the extensive survey of 1,400 Adirondack lakes that the ALSC did before widespread acid rain regulation in the 1980s, according to the Adirondack Council statement. This multi-year study would focus on climate change and employ a team of scientists working in partnership with the ALSC. The company currently employs one full-time employee.

The ALSC and the Ausable River Association announced this week that the two nonprofits plan to merge by the end of this year. ALSC would remain an independent program as part of the merger.

The Adirondack Diversity Initiative, a Saranac Lake-based organization that works to improve diversity and inclusiveness in the park, received $300,000 in federal funding this year, an increase of $50,000 from the year last.

The budget also includes a review of a state policy that protects wetlands. The new policy allows the state to have jurisdiction over smaller wetlands, as little as 7.4 acres, outside of the park. The previous minimum area was 12.5. The state can already protect wetlands as small as an acre in the park, though the policy revision expands APA control over development on the lakeshore and other deep-water wetlands. .



Today’s breaking news and more to your inbox






read more
Parking facilities

Massachusetts Legislature Moves Forward With Reforms That Would Reshape Energy Sectors to Meet Climate and Economic Development Goals | Pierce Atwood LLP

On April 7, 2022, the Massachusetts Senate Ways and Means Committee released its response to a previous House Ways and Means bill (#4524). The Senate Bill, Senate No. 2819, revised a number of features of the previous House bill relating to the supply of offshore wind energy to the Commonwealth, but also addressed a series of questions focusing on issues climatic. The Senate bill also included a series of provisions aimed at advancing electric vehicles, other forms of renewable energy, real estate development that advances climate goals and fundamentally changes consumer options by eliminating the competitive market. retail electricity supply and decarbonizing the natural gas industry, as summarized below.

And after? We understand that the Senate will be accepting amendments to the bill over the next few days and will likely adopt a form of Senate No. 2819 later this month. The House will likely pass a different version of the bill, which will lead to the creation of a conference committee to work out the details of a final bill by the end of the session this summer.

Wind at sea

The Senate has proposed a number of changes to how offshore wind resources are purchased by electric utilities. The bill retains a regular utility procurement process with the goal of having contracts for 5,600 MW in place by summer 2027. The Massachusetts Department of Energy Resources or “DOER” will now select winning bids based on specified factors with a bit more emphasis. on economic development and advancing environmental justice concerns. Successful bids will continue to be subject to a “ceiling price”, which is the level of the bid from the previous solicitation. The Senate bill, however, allows for an adjustment or discount to a new bid price of the amount of bid initiatives aimed at economic development, including benefiting low-income communities. Payments to utilities to compensate them for the risk of contracting will be reduced from 2.75% of annual revenue to 1.25%.

Electric vehicles

A number of features have been added to accelerate the adoption of electric vehicles. Substantial funding has been made available to encourage the purchase of electric vehicles and also to support the development of charging stations. Rebates for EV purchases will be paid at point of sale. The sale of non-electric vehicles will be banned by 2035. There are similar mandates for mass transit and a requirement to adopt customer choice policies on ride-sharing services such as Uber or Lyft.

An additional $50 million is available to support the construction of charging stations, with a focus on accessibility and economic equity and a greater level of coordination at the state level. New or renovated buildings will have to install infrastructure to recharge at least 10% of the parking spaces. New time-of-use rates have been mandated to advance the economics of electric vehicle charging.

Renewable or clean energy

The Senate bill provides $100 million in funding to support new energy resources, specifically citing “deep” geothermal and geothermal resources and even nuclear fusion. Funding can also support offshore wind industry infrastructure, including port development.

DOER has been tasked with updating Massachusetts’ Solar Program or “SMART” and providing more flexibility to advance solar development. Solar development has been encouraged on agricultural land.

Energy storage was further encouraged, with a focus on longer-term projects. DOER was tasked with conducting a study on how to move implementation forward, including requiring requests for storage resources from electric utilities.

Biomass resources have been excluded from a number of clean energy subsidies.

Natural gas

The bill also requires a more formal process for reviewing the future of the natural gas industry, requiring a formal decision on gas utility plans; the DPU has advanced a collaborative process with gas utilities taking the lead in developing a range of options for industry to help achieve Commonwealth clean energy targets. Particular emphasis is placed on how to focus ongoing replacement programs for leak-prone lines given the uncertain future of the industry.

Communities are also allowed to experiment with zoning provisions that require fossil-free new construction, such as prohibiting new gas line connections.

Competitive sourcing

The Senate bill profoundly modifies the competitive electricity market by proposing to prohibit the creation or renewal of existing supply contracts for residential customers, outside the municipal grouping (which is not concerned by the draft law). A number of studies have shown that low-income customers have suffered in the competitive supply market.

Next steps

As noted, we expect a major energy bill to pass this session. We also expect an important process to be put in place through a conference committee. The proposed legislative language, in its current form, would surely create winners and losers among the various players in the state’s energy sector. Interested parties should seek to monitor this process, or seek ways to shape the outcome, as proposed features are refined or discontinued and new provisions emerge.

read more
Parking facilities

Washington a good partner with the railroads

By Charles H. Featherstone

Herald of the Columbia Basin

OLYMPIA — Washington has been very proactive in addressing infrastructure issues and getting people and goods moving across the state, according to French Thompson, general manager of public and private infrastructure development for Burlington Northern Santa Fe. Railroad.

“We’re looking to Washington, you’ve done such a great job of not sitting down,” Thompson said during an online roundtable on keeping cargo flowing across the state on Tuesday, hosted by the Washington Council on International Trade. “They are making investments on their own to tackle the projects that need to be built.”

Thompson, who spoke with Sen. Marko Liias, D-Everett and Washington State Transportation Secretary Roger Millar during the 90-minute discussion, said while the BNSF Railroad is working with the states in its coverage area, as well as the federal government To secure the necessary funding for improved lanes, bridges and tunnels, Washington lawmakers and officials are doing a better job than most of anticipating the future needs of the state.

“Getting ahead of projects before failure, and what are the next five to 10-year projects needed, and then leveraging federal funding to get there,” Thompson said.

“In our state, we do a better job of moving forward rather than waiting for failure,” Liias added. “We try to stay one step ahead.”

With approximately 32,500 miles of track across 28 states, the BNSF is one of the largest freight railroads in North America. The BNSF operates the freight line from Spokane to Bellingham which winds through Ephrata and Quincy.

Millar said the biggest challenge facing freight supply chains is not building new infrastructure, or even repairing or replacing older infrastructure, but connecting current management systems and get them to talk to each other in order to improve the current system.

According to Millar, the past two years of COVID-19 have strained U.S. and global supply chains, and the various tracking systems used by shipping carriers, port operators, trucking companies, owners of warehouses and the railways must be able to talk to each other. better for shippers to know where their goods are.

“The company that owns the boat knows where the containers are, but they can’t share that information,” Millar said. “This inefficiency is costing us time and money, and should have been resolved years ago.”

Thompson agreed and noted the current inefficiencies of port operations — most ports don’t operate 24 hours a day — while locomotives pull mile-long unit trains every hour of the day.

“BNSF is a 24/7 business, but ports and distribution centers may not be. A box may be ready to go,” Thompson said, referring to a shipping container, “but no one is ready to pick it up.

Thompson said this problem has a downstream effect on the entire transmission system and that it may be necessary to create excess transmission and transmission capacity to smooth it out.

Millar advocated for the creation of more truck stops and other safe places for truckers to park and rest, noting that adding parking spaces for large tractor-trailer trucks has not followed the request.

“The Department of Transport is part of the solution,” he said. “I’m not sure public facilities are the answer, but we need more truck stops.”

Millar also called for the creation of more intermodal transportation facilities in eastern Washington similar to the intermodel facility, noting that locations outside of Puget Sound where trucks can load and unload containers can unload port, road and rail facilities in Seattle and Tacoma.

The Port of Quincy owns and operates a small intermodal hub, primarily focused on loading reefer containers filled with processed potato products.

Finally, Millar and Thompson see a future for electric trucks and even train locomotives, although they won’t haul goods over long distances. At least not yet.

“We have a pilot project with a locomotive manufacturer regarding fuel cells, and we’re seeing a lot of interest in switching motors in rail yards, where there’s a lot of idling,” Thompson said.

Railroads are very efficient at moving freight, Thompson added, but right now it takes the kind of power that can only be generated by a diesel engine to pull a unit train through the Rockies and the Waterfalls.

read more
Parking facilities

UM resolves parking frustrations and seeks to expand campus grounds | News

When law student Frank Kuhl returned from spring break on March 28, half of the usual parking area near his apartment building was fenced off and the adjacent half was already filled with daily commuters. After circling campus, Kuhl luckily found a tight spot along West Fifth Street.

“It looks like this land serves a lot of buildings, especially for the law school,” Kuhl said. “Some students arrive earlier, sometimes later. If you arrive around after 8:30 am, you’re out of luck.

Near the Adams Center and Washington-Grizzly Stadium, the razing of approximately 220 parking spaces in Lot P began over spring break. The initial demolition comes ahead of construction of the Montana Museum of Arts and Culture (MMAC), which is expected to be completed in 2023.

Kuhl said he didn’t know until spring break that convenient parking might be harder to come by for the rest of the semester. Although the UMPD sent out an email reminder before the break, Kuhl and other students neglected to check their inboxes outside of class.

Paula Short drove a golf cart around the north end of campus on March 30, snapping photos of empty parking spots. As Associate Vice President of Campus Preparedness and Response, Short is responsible for managing new parking barriers at UM, responding to student frustrations, and crafting mass communications to inform students and teachers of alternative parking options.

Short said many of the decal lots she passes — including the lots at River Bowl, outside the Facilities Services building, under Sentinel and along campus — are rarely at capacity. Short said the irritation over limited parking is valid, but attributes the inconvenience to a lack of information about UM’s other parking lots.

” I do not doubt [frustrations] are real. Parking gets really tough,” Short said. “Is there a lack of parking spaces? Or is there a lack of convenient parking? »

Short has tried to spread the word, mostly via email, but is having trouble reaching students. She considered sending a mass text to students before class to remind them of the build. However, the text platform used by Unified Messaging is intended only for emergency alerts.

“There’s no way to stratify it and just send it to students,” Short said. “It goes to your mom in New Jersey who wanted to sign up for campus alerts.”

The short photos taken of the alternate batches are for his reference when writing emails to students, and to ASUM President Noah Durnell. Durnell said he answered questions about the parking situation from students and faculty and was working closely with Short to find ways to connect with the UM population.

“Student concerns are very real right now,” Durnell said. “I just hope to bring some clarity on where they can find a better parking opportunity. Meanwhile, ASUM is still working on changing the actual parking policies, getting new infrastructure for parking .

Some of the options Durnell has considered to streamline parking include changing a number of reserved and metered spaces to decal spaces, updating on-campus signs to clarify parking rules, and finding parking by off-campus satellite for those living in dorms.

According to University of Montana Police Chief Brad Giffin, the UMPD is exploring options that would increase parking availability in lots that are not currently designated for parking passes. Giffin said this could reduce the number of potential tickets for students.

Short also wants to draw more attention to the Park and Ride system. Next to Dornblaser Field, students or faculty can park off-campus for free indefinitely and drive to college in UDash. Short said the lot is abundant with empty spaces.

Once MMAC completes construction in the fall of 2023, short estimates of approximately 80-100 parking spaces will be restored to Lot P.

As enrollment at the University surged last fall — and plans for a new dining hall, boiler room, museum, and sports training center sprung up — the demand for accessible and convenient parking has increased over the past year. Missoula city code states that there must be one parking space available for every three students.

Jameel Chaudhry, associate director of planning, design and construction at UM, said with the new buildings, new car parks must follow. There is a difficult balance, he said, when choosing which green spaces to replace with asphalt.

“There are some on campus who are going to be pissed off they don’t have greenery, the other half because they don’t have enough parking,” Chaudhry said.

Currently, Chaudhry has opted for a dozen spaces on campus to expand parking. Among these are an extension to the dormitory south of Pantzer, the yard between Miller and Duniway, and part of the tennis courts.

Chaudhry said expanding surface lots is still hugely cheaper than building a single multi-level parking structure. The estimated cost of adding 750 additional parking spaces in surface lots is $1.8 million, compared to $25 million for an additional 250 spaces in a parking garage.

Dave Kuntz, UM’s director of strategic communications, said Chairman Bodnar is looking at the optional bundles.

“They have been considering expanding the parking lot for some time. Obviously, this process takes time,” Kuntz said. “With half of the P car park being under construction for next year, this conversation has become more relevant in recent weeks.”

read more
Parking facilities

Voters will face a general improvement tax for Alliance City schools

ALLIANCE — Residents of the Alliance City School District will face a general improvement tax in the May 3 primary election.

The permanent $2.7 million levy would generate about $842,000 a year for the school district.

Alliance City Schools Superintendent Rob Gress said the issue will not create additional costs for ratepayers.

Gress said the district will finish repaying the 1999 bonds this year that funded the construction of the new elementary, middle and middle schools, as well as the renovations to Parkway and the Early Learning School.

The new levy would cost taxpayers $7.88 per month per $100,000 of assessment, the same amount they have paid in the past 23 years for the bonds.

Gress said the funds will pay for maintenance and repairs to various aspects of the school’s buildings, including roofs, floors, fences, doors, HVAC systems, security cameras and parking lots.

The buildings are still in good condition, Gress said, and the money would allow the school district to maintain them. He added that because the buildings are about the same age, many of these types of repairs will need to be done simultaneously.

Gress said the ongoing levy cannot be used for other purposes, such as salaries or human resources matters.

District residents renewed a separate $2 million levy to help maintain buildings at district facilities in November.

For more information, contact the Levy Committee at [email protected]

Ohio’s primary election remains muddled, due to a failure to produce maps to establish State House and Senate districts. According to state election officials, it is not possible to hold state-level races in the May election. Under Ohio election rules, early voting must begin Tuesday, after Monday’s deadline to register to vote in the May primary.

Contact Paige at 330-580-8577 or [email protected], or on Twitter at @paigembenn.

read more
Parking facilities

Hardlook: Market makeover | News from cities, The Indian Express

From a small cart to more than 15,000 shops and 5,000 ready-made garment manufacturing units spread over 3 km, the Gandhi Nagar market in northeast Delhi has grown over the past 50 years and is now one of the largest apparel wholesale markets in Asia. Located across the Yamuna, the market is a hub for fabrics and ready-to-wear clothes.

A mixture of wholesale, manufacturing and a few retail units, it provides about 1 lakh of direct employment and 3 lakh of indirect employment – ​​including a large number of women working in manufacturing units – and has a daily turnover between Rs 250 crore-Rs 300 crore.

However, the area is poorly organized with narrow alleys, open sewers, hanging electric wires and a lack of amenities such as toilets and parking spaces. Connectivity is also an issue due to congestion in the area.

The Delhi government plans to change this and redevelop it into a “Great Garment Hub” by converting it into an organized shopping area. Deputy Chief Minister Manish Sisodia, while announcing the plan during his budget speech, said: “When people wear clothes made from Gandhi Nagar, they should say with pride that it is ready to go. employment in Delhi. This requires legal recognition, redevelopment of infrastructure, construction of new service centers and rebranding, marketing and repositioning of Gandhi Nagar. This program is expected to create more than 40,000 new job opportunities over the next five years.

The market has its humble origins in 1972-73 when a couple started selling clothes from a cart near their home in Ashok gali. Little by little, several shops open. In two or three years, about 14 small markets have appeared in the main market of Gandhi Nagar.

Business picked up momentum in 1975-76 when traders from Gandhi Nagar started buying fabrics and knitwear in Kolkata, Ludhiana and Lucknow. It attracted people from all over the country and from countries like Pakistan and Afghanistan, traders said.

“With growing demand, more stores opened and people set up factories inside their homes and moved elsewhere,” said KK Balli, president of the Association of Wholesale Readymade Garments Dealers.

The plan

To oversee the project, the government is set to form a committee which will include members from all relevant departments such as Delhi State Industrial and Infrastructure Development Corporation, Dialogue and Development Commission (DDC), DDA, East MCD, Finance and others. . The nodal agency will be the DSIIDC.

Jasmine Shah, Vice President of DDC, said: “The market is known as Asia’s largest clothing wholesale market, but it is not a destination where people are eager to go shopping. SDC held a meeting with all major business associations before the budget to understand the issues and gaps. The idea was to make it a participatory process… The work has already begun, and several rounds of consultations have taken place over the last four months at the individual, association and market level… Within two to three months, various consultants and agencies will be enlisted in.”

Officials said the committee will be formed in two weeks and will conduct a survey to understand the problems faced by traders and traders.

The pedestrian bridge has been transformed into a makeshift car park. (Gayatri Mani)

Shah said the biggest problems in the market are civic issues: “Traders said that every time they approached the MCD, it refused to take up the case due to lack of funds. After receiving several requests from traders, the Delhi government decided to devise a “micro-level plan”.

The plan will target the wholesale and retail aspect, manufacturing units and connectivity, Shah said. “When it comes to wholesale and retail, the government wants to make it a world-class shopping experience for Indian and overseas audiences so that anyone coming here has access to proper facilities.”

“The second part is the industrial aspect. Gandhi Nagar is not an industrial area but it does have several manufacturing units which produce clothing in bulk…these operate on domestic licenses under which you can only manufacture up to a certain limit. But with the increase in demand, the illegality has also increased. The government plans to either provide flat factories through the DSIIDC or to dedicate an area for the textile industry in one of the existing factories/industrial zones. These are all ideas under deliberation and an overall plan will be prepared,” Shah said.

For connectivity issues, he said DMRC, DTC, railways and other agencies would be involved.

Ground Report

The Indian Express visited the market and spoke to traders and market associations about the issues they are facing and what they think of the government’s redevelopment plan.

Located near Seelampur and Shastri Park metro stations, the main market starts at Pushta Road. Traders said as early as morning the road was clogged with fabric and hundreds of parked cars, tempos and trucks. For laborers and workers who commute by bicycle and bicycle, the pedestrian bridge is their makeshift parking lot.

“Parking is a big problem. We raised this issue with EDMC and asked them to build a tiered lot, but to no avail. There is a company run parking space on Pushta Road for 200-250 vehicles but… it has been reduced and can only accommodate 40-50 vehicles now. Another parking lot run by the civic body near Shamshan Ghat is used only for loading and unloading trucks,” Balli said.
Besides parking, the shops are housed in narrow lanes, some operating from 10×10 spaces.

Sanjay Jain, a member of the traders’ association, said, “The power lines are almost touching the ground, posing a threat to traders, workers as well as customers. The market sees more than 3 lakh customers and workers daily, but there are no proper toilets. Traders’ associations have raised money and built toilets, but the company doesn’t even clean them.

According to the traders’ association, the market employs 40,000 women and there are no toilets for them. Muskan, who works in a garment factory in Shanti mohalla, said: “Toilets are a big problem here. I come here at 10 am and drink very little water so I don’t need to go to the bathroom. It’s especially hard when we’re on our period… most of us don’t come to work at those times.

While some traders and workers hailed the government’s plan, others feared a sounding promise remained.

“It’s a welcome step… but the question remains how it will be done. I have been working here for 25 years and nothing has been done for the market so far,” said Rakesh Bansal, owner of Bharat Traders.

Another trader, Vinay Kumar, said, “I am happy that a government has spoken about this market and offered to redevelop it. Encroachment has increased on the main road, which needs to be corrected. The government has to make a little way first, to get the people to believe them.

Sunny Kumar, who sells shikanji and soda, and is also a member of the Hawkers Association, said the government should also keep hawkers in mind when revamping the market.

Some traders demanded that the market become fully commercial. “Currently several units are run from household licensed houses… and people are running illegal factories. Even those who follow the rules are forced to pay bribes under the pretext that our units are illegal. This needs to stop,” Jain said.

East MCD Mayor Shyam Sundar denied the claims of traders and shopkeepers. Regarding the lack of car parks and toilets, he said: “Firstly, we don’t have land (to build them) but we have written to the DDA to provide land for the construction of a multi-level car park. Second, there are toilets on the main road which are cleaned regularly but the attendance is high so it is difficult…”

“There is a parking lot on Pushta Road where 1,000 cars can be accommodated. It is managed by private entrepreneurs; fees are billed on an hourly basis.

On the sewers, he said: ‘It’s not under the MCD. We deployed sanitation workers to clean the market from 5:30 a.m. to 8:30 a.m.

read more
Parking facilities

A mixed bag downtown

I’m in the Simmons Bank building in downtown Little Rock’s River Market District with George Makris, the president of the company who led Simmons through his massive growth spurt. I ask him why the bank, which still has its technical headquarters in Pine Bluff, decided five years ago to buy this structure along Interstate 30 that had been built for Acxiom.

“There were several reasons,” says Makris. “First, we already had hundreds of people working in Little Rock, and we knew we would hire more. We were running out of space. We had people scattered all over town. A second reason was its proximity to Pine Bluff. We started inquiring about buying the building, I knew it would be a good opportunity, it was a six month process, but we ended up here and were thrilled about it.

Since Acxiom is a data company, the building had the kind of cabling that Simmons needed for its computer networks and security operations center. It also came with a gymnasium, cafe and conference center. Simmons installed lighting outside and coordinated with the city to match the colors to the lights on the bridges crossing the Arkansas River.

It is a beautiful building and a house worthy of a regional banking power. But as Simmons expanded its presence downtown, the state government moved, moving hundreds of employees to the former Alltel (and later Verizon) corporate campus in the Riverdale neighborhood. Combined with a loss of office jobs due to the pandemic, there are now gaping holes in the downtown office market.

I work at the corner of Capitol Avenue and Scott Street and often walk around the neighborhood. I remember my excitement shortly before the pandemic hit with the transformation of two former Capitol buildings into the hip AC Hotel by Marriott. Somehow this hotel survived after opening at the start of a two-year pandemic, but adjacent spaces that I thought were filled with restaurants and bars now remain empty.

Downtown Little Rock is a mixed bag as we emerge from the pandemic. On the plus side, the River Market District, South on Main (known as SOMA) and the area now called East Village are vibrant. Capitol Avenue, slated to be the state’s largest urban boulevard from the freeway to the state capitol, is a sad sight. It remains lined with empty storefronts, abandoned bank lobbies and tacky surface parking lots.

There have been many stories in recent months about legal proceedings and financial issues clouding the future of two of the Capitol’s towers, the Regions and the Bank of America buildings. Meanwhile, on the section of Main Street, the city dubbed the Creative Corridor, the two tallest buildings – Donaghey and Boyle – stand empty and decay.

When writing about downtown Little Rock, I like to consult Rett Tucker and Jimmy Moses, who have played key roles in its revitalization over the past decades. They tell me restaurants have weathered the pandemic surprisingly well while downtown apartment and condo occupancy rates have held steady. Tucker says there’s enough demand for additional apartments downtown, especially since the neighborhood offers the state’s only true urban living experience.

Downtown highlights include the transformation of the Museum of Fine Arts of Arkansas (formerly the Arkansas Center for the Arts) and the potential for expansion of Little Rock Technology Park. A city is only as strong as its downtown, and a state is only as strong as its capital. It is important to all Arkansans that downtown Little Rock realizes its potential.

Moses and Tucker aren’t the only smart people seriously thinking about the future of downtown. Former Conway Mayor Tab Townsell, who now heads regional planning agency Metroplan, included me in a series of emails inviting people to come to Austin, Texas to see how leaders made the downtown of this city more friendly for pedestrians and cyclists.

“One of the top destination cities in today’s economy has chosen to calm traffic in its downtown core,” Townsell said. “This is a city where cranes are everywhere as they build skyscraper after skyscraper. A thriving downtown and an accessible, livable downtown are not mutually exclusive.”

What Little Rock too often lacks is coordination. As the pandemic winds down, now is the time for city government, state government (it still has a vested interest in downtown), the Little Rock Regional Chamber of Commerce, and the Downtown Little Rock Partnership to join forces with private sector investors to achieve these goals. three things:

• Restore Avenue du Capitole. House employees and other economic developers should work just as hard to attract investment to downtown as they work to attract manufacturing and distribution facilities. Where is the new headquarters with high-paying white-collar jobs? It is also high time the city made the avenue a priority with a smoother street, improved lighting, extensive landscaping, banners, etc.

• Convince the University of Arkansas at Little Rock to have a major presence downtown. How about moving the business school and associating it with Little Rock Technology Park?

• Raise the necessary funds to expand the Downtown Partnership Ambassador Program. These are the people who wear bright uniforms, walk the streets, and work closely with the Little Rock Police Department to keep downtown safe. Feeling safe, especially at night, is key to bringing more people to live, work and play downtown. There’s not even a close second.


Editor Rex Nelson’s column appears regularly in the Arkansas Democrat-Gazette. He is also the author of the Southern Fried blog at rexnelsonsouthernfried.com.

read more
Parking facilities

Opening of the largest multi-level car park in the capital – The New Indian Express

Express press service

THIRUVANANTHAPURAM: The largest multi-level car park (MLCP) in the city, with a capacity of 1,800 four-wheeled vehicles, has been opened at the Technopark campus. Information technology firm UST completed construction of the facility in 34 months, and company officials say it will add five more floors in Phase II of the project to accommodate a total of 4,000 cars.

This project should be a revelation for the municipality which has failed to provide adequate paid parking for the public despite the growing demand. “The car park was designed with the needs of our employees in mind as they slowly return to the offices. We were able to complete the project in a short time despite the difficult Covid phase.

In the future, when we add five more floors, this would become the largest parking lot in the state. We are also planning to install solar panels above the MLCP in line with our sustainability initiative and our goal of being carbon neutral,” said Shilpa Menon, Center Manager, UST Thiruvananthapuram.

The lack of adequate parking spaces in busy areas of the capital forces motorists to park haphazardly on sidewalks. On top of that, the police are fining motorists without giving them options or designated spaces to park.

Chairman of Federation of Thiruvananthapuram Residents Associations MS Venugopal said the civic body has failed to provide even basic amenities to the public. “The demand for designated parking lots remains unanswered. It is because of the sheer apathy of the authorities. Without providing the facilities, the authorities impose fines on motorists. The only MLCP at the company’s office is not available to the public. Ninety percent of the parking space is used by company personnel,” Venugopal said.

The Multi-Level Car Parking (MLCP) Facility at the Company’s Office Premises | BP Deepu

MLCP projects at MCH, Putharikandam suspends fire
The civic body has undertaken up to six multi-level parking projects under the Smart City Thiruvananthapuram Ltd (SCTL) and AMRUT (Atal Mission for Rejuvenation and Urban Transformation) scheme which is expected to address the parking crisis in the capital.

Other than announcing plans, the civic body has done little on the ground to execute these projects on schedule. It is learned that the MLCPs planned by the civic body at Putharikandam and Medical College Hospital have been abandoned by the contractor. According to officials, the civic body is trying to revive these two projects.

“There was a design conflict on these two projects. The contractor abandoned the projects due to escalating costs. At Putharikandam, only the piling works have been completed. We have decided to launch a new call for tenders. Both of these projects experienced increased costs as we had to add other components, including fire safety mechanisms. The civic body decided to bear the additional expenses of the project. Around 3 crores would be allocated from the civic body’s own funds to ensure the completion of these projects,” an official from the civic body said.

The official said that the MLCP at Thampanoor is nearing completion. “About 60% of the project has been completed. The project is being implemented by SCTL. The facility can accommodate both two-wheelers and four-wheelers. The facility would be able to solve the parking crisis in the Thampanoor area,” the official said.

No action on collection of illegal parking fees
The municipality continues to ignore growing complaints about the collection of huge parking fees at malls, hospitals and other commercial establishments. Apart from a few notices, the civic body till date has made no effort to stop the illegal collection of fees, in violation of Kerala Municipal Law and Kerala Municipal Building Regulations. Recently, the High Court of Kerala had issued an order against the levying of parking fees by shopping malls. According to the standards, it is illegal to charge a fee for the use of the parking area allocated according to the building regulations. A senior civic body official said the state government needs to come up with a policy to end the collection of parking fees. “We are awaiting orders from the state government,” the official said.

Robotic parking system in preparation

The company has come up with a multitude of projects and proposals to solve the parking crisis. However, other than parking at the company’s office premises, the civic body has not commissioned or executed any of the projects planned so far. In the current budget, it has allocated I1 crore for innovative robotic parking spaces in the capital. A senior official in the company’s engineering wing said it was the first time a local body had planned robotic parking systems in the city. “It has lower O&M costs than normal MLCPs.

It can be installed in smaller spaces and only one carrier would be operational compared to other multi-level installations. The robot transporter can lift around 4,000 kg and a normal car weighs around 3,000 kg,” the official said. The operation and maintenance cost of a robotic parking system stands at about 13 lakh while the cost of conventional MLCP is nearly 18 lakh, an official said. “It has fewer moving parts than conventional MLCPs,” the official said. A similar robotic installation is now functional at the police station, the official said. “We plan to set up at least one installation on an experimental basis. We will identify suitable locations soon,” an official added.

Park worry-free

1,800 four-wheeled vehicles can be parked in the new facility

  • 5 more floors will be added
  • 4,000 vehicles can be parked after construction
read more
Parking facilities

Design-build team selected for $1.7 billion Harbor-UCLA Medical Center redesign

A design-build team led by Hensel Phelps, HMC Architects and CO Architects has been selected for a redesign of the unincorporated Harbor-UCLA Medical Center in West Carson, the team announced this month.

The nearly $1.7 billion project, approved in February by the Los Angeles County Board of Supervisors, calls for the consolidation of medical services at the Harbor-UCLA campus, which spans 72 acres east intersection of Carson Street and Vermont Avenue. The project will allow the hospital to comply with the 1953 Senate Bill, which requires all acute care hospitals to rebuild or upgrade their facilities by 2030 to avoid damage from a major earthquake.

“I am thrilled to lead this design-build team of healthcare design and build experts to deliver this beautiful, state-of-the-art facility,” Hensel Phelps program manager Sandra Ichiho said in a statement. . “Through this project, the county will create hundreds of local jobs and millions of dollars in business opportunities for the local community.”

The centerpieces of the project are a new 468,000 square foot inpatient care tower with 346 beds, as well as a 403,000 square foot outpatient treatment center and support building. Other elements of the renovation include a new helicopter landing pad, an 11,000 square foot warehouse, a new 381,000 square foot parking lot and other support facilities.

By consolidating existing inpatient and outpatient departments into new buildings, Harbor-UCLA expects to reduce operating and maintenance costs, while meeting sustainability goals. The project team is aiming for LEED Gold certification for the campus.

“Adding one million square feet to an existing 70-year-old campus creates significant planning and cost challenges,” said Kirk Rose, healthcare practice leader at HMC Architects, in the press release. “Our design will optimize operational flow and throughput, organize the program very cost effectively, and create a beautiful outdoor space for community enjoyment.”

Elsewhere on the Harbor-UCLA complex, the county has also partnered with the Lundquist Institute, formerly known as LA Biomed, which intends to develop a 250,000 square foot bioscience technology campus near the intersection of Carson with Normandie Avenue.

read more
Parking facilities

Long-delayed work on the station’s multi-storey car park will finally start next month

The Mayor of WEST Yorkshire said she understood commuters’ “frustration” after work began on a station car park – 18 months after the originally scheduled end date.

Work to create a multi-storey car park at Steeton and Silsden station will finally start next month and is expected to take a year.

The works will increase parking spaces at the station by 102 spaces – to provide a total of 245 spaces.

The station car park is regularly full before 9am, and there have been calls for better parking facilities for years.

The West Yorkshire Combined Authority, which is funding the project, said the new facilities would encourage more people to travel by train.

When the project was first announced, the expected end date was October 2020.

‘Concerns’ after estimated cost of bridge over busy road nearly doubles to £10m

But the scheme has been beset with delays and at a meeting of the Combined Authority at the end of 2020 it emerged that the cost of the scheme had risen from £3,879,000 to £4,630,800. Members were also informed that the work would likely not be completed until January 2022.

This schedule has since been rearranged and work is now due to begin this month and be completed in March 2023.

West Yorkshire Mayor Tracy Brabin said: “As a passionate advocate for rail travel and a commuter myself, I understand the frustration commuters have felt at the slow progress on car parking. Steeton and Silsden station. I can understand, however, that improvements, like this, can sometimes encounter significant obstacles and problems.

“I am however very pleased to be able to tell people who use Steeton and Silsden station that we can now begin the significant parking improvements at this station.

“In the Climate and Environment Plan for West Yorkshire, which I launched last year, I committed to achieving a net-zero carbon economy by 2038 at the latest. Work at Steeton and Silsden Station will help reduce congestion and improve local air quality, bringing us one step closer to our economic ambition.” It also goes without saying that better access to public transport improves people’s employment, training and learning opportunities and, of course, their leisure activities.I welcome these improvements.

The construction of the new car park will result in the closure of the existing main car park for the 12 month construction period.

Part of the annex car park will remain open to station visitors, with around 40 spaces available. As there will be limited parking availability throughout the construction period, the Combined Authority urges station users to consider alternative arrangements and, if possible, walk or cycle to the station.

read more
Parking facilities

Start of work on the parking lot of the multi-storey station

A new multi-storey car park to encourage rail use at Steeton and Silsden station is one of 14 projects in the West Yorkshire Combined Authority’s £31.5million Rail Park and Ride scheme.

The expected start date for development is early next month.

As part of the improvements, 102 additional parking spaces will be created, bringing the total available spaces to 245.

Parking will be free for rail users, who will also benefit from improved CCTV facilities and LED lighting, for their safety and comfort.

A fully accessible elevator will greatly facilitate access to the car park and the station.

West Yorkshire Mayor Tracy Brabin said: “As a passionate advocate for rail travel and a commuter myself, I understand the frustration commuters have felt at the slow progress on car parking. Steeton and Silsden station.

“However, I can understand that improvements, such as this, can sometimes run into significant obstacles and problems.

“I am very pleased to be able to tell people who use Steeton and Silsden station that we can now begin the significant parking improvements at this station.

“The works at Steeton and Silsden station will help reduce congestion and improve local air quality, bringing us one step closer to our economic ambition.”

The construction of the new car park will result in the closure of the existing main car park for the construction period, which is expected to last up to 12 months. Part of the annex car park will remain open to station visitors, with around 40 spaces available.

As the availability of parking spaces will be limited throughout the construction period, station users are encouraged to consider alternative arrangements and, if possible, walk or cycle to the station.

read more
Parking facilities

Schumer Joins Call for CBP to Drop Blind Bay Station Construction Plans | Jefferson County

ORLEANS — Senate Majority Leader Charles E. Schumer has joined the appeal against the planned U.S. Customs and Border Protection patrol post at Blind Bay.

The New York Democrat sent a letter to CBP’s Acting Environmental Branch Chief John P. Petrilla on Tuesday, asking that the agency consider a different site for the project.

In plans released in February, a company working for CBP detailed plans to build a large administrative and patrol center on 19 acres of land on the bay just south of Fishers Point mobile park. The station would provide space for 75 officers in a 17,300 square foot main administration building, with 15,800 in constructed support space. A 15,100 square foot parking garage, kennel, marine storage, dock and ramp, fuel island and car wash would also be installed.

Conservationists, local business owners, and local and state elected officials have voiced their opposition to such a large facility in Blind Bay. In his letter, Senator Schumer echoed many of their points. To date, Senator Schumer is the most senior elected official to have spoken on the Blind Bay station project.

Blind Bay is one of the few remaining muskellunge breeding grounds in the Thousand Islands, and the endangered fish are slowly making a comeback, according to research conducted at the Thousand Islands Biological Station by SUNY Environmental Science and Forestry.

“This habitat has been used in recovery efforts to restore fish populations impacted by habitat loss and invasive species,” the senator’s letter read. “These critical fish and wildlife habitats that exist in the shallow, undeveloped bay support shoreline protection, flood reduction, biodiversity and nature education to name but a few of their benefits. .”

The senator said construction of the facility, particularly the marina, wharf and ramp, would require significant dredging of Blind Bay and put these endangered and protected species at risk.

“The proposed docks at the new facility would require extensive dredging which would damage the uniquely important habitat,” he said. “Dock structures are also known to attract devastating invasive species such as zebra mussels.”

Local tourist businesses, including Thousand Islands Park directly across the river from Blind Bay, have expressed concern that an industrial facility will be built on what was a very natural stretch of coastline of the St. Lawrence. TI Park officials said the bright lights, increased ship traffic, and overall look of a CBP station would clash strongly with the character of their community.

“Hotels, attractions and more than 300 homes are across the river from the proposed new facility,” Senator Schumer said in his letter. “People live (in) and visit this part of the Thousand Islands to enjoy the natural beauty. The proposed multi-building industrial facility that requires a significant amount of lighting would detract from the natural beauty that the North Country offers.

Senator Schumer said building such a facility at this site would undo much of the multimillion-dollar investment Orleans and Jefferson County have made to maintain the waterfront in its current shape.

Senator Schumer said he agreed that CBP needed a new station in the Thousand Islands. The agency said its current facilities on the Isle of Wellesley are three times their capacity and have fallen into a state of disrepair that cannot be corrected by refurbishment.

“I agree that a new, larger facility is needed to perform your vital services,” Senator Schumer said. “However, I strongly urge you to consider and choose a different location that could meet agency needs without harming wildlife ecosystems, tourism, and the daily lives of Blind Bay area residents.”

Save the River executive director John Peach said Tuesday he appreciated Senator Schumer’s letter of objection. Save the River sent the initial letter of objection regarding the Blind Bay CBP station and organized much of the local push against the facility.

Mr Peach said he thought Senator Schumer got the message perfectly.

“Senator Schumer understands the importance of muskellunge and the whole environment to the St. Lawrence River,” he said.

He said he thinks Senator Schumer’s voice adds more credibility to their own opposition to the planned installation, which is only growing. Mr. Peach said more than 900 people have signed a letter that Save the River plans to send to CBP, reiterating their opposition to the project.

As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases.

read more
Parking facilities

Fire chief urges city to discontinue needle collection kiosks in Barrie

“There seems to be a very, very low collection rate,” Barrie fire chief says, noting kiosks are often filled with trash

Naloxone kits remain, syringe collection kiosks disappear.

Councilors will consider a motion to that effect on Monday.

Barrie Fire Chief Cory Mainprize says the cost of renting and collecting needle kiosks is about $25,000 a year, but his recommendation to remove them isn’t based on funding.

“Mainly what we’ve seen, because we’ve collected about 18 months of data now, is that the program doesn’t seem to be successful,” he said. “The bins (kiosks) are continuously filled with garbage. We empty them every month…they are so full of garbage that even if people wanted to put needles in them, they couldn’t.

“There seems to be a very, very low collection rate.”

In November 2020, council approved a motion to use city resources to support Simcoe Muskoka’s Opioid Strategy and address the overdose crisis. Methods included setting up multiple syringe exchange bins in parks or parking lots in Barrie on a pilot basis, in addition to containers already located with park restrooms, and installing naloxone nasal spray kits in the a one-year pilot project in city facilities close to the public. Automated External Defibrillators (AEDs) available for public use.

Needle collection kiosks have been set up at eight locations; Heritage Park, Queen’s Park, rear of Collier Street parking garage, 83 Perry Street, west entrance to Milligan’s Pond, Sam Cancilla Park, Stephens Park, Kearsey Park and Berczy Park.

The city received monthly reports of the total weight collected from each kiosk, but collection and weighing was unable to differentiate between the weight of the needles collected and the weight of other products discarded at the kiosks.

Photographs showed that the kiosks were often contaminated and contained much more waste than used needles.

Several of the kiosks were also vandalized. Mainprize said some are not prominent, making them more susceptible to damage than normal trash cans or recycling bins.

“They are knocked down, crushed,” he said.

Com. Natalie Harris said she has two opinions on the motion that councilors will consider on Monday.

“I am very pleased to hear that there is a recommendation to continue with the Naloxone Public Access Project, and disappointed to learn that the syringe collection kiosks have not been used for their intended purpose,” she said.

“I would like to investigate other kiosk designs that might provide more control over what is collected in these bins. for Mental Health) and SMDHU (Simcoe Muskoka District Health Unit) are used for their intended purpose.

City staff reported a significant number of needles on the ground near kiosks, and no noticeable decrease in the number of needles discarded in parks.

“They haven’t seen any reduction in the needles they find in parks,” Mainprize said. “If anything, more needles are seen around the bins than in the bins, creating additional hazards as they need to be cleaned.

“It’s only 18 months, which isn’t a lot, but we haven’t really seen any change,” he said. “They are either completely empty or completely filled with garbage.”

The cost of renting the kiosks and continuing the monthly collection is approximately $25,000 per year. No funds have been allocated to continue the pilot program after April 2022.

City staff managed the facility and provided the naloxone kits, with 27 kits installed at 19 facilities that have public access defibrillators and meet naloxone storage requirements.

The first kit was installed in the Transit Terminal in May 2021. Naloxone from city-installed kits has been administered twice at a city facility since the pilot program began. This helped reverse the overdoses that had occurred.

“We’ve had some success with this and it’s already up and paid for,” Mainprize said.

As the kits and containers have already been acquired, the ongoing cost of the naloxone kit program can be managed through the existing operational budget. Ongoing costs are associated with replacement of used or expired Narcan nasal spray, one-way respiratory barrier, latex-free gloves, and instructions for administering Narcan. No additional funding is required to meet these supplies.

Naloxone is a fast-acting drug used to temporarily reverse the effects of opioid overdoses, according to Health Canada, and can restore breathing in two to five minutes.

Monday’s motion is that the naloxone kit pilot program for providing publicly available kits at city facilities be adopted as a permanent city program, but that the syringe collection kiosk pilot program be interrupted.

If approved on Monday, the motion will be considered for final approval at the March 28 city council meeting.

read more
Parking facilities

Plans to transform Haverfordwest’s multi storey car park

The council’s plans to transform Haverfordwest’s multi storey car park have been given the go ahead by committee.

Pembrokeshire County Council’s planning committee unanimously approved the application for replacement bus station and multi-storey car park with associated works and new public realm enhancements at its meeting on Wednesday (March 16).

Haverfordwest councilor Tim Evans said it will be a “big enhancement to parking facilities” in the town and will help regeneration of the town and “make it more accessible for people to park.”

This was backed by Cllr David Pugh who said it was hard to get cars in and out of the current facility and the new facilities would be a “big improvements.”

The site is around 1.8 hectares and includes the existing car park, part of Cartlett Road, bus station and Bridgend Square car park.

The application is for a “new interchange provision for buses and coaches” as well as a replacement multi-storey car park of 335 spaces, with electric vehicle charging, highway access improvements, revised taxi rank and upgraded facilities.

It was agreed that the application be approved subject to delegated authority being given to the director of community services to resolve matters relating to flood risk and a number of conditions including environmental and traffic management plans, approval of materials, landscaping, provision of cycle parking and archeology investigation.

read more
Parking facilities

Parking issue a major poll issue for Bhubaneswar mayoral election

Residents of the capital city of Bhubaneswar have faced difficulties in regularly finding space to park their vehicles. With more and more vehicles being added to the existing numbers and the parking space remaining the same, the problem is getting worse day by day.

With the ULB polls around the corner, the mayoral candidates of the Bhubaneswar Municipal Corporation are currently in a rush. To seduce voters, they make promises. The capital’s traffic problem also finds a place in their to-do lists.

Congress mayoral candidate Madhusmita Acharya says she is well aware of the seriousness of the parking problem in the city. “Just pick any area at random and one will find a parking problem even there. The fact is undeniable. There are other problems as well. If I win, these problems will be given priority,” says Acharya.

The townspeople are the recipients. They are the ones who live with the difficulties on a daily basis.

“At all times, vehicles can be seen parked on both sides of the roads in the city of Bhubaneswar. Sometimes we either have to wait 15 to 20 minutes for a place to park our vehicles, or park our vehicles at a place half a kilometer from the pre-established places,” says a city dweller, adding specific parking spaces is the need Of time.

The choice of the Biju Janata Dal for the position of mayor of BMC, Sulochana Das sees the solution to the parking problem in a multi-level parking lot.
“A multi-level car park is nearing completion. The pandemic has delayed its inauguration. If I win the election, I will build more such facilities,” Das says.

On-road parking encroaches on much of the roads, leaving commuters to self-serve.

“We motorists are the hardest hit. Even if a customer gives up on us, we cannot stop at that particular location due to lack of space. We are forced to park our vehicles in front of this place, forcing the customer to walk towards us, ”laments a motorist in the city.

“Specific parking spaces can only solve the problem,” he believes.

Aspiring mayor Suniti Mund, who has been aligned with the Bharatiya Janata party, is very particular on the issue of parking. “In the city of Bhubaneswar, the most aggravating problem is the parking of vehicles. If I become mayor, my top priority will certainly be to eradicate the parking problem. We have already made plans to rehabilitate roadside vendors. This will free up space,” observes Mund.

read more
Parking facilities

Construction begins at Waterford Bay Resort, Minnesota

Waterford Bay, a four-story, 243-unit multifamily complex at 380 Randolph Avenue in Street Paul, Minnesota, designed by BKV Group, a multidisciplinary design firm, paved the way for construction.

The company built the waterfront district for client Stoneleigh Companies, who created it as one of St. Paul’s first opportunity zone developments, with the goal of connecting the surrounding Mississippi River through a combination of public and private spaces.

Look for construction leads

The property provides public access to the river with the installation of a kayak/small boat launch, the expansion of the regional network of biking/walking paths and a section of land donated to the town for a park space along the river.

Also Read: Neighborhood Construction Begins in Mankato, Minnesota

The 295,000 square foot property is a partially wraparound residential idea with a parking structure in the middle and living units on three sides. In response to site restrictions, the BKV Group used a lower three-story facade along the river that drops to four stories along Randolph Street and the nearby Mississippi River entrance.

The upper residential levels encircle two second-level courtyards divided by an ornamental pavilion, forming an E-shaped design that separates the swimming pool from the green roof. BKV Group used its full-service strategy to lead all architecture, structural, mechanical and electrical engineering, interior design and landscape architecture.

Learn more about the Waterford Bay multi-family complex in Minnesota

The building itself is comprised of micro-units, studios, one-bedroom, and two-bedroom apartments with high-end features such as 9-foot ceilings, hardwood-style floors, and modern kitchens with shaker style cabinetry, quartz countertops. , and stainless steel appliances.

An outdoor pool and manicured amenity deck with a four-season porch, outdoor grilling stations and fire pit couches are among the features of the community. Indoor facilities include a large fitness center and yoga studio, residents’ lounge, business center, rooftop club room with demonstration kitchen, secure storage for bicycles and kayaks, a dog wash station and indoor parking with charging stations for electric vehicles.

read more
Parking facilities

Borrello supports state purchase of agricultural products | News, Sports, Jobs


State Sense. Michelle Hinchey and George Borrello want to see more agricultural products purchased by New York State, including its public schools.

Hinchey, D-Kingston, is the sponsor of S.6808A, which was recently passed unanimously by the State Senate Tenders and Contracts Committee. The legislation establishes a goal that at least 15 percent of all food and food products purchased by state agencies come from New York State in the first and second years of the program, with the percentage increasing to 25% the third year.

In his legislative rationale, Hinchey wrote that the State Food Measures Act of 2013 (S.4061/A.5102) established a framework to monitor state agency food expenditures while tracking origin. food they buy. The 2013 law directs the Office of General Services and the Department of Agriculture and Markets to establish guidelines for public agencies on local food sourcing. Over the past nine years, however, no percentage target has been set.

“I am a co-sponsor of this bill with Senator Hinchey,” Borrello said during the Purchasing and Contracts Committee meeting. “She’s the chair of the Agriculture Committee and I’m the most senior member. I think this is a very important step. Especially in our schools, we should really focus on local agriculture. At breakfast we should be serving milk and grape juice, not Florida orange juice. We should focus on New York State food products. Unfortunately, we are not doing enough. I will say that part of the problem is that it is difficult to get New York State products, as a restaurant owner, through the wholesale system. This is another challenge we have to face. I think for state agencies, that’s not a problem. I think it is an excellent bill and I am happy to support it.

The committee also passed the following bills:

¯ S370A, which requires certain state-owned and operated parking lots, open parking lots and other parking facilities to install and maintain charging stations for plug-in electric vehicles. The law is passed unanimously.

¯ S6616, which establishes the Ethical Standards for State Agency Contractors Act. It passed unanimously.

¯ S8062, which exempts the review of certain contracts from the suspension of certain laws during a state disaster emergency – passed unanimously.

¯ S8145, which requires the Commissioner of the Office of General Services to compile, make public, and maintain certain state board information. There is no comprehensive public inventory of state commissions, councils, councils, task forces, or similar bodies. The Oversight, Analysis and Investigation Committee recently completed a review of over 100 legally authorized boards, task forces and commissions. The review found that only around half had online information, only 30% listed public meetings and only 45% had easily accessible contact details. The bill was passed in committee unanimously.



Today’s breaking news and more to your inbox







read more
Parking facilities

Polluters don’t have a home in Providence

Providence’s “active waterfront” is the ugliest and dirtiest scene in the state of Rhode Island. Community members agree it’s time to radically reinvent how Providence uses its 100+ acres of upper Narragansett Bay frontage.

The nature of the activities carried out on the seafront is today irreconcilable with an authentic policy of climate justice. Off-gassing from valves and storage tanks and emissions from the diesel engines of trucks, trains and ships make even a day without an accident a bad day. The entire site is beyond the hurricane barrier and vulnerable to sea level rise and storm surges, making the upper part of Narragansett Bay vulnerable to environmental disasters. When we eventually experience an adverse weather event powerful enough to spill products stored at the water’s edge, the bay will be contaminated with a toxic mix of scrap metal, heating oil, jet and diesel fuel, natural gas and Other chemicals, and the neighbors most affected will be vulnerable frontline communities.

Neighboring businesses are not good partners for the city. Rhode Island waterfront tenant Recycled Metals routinely flouts Rhode Island Department of Environmental Management regulations, failing to obtain permits to operate a junkyard at a superfund site laden with toxins and carcinogens underground . Sprague Energy repeatedly fails to prevent its asphalt storage tanks from emitting harmful gases and potentially volatile organic compounds (VOCs) into the surrounding community.

Additionally, Sims Metal Management received the state’s heaviest sentence ever for violations of the Clean Air Act, after being found guilty of shredding automobiles and releasing plastic, rubber and other carcinogenic materials from its Johnston plant into the lungs of its employees and neighbors. Sims operates facilities in Johnston and on the Providence waterfront.

These environmental crimes are compounded by proximity to some of Rhode Island’s most vulnerable communities. The industrial nature of the area literally suffocates its neighbors, with South Providence having some of the highest concentrations of airborne diesel particles in the state, in addition to the highest per capita population of young asthmatics in Rhode Island, according to data. of RIDOH. Any political leader who endorses the continued function of the Providence waterfront without modification also endorses the environmental racism that plays out there every day.

In addition, before leaving, polluters must be held responsible for the damage they have caused during their operation. We cannot afford to clean up tomorrow after polluters who know full well the damage they cause today.

Cities on lakes and oceans across America are realizing that their waterfronts are their most valuable assets. After burying a freeway and restoring connection to downtown, Boston’s Seaport district has transformed from a vast wasteland of abandoned docks and parking lots to one of Boston’s prime residential areas, a hotspot for Fortune 500 companies and startups, and a top destination for world travelers. Milwauk at an economical cost: done correctly, it will bring great gains.

I understand that local businesses support local jobs. Workers displaced by the relocation of polluting companies should be connected to similar employment at the growing port of Davisville, which runs on 100% renewable energy and is just 20 minutes south, or elsewhere in the area. growing Rhode Island manufacturer.

Providence has officially codified the goal of achieving carbon neutrality by 2050. Unfortunately, the truth remains that we can’t just build solar panels and wind turbines to achieve that goal. We cannot allow waterfront polluters to operate and expand, and we cannot allow our leaders to choose political expediency and profit-driven myopia over transformational politics. We must act decisively to reclaim Providence’s waterfront from a handful of dirty businesses for the benefit of all who live here.

Providence needs leaders who both understand the urgent need for climate justice and have the political courage to advocate for it. Until then, Providence’s waterfront solutions will be locked away, buried under a pile of jagged cars and rusting metal.

Bradly J. VanDerStad is running for Providence City Council.


read more
Parking facilities

Bay Area City is looking for a parking solution

This story is limited to Techwire Insider members.

This story is limited to Techwire Insider members. Log in below to read this story or learn more about membership.

The Bay Area’s third-largest city by population is seeking help from IT vendors to be more comprehensive about how it bills and administers paid parking.

In a request for proposals (RFP) issued on Friday, the City of Oakland is seeking responses from companies that can help it implement a “multi-provider mobile parking payment system” that will allow visitors to pay at distance to park using their mobile phone. Among the takeaways:

  • The Oakland Department of Transportation’s Parking and Mobility Division is asking businesses to implement a “comprehensive mobile parking payment system for all current and future city-controlled paid parking areas, on-street and off the street”. The city will consider vendors that allow payment via “telephone, website, mobile software applications…and/or SMS/text messaging,” per the RFP. The system sought must, at a minimum, allow customers to remotely pay for parking “via the proponent’s free app or on the proponent’s website in the city’s approximately 11,000 metered spaces.” This number includes approximately 500 “multi-space parking meters” and 5,000 single-space meters, as well as off-street parking facilities. There is also an “optional task”, according to the RFP, for additional products or services to support “the holistic and active management of the city’s on- and off-street parking facilities”. Mobile phone parking payments accounted for approximately 13% of total parking meter payments in 2019; city ​​staff are “considering an increase” through mobile and contactless payment. The city may grant more than one “agreement/proponent” to achieve its objectives.
  • Among the City’s objectives are the search for a respondent with expertise in paid mobile parking; increase its existing parking payment options; and employing a system where meters can be added and removed, and tariffs and schedules rescheduled flexibly without downtime. Oakland also needs regular “trends, productivity, and performance” reports, improved data, and user protections consistent with its surveillance technology ordinance; and Oakland-branded materials such as signs for multi-space parking kiosks and meter stickers provided by Respondent. The city needs an “innovative” system that will support its parking and mobility goals, including its parking principles set out in Resolution #84664 and parking reforms like Oakland+.
  • Relevant experience for respondents includes “parking experience in Oakland or similar Bay Area cities” within the past five years “that will demonstrate team competence” to do the job. Qualification statements must emphasize work in Oakland “supporting multimodal parking and transportation systems, and fair and innovative parking payment systems.” Respondents will receive points for “their technical capability and demonstrable experience in providing an effective mobile parking payment system” over the past five years; an “innovative, flexible, and phased approach to supporting the city’s parking system and payments” and experience in managing similar “product or service accounts for cities with a parking and transportation system” in Oakland.
  • The duration of the contract will be five years with the option of two consecutive one-year extensions, for a total potential duration of seven years. The value of the contract must not exceed $900,000. As compensation for delivering the system, the contractor will be “allowed to charge a convenience/use fee”, subject to city approval – and which the city may “subsidize…at any time during the term of this Agreement”. The city is requesting a “combined one-time upfront payment of $190,000 from all selected consultants to contribute to the costs of setting up the new mobile parking payment system,” split equally among the selected contractor or contractors, unless the consultant is a certified local business enterprise. , in which case they must contribute 75% of their share. A pre-proposal meeting is scheduled for March 17 at 10 a.m.; Bidding questions are due by 2 p.m. on March 24. Proposals are due by 2 p.m. on April 5. The date of award is unclear.
read more
Parking facilities

A brand new footbridge now connects New Delhi railway station to the metro station

Delhi now has a walkway that will allow people to move between New Delhi Railway Station and the metro station. The brand new walkway is 242 meters long and is located on the Ajmeri Gate side of the station.

According to a Delhi Metro Rail Corporation spokesperson, “The dedicated footbridge, built by DMRC in conjunction with Northern Railway, to provide seamless connectivity between the Ajmeri Gate side and adjacent New Delhi Metro stations on the Yellow Line and the airport express line.”




The brand new Skywalk is a foot over bridge connecting the Ajmeri Gate side of the station with the nearby metro station. It was built to ease traffic flow and is a convenient means of transport for those wishing to take the metro to their homes, hotels and other destinations.

Additionally, the Skywalk is also going to connect with the multi-level car park through the Bhavbhuti Marg. It was built with escalators and other facilities such as CCTV surveillance cameras.

The Delhi Metro currently connects a large number of locations across the city, as well as neighboring Noida and Gurgaon. It is the easiest mode of transport in Delhi NCR and is a preferred means of transport for many people arriving at the railway station.

According to a DMRC statement, “The structure was to be built above a functional underground metro station just three meters below, with heavy traffic on Bhavbhuti Marg. Additionally, the bridge was to be connected to two structures of pre-existing construction at far ends ensuring minimum inconvenience to people, infrastructure and other nearby buildings.

read more
Parking facilities

Ukraine-Russia War News: Live Updates

MYKOLAIV, Ukraine – The quick, thud of outgoing Ukrainian artillery echoes through the heavily fortified City Hall building here in Mykolaiv, southern Ukraine, a sign of the closeness of Russian forces in their march towards west along the Black Sea coast.

The city’s mayor, Oleksandr Senkevich, dressed in army green with a pistol in his pocket, barely notices him marking Russian positions on a map. With him is Dmytro Falko, the secretary of the city council, dressed in a light body armor and carrying a Kalashnikov rifle in a tennis racket holster on his back.

The Russians are coming from the north, east and south, he said. The same forces a few days earlier had captured the town of Kherson, which lies about 40 miles east of Mykolaiv.

By mid-afternoon, he said, some Russian forces had pushed into outlying areas of the city – killing a local school principal, among others – although Ukrainian soldiers held them at bay to the moment.

After a battle on Friday evening, Ukrainian forces recaptured Mykolaiv airport, which had previously been captured by Russian troops, and raised the Ukrainian flag there, according to the Ukrainian military, which released a video of the flag and cheering troops on Twitter.

“The enemy surrounds us,” Mr. Senkevich said. “Today they are gathering troops and I think they want to attack us as soon as possible.”

Credit…Tyler Hicks/The New York Times

Russian forces in northern Ukraine have bogged down and are largely immobile near the capital, Kyiv, and the country’s second-largest city, Kharkiv. But the troops in southern Ukraine are on the move.

When Russian President Vladimir V. Putin issued the order to invade last week, Russian forces left the Crimean peninsula, which the Kremlin annexed in 2014 and turned into a huge military garrison. From there they spread east, where they defeated the city of Melitopol, and converged on Mariupol, which, despite a nearly week-long siege, remained under the control of Ukrainian forces.

To the west, Russian troops pushed into the port city of Kherson, where the Russian commander informed the mayor, Ihor Kolykhaev, that he planned to establish a military administration.

On Friday, Kolykhaev said, it emerged that Ukrainian forces positioned outside the city were blocking aid trucks despite an agreement on Thursday to open a humanitarian corridor, which he attributed to poor communication. between troops in the field and their commanders.

In the meantime, he said, the Russian troops who now occupy the city – “the nice liberators”, he said sarcastically – were using the delay for their own propaganda message, publicly promising to deliver a assistance.

“First they create a critical situation, then they heroically save us in order to show the camera how everyone is thanking the ‘benefactors,'” Mr Kolykhaev said in a text message. “I give you my word, I do what I can, but I don’t know how long I can last.”

Credit…Tyler Hicks/The New York Times

While the ultimate goal of Russian troops in the southern theater is unknown, the likely goal is to take Odessa, a large city of one million people on the Black Sea. There, residents and officials are preparing day and night for an attack, building barricades of sandbags and old steel tramlines, while scanning the horizon for Russian warships approaching by sea.

But to reach Odessa by the easiest route, Russian forces will have to cross Mykolaiv and cross the single drawbridge that spans the Buh River. For safety reasons, the city ordered that the bridge remain in the raised position for most of the day, giving residents only about an hour to evacuate. On Friday, a line of cars stretched deep into the city, some of which had signs reading “children” taped to their windshields.

At the entrance to the bridge, Ukrainian troops, equipped with bulletproof vests and armed with automatic weapons, stood guard. In army green boxes next to hastily erected cinder block and sandbag bunkers were shoulder-fired anti-tank missiles supplied by Britain.

Credit…Tyler Hicks/The New York Times

If these fail to stop the Russian advance, Senkevich said, the troops have orders to blow up the bridge.

“For now, it’s not as scary as in Kharkiv or other cities,” said a woman named Nadezha, as she prepared to cross the bridge on foot. “Our guys are protecting us well and all our hope is in them,” she said, adding that her son was also a soldier.

In the early days of the fighting, a meteoric advance of Russian troops pushed into Mykolaiv but was repelled by Ukrainian forces in a fierce exchange of fire. Now the streets are largely empty except for Ukrainian troops and a few lone pensioners walking with shopping bags. Most of the city’s approximately 500,000 residents appear to have fled.

Credit…Tyler Hicks/The New York Times

Across the Buh River is a neighborhood of well-appointed houses whose residents prepare to defend their property. One, who invited a reporter for tea on the condition that only his first name, Vadim, be published, showed gruesome videos friends had sent him of fights in the city. He said Russian soldiers in the area appeared to be going in groups when they came under fire. The Times could not independently verify its claim, but observers elsewhere in the country have reported similar scenes.

“People are still not completely angry,” said Vadim, who had a shotgun on his table and said he was ready to defend his property if necessary. “But if they are pushed to the limit, no one will take any more prisoners. We’re just going to shoot them.

Mr. Senkevich, the mayor, said he and his team were also ready to fight, if and when Russian forces passed. In addition to the pistol in his pocket, several automatic rifles lay in his office.

The only other things City defenders needed, Mr Senkevich said, were body armor and helmets.

“That’s the only plan, to fight until the end,” he said. “The captain leaves the ship last.”

Credit…Tyler Hicks/The New York Times
read more
Parking facilities

The downtown development mess | Mail boxes

Glenn Stewart, Livermore

In a July 7, 2016 letter to The Independent, former Mayor Marchand said: “Our greatest successes come when we work together.

In 2016, the city council chose Lennar Multifamily and Presidio to develop 8.2 acres of land without inviting the community.

The city council had already decided to build a hotel to the east (Presidio) and high-rise condominiums (Lennar) next to Blacksmith Square on the 8 acres of prime real estate without input from residents of Livermore.

The City was moving forward without a master plan and, for most of us, without consultation with planners. I assume that our former and current members of the city council have experience in urban planning.

Council member Bob Woerner proposed in June 2017 to the Town Center Development Steering Committee that a hotel and its parking lot be separated from the planning of the rest of the Town Center development site.

This is exactly what the city council approved 5 years ago.

The City has hired three consultants regarding the feasibility of a downtown hotel. Consultant #1 said they work with a hotel developer on parking needs. Consultant #2 said a hotel should engage and activate the community, have character and a fit that reflects community consensus. Consultant #3 said a 125-room hotel would need a 2,000 square foot conference room, as meeting space to fill the rooms. Rakesh Patel of Presidio said a hotel in the west or east is doable. He was asked if timing (to build a hotel quickly) was not an issue, if a hotel on the west side would work. He said yes.”

At several council meetings, residents urged the council to increase public participation through workshops. Community workshops for the downtown redevelopment began in September 2017.

The results of the workshops indicated that the majority of residents preferred a hotel on the west side, were concerned about increased traffic congestion, lack of parking, community character, open spaces, new commercial uses, facilities cultural with housing last.

In 2018, the City Council approved a massive 5-level L-Street conventional parking lot, 4.5-story Eden Housing on the west side, and a 4.5-story boutique hotel on the east side of Livermore Ave.

Did you know that openness and accountability go hand in hand with local government transparency?

How many of you reading this letter think there has been transparency from our past and present city councils?

Residents should put in place public servants, who work in the best interests of the community.

read more
Parking facilities

Freezing temperatures add to Kiev’s problems as Russian troops approach Ukrainian capital

Thousands of residents are sheltering in unheated basements, underground car parks and subway stations and a sudden cold spell has blanketed the city in snow, making the situation even more difficult.

Viktoriya and his family say leaving their Kiev home to spend the night in an air raid shelter may have saved their lives.

When they returned on Tuesday morning, they found bullets had pierced two windows of their apartment overnight. One smashed a nearby electrical outlet, leaving a hole where the outlet would normally go.

“I realized there was no place I could feel safe now,” said Viktoriya, 38, who asked CNN not to use his full name. “My house is no longer my castle. All the time, something rumbles, explodes, shoots.”

And she said there’s no relief when things calm down.

“It becomes even more anxiety-provoking in moments of silence, because you know they’re not going to last,” she said.

Viktoriya says she and her family spend most of their time at the shelter because they have a little son and are worried about keeping him safe in their apartment.

Many other families with children use the shelter, she says, so they can keep each other company; adults also find it comforting to be together and share the burden of worry and the feeling of hopelessness.

“Life has completely changed in an instant and you cannot influence the situation in any way,” she said. “Now it’s not you who controls your life, but someone else. And whatever you decide: stay in Kyiv, live in the basement or go somewhere quieter, that means the same, you must leave the house.”

“The war has only lasted four days so far, but it seems like it’s been with us for an eons of time. It’s a terrible ‘Groundhog Day’ feeling,” she added.

Crucial period ahead for Kyiv as massive Russian column closes in on Ukrainian capital

People have spent hours queuing at grocery stores and pharmacies across the city since they first opened after a 36-hour curfew on Monday.

For now, the city’s main infrastructure is holding up. Electricity, heat and water are available as normal, but fears of possible supply disruptions have intensified as the Russian army closes in on the city.

The 64-kilometer-long Russian military convoy, consisting of armored vehicles, tanks, towed artillery and other logistical vehicles, has reached the outskirts of the Ukrainian capital, according to satellite images from Maxar Technologies.

US officials who were previously surprised by fierce resistance that saw ordinary citizens take up arms to fight the invasion now fear the situation will become “much more difficult” for Ukrainians.

Officials told a Monday briefing that Russia would likely besiege Kiev, leading to nasty scenes of urban warfare, one of the people familiar with the matter said.

And on Tuesday afternoon, the Russian military warned that it would carry out strikes against the facilities of the SBU – Ukraine’s State Security Agency – and the 72nd Main Center for Information and Psychological Operations. [PSO] in Kyiv.

The Russian Defense Ministry statement urged residents near some targets to “leave their homes”, Russian news agency TASS reported.

CNN’s Oleksandra Ochman contributed to this report.

read more
Parking facilities

Adams must not let New York council derail promising Queens development

Astoria, Queens is a charming, historically rich, multilingual community known for its human scale, great food, and concentration of artistic talent. That is, except for a small section at the south end of Steinway Street which is mostly given over to parking lots, empty lots, and old, underutilized industrial buildings.

Nothing could be less in tune with the environment. But a proposal called QNS Innovation by a partnership of three developers — Silverstein Properties, Kaufman-Astoria Studios and Bedrock Real Estate — would bring the backwater to life with a $2 billion mixed-use resort.

But, hey, progress is hard to come by in “progressive” New York City. Mayor Eric Adams, who has yet to address the plan, must speak out strongly in favor of it. Otherwise, its stated commitment to enlightened new development will be exposed as a scam.

As is the standard form, QNS Innovation faces resistance from local eccentrics worried about “gentrification” (in an area that was gentrified long ago), “off-scale” (a pair of 26-storey buildings might as well be Billionaires’ Row cloudbusters, right?) And other evils that inhabit the minds of diehard NIMBY types.

The word “complex” suggests gigantic companies like Hudson Yards and Manhattan West. QNS innovation is a pygmy in comparison. It would consist of 12 mostly low-rise buildings spread over five sprawling blocks, with apartments, shops, cafes and cultural facilities.

It would also bring more than two acres of new public open spaces to a neighborhood that, for all its pleasures, has some of the least open spaces in the city.

Mayor Eric Adams must stand up to the city council if they try to stop QNS Innovation from being built.
Mayor Eric Adams must stand up to the city council if they try to stop QNS Innovation from being built.
GNMiller/NYPost

Out of 2,845 apartments, an impressive 25% would be permanently affordable. A sensible complement to Astoria’s vibrant urban mix and requiring no public subsidies or evictions, the project should be a no-brainer to bless and build.

But in New York, what’s a boon to anyone with eyes and brains is anathema to reactionary “progressives.”

Since the plan requires rezoning for buildings larger than what is currently allowed under outdated age of manufacture rules, it must go through the torturous process of uniform land use review. from the city. The seven-month public hazing, which is expected to begin in March, will be a barometer of City Hall’s vision.

It will mostly be a test of the city council, some of whose far-left, defund-the-cops members are obviously bonkers. Unfortunately, a tradition known as “member deference” gives the council member who represents a district the ability to single-handedly torpedo a sound proposal that would benefit the city as a whole.

It happened in 2020 when far-left councilman Carlos Menchaca’s pledge to vote against a microscopic rezoning of Brooklyn’s Industry City prompted developers to pull the plug.

Councilman Carlos Menchaca was able to prevent the rezoning of Industry City to Brooklyn in 2020.
Councilman Carlos Menchaca was able to prevent the rezoning of Industry City to Brooklyn in 2020.
William Farrington

The anti-development fervor has also killed Amazon’s dream of a new campus in Long Island City and snuffed out other laudable dreams before they begin. Why should developers invest fortunes in planning new projects, knowing that they could fall through on complaints of insufficient trees?

Newly elected Astoria Councilor Julie Won has yet to state her position on QNS Innovation. But despite widespread support from businesses and arts organizations in the neighborhood, the plan is under attack from a predictable array of NIMBY types, including members of Queens Community Board 1.

“I think most people in the community are concerned about heights,” the head of CB1’s land use committee cried. Of course, the “concerned” locals are mainly the handful of activists who have free time and monopolize the agendas of community councils. Many would raise a stink if the buildings were 26 feet high.

Astoria City Councilwoman Julie Won has yet to announce her position on QNS Innovation.
Astoria City Councilwoman Julie Won has yet to announce her position on QNS Innovation.
William Farrington

Projects that incorporate affordable apartments are often attacked for not being affordable enough to suit critics. The same moan arose about QNS Innovation. In fact, the lower-cost 725 units would be for those with an average annual income of $50,000. Nearly 300 are reserved for those earning just $33,000 a year or families of four with an annual income of $47,000.

Short of donating space in a city with the highest construction costs in the country, it’s hard to imagine how developers could be more generous.

The development team has gone the extra mile, and more, to liberate the community. He hosted meetings and presentations with local groups for more than two years — including one with CB1 last week — before the project even began the official city review process. Developers listened and responded, making changes to the size and design of several buildings.

QNS innovation deserves a quick green light. Pray that opponents of NIMBY fail to derail it for no other reason than to fulfill their own peekaboo agendas.

read more
Parking facilities

Chronicle SMa.rt: Parking, density and inequality

Car park. In buildings. In the street. How important can that be? Who does it impact? And after decades of discussion, why is it still a controversial topic?

This, like several other state land use planning and urban planning policies, has the main impact of increasing inequalities.

New buildings

A number of new affordable and inclusive housing projects allow a ratio of less than 1:1 units/parking. Reducing the ratio of parking spaces per unit (or eliminating parking altogether) and “unbundling” parking allowing tenants to choose not to park at all will become commonplace.

New state laws provide for, and planning staff have openly endorsed, the idea that parking requirements should be waived entirely in new developments to pack more units. In fact, a new state bill, AB 2097, has just been introduced that eliminates the ability of local governments to either impose any minimum parking requirements or to enforce a minimum parking requirement on residential or commercial developments if the parcel is located within half a mile of public transport (i.e. bus routes).

Who benefits from this approach and these state initiatives? Investors are likely to significantly increase the profitability of these projects because they can increase the number of units in a project, proportional to the amount of parking they can eliminate. Cities can increase the new Per-Project Housing Credit to apply against state housing mandates such as the 8,895 housing target set for Santa Monica by the Regional Housing Needs Assessment (RHNA) State.

What is entirely missing from this calculation, as usual, is (1) the impact on residents who would occupy insufficiently equipped parking units and (2) the overflow of cars onto the streets of the neighborhood where they are competing. space with existing residents.

Access to a better quality of life

Many discussions around this topic focus on designing an “ideal” city where cars can be optional but not required. As a legacy city centered on private transportation within a parallel legacy metropolis, Santa Monica’s design is fixed, concrete, asphalt, and steel. The usefulness of the transit network in this area is defined by private transportation. This is the only relevant scenario in the discussion of costs and benefits.

It turns out that in legacy cities like Santa Monica, the utility of the mobility afforded by parking is essential to accessing a fundamental quality of life, especially the opportunities to fully participate in career advancement and social mobility in areas like Greater Los Angeles.

According to demographer Wendell Cox, access to a car in Los Angeles provides 34 times more job opportunities than reliance on public transportation alone can provide. Access to job opportunities is fundamental to economic security. In Los Angeles County, and Santa Monica in particular, social interaction is citywide and countywide, and jobs aren’t just found along bus lanes.

Additionally, the transit utility value of private transportation is much higher for people in lower income brackets, as noted by the UCLA Institute of Transportation Studies in its 2018 report prepared for the Southern California Association. of Governments (SCAG). In its conclusion, the report notes that “a car trip by a low-income household is more likely than a trip by a wealthy household to involve finding and keeping a job, accessing school or access to better health and child care options.

The UCLA report ended with the following observation:

“…some Southern Californians – the poorest among them – drive too little, and their lives and the region as a whole would be better off if they drove a little more. The low-income person who acquires a vehicle makes often less travel than a wealthy person (the car is expensive) and the trips they make are often essential, and have social benefits that outweigh their social costs A car trip by a low-income household is more likely than a trip by an affluent household to involve finding and keeping a job, getting to school, or accessing better health and childcare options.

Can public transportation replace private transportation in a legacy city like Santa Monica?

The answer seems to be a “No”. From 2010 to 2019 (before the pandemic), the total number of Big Blue Bus (BBB) ​​passenger rides decreased by 45%. The BBB suffered its biggest loss of ridership before the pandemic in 2016, when 2.1 million passenger trips were lost.

In an attempt to address the significant limitations of transit in providing a competitive and fully inclusive transit service (which includes the ability to carry goods like weekly groceries), the BBB has developed a new solution in 2017 called Mobility On-Demand Every Day Program (MODE). This program provides highly subsidized access to transportation network companies (i.e. private cars – currently Lyft) to Santa Monica residents age 65 or older or 18 with disabilities.

MODE customers enjoy a total of thirty (30) one-way rides per month, including shared Lyft and wheelchair van rides, limited to the Santa Monica city limits during specific hours of operation. Select shopping destinations on Lincoln Blvd. in Venice are included as well as some medical facilities. The program does not address the larger transportation needs of Santa Monica residents in Los Angeles County.

To replicate the fully inclusive utility of private transport would require a robust and integrated London-style multimodal transport system. Retrofitting such a system in a legacy city based on private vehicles such as Santa Monica is simply not feasible. The only Metro E (Expo) line rail extension in Santa Monica cost $100 million for each of its 15.1 miles.

What is the impact of the hypothesis of the interchangeability of public and private transport on the future of Santa Monica?

It turns out that about 45% (4,100 to 4,300) of the total 8,895 RHNA housing target assigned to Santa Monica assumes adjacency to so-called High Quality Transit Areas (HQTAs) . The bar to qualify as HQTA is very low. It is defined as areas within one-half mile of transit stations and corridors with a service interval of at least fifteen (15) minutes during peak hours for bus service.

Thus, nearly half of the RHNA allocation in Santa Monica is based on a utility assumption that is unachievable in the real world.

What about the upcoming electric vehicle charging requirements?

The lack of parking capacity ensures that these buildings will not have the capacity to eventually accept the necessary charging equipment. This couldn’t be more critical since the California Air Resources Board’s goal is to have at least 61% of new vehicle sales being electric vehicles by 2030, while 2035 is the year set for an outright ban. and simple of selling new gasoline cars in the state.

This will further deprive residents of buildings with restricted parking of the opportunity to fully participate in mainstream life and access the full range of economic opportunities.

What are the issues with using a land use planning policy for parking?

Since we are discussing parking in the context of land use planning policy, the unforced errors of this flawed parking restriction policy will also materialize, negatively impacting neighborhoods and the future of residents for decades to come. .

Real estate development in the iconic, world-branded coastal destination city of Santa Monica is inherently lucrative. Recent state land use and zoning laws have made it even more important. How then can the trade-off of improving project profitability, primarily at the expense of low- and middle-income residents and families, be a political priority?

An argument will likely be made that increased project profitability is needed to help subsidize additional affordable units. But, if the cost of these additional affordable units is increased and permanent inequality for potentially all residents of the building, then this is clearly an unacceptable trade-off.

The result of this land-use policy is such that it eliminates a well-known and valuable commodity – parking and the networked mobility options it enables – for a blatantly inadequate current alternative accompanied by a vague notion of a future improved transit structure that cannot be delivered.

Clearing up our priorities

We are heading down a path of growing inequality by adopting a housing policy that locks in discrimination against those who need highly flexible and efficient transportation options the most. We lock in the endless creation of street congestion from unbundled parking. Both are subsidies to investors at the expense of current and future residents.

Clearly, this is not a planning approach that prioritizes providing all residents with the maximum opportunity to access economic progress and engage in life.

It’s also a guaranteed route to the creation of very expensive substandard housing in a city that can no longer afford housing mistakes in its fixed 8.4 square miles. The damage done to the community by the substandard housing created by adequate parking will last for generations.

By Marc L. Verville for SMa.rt (Santa Monica Architects for a Responsible Tomorrow).

Thane Roberts, Architect, Robert H. Taylor AIA; Ron Goldman FAIA, architect; Dan Jansenson, Architect, Building, Fire and Life Safety Commission; Samuel Tolkin Architect; Mario Fonda-Bonardi, AIA, urban planning commissioner; Marc L. Verville MBA, CPA (inactive); Michel Jolly, AIRRE

Note: Marc lived in central London from 1992 to 2000.

The references:

Lower transit ridership: California and Southern California

A report prepared by the UCLA Institute of Transportation Studies for the Southern California Association of Governments (SCAG) – January 2018
https://scag.ca.gov/sites/main/files/file-attachments/its_scag_transit_ridership.pdf

read more
1 2 3
Page 1 of 3